[a / b / c / d / e / f / g / gif / h / hr / k / m / o / p / r / s / t / u / v / vg / w / wg] [i / ic] [r9k] [cm / hm / y] [3 / adv / an / cgl / ck / co / diy / fa / fit / hc / int / jp / lit / mlp / mu / n / po / pol / sci / soc / sp / tg / toy / trv / tv / vp / x] [rs] [status / ? / @] [Settings] [Home]
Board:  
Settings   Home
4chan
/qst/ - Quests


File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
You are a Herald, one who bears a flag and a message that you are willing to deliver at all costs. You have a set of plate armor and a single flagpole that will soon bear the symbol of the cause you've dedicated your life to. You live in a fantasy world of myriad races, magic, and skills- all of which you may acquire throughout your journey.

First and foremost though, what kind of cause do you champion?

>Conquest
>Religious (name God and what they are a God of)
>Peace
>Other (Write in)
>>
>>4626702
>Conquest
>>
>>4626702
>Other (Write in)
Pescatarianism
>>
>>4626702
>Religious
Artemis goddess of hunting, wild nature, and chastity.
>>
>>4626702
>Religious
Kilk'kalk, blood claw of the depths.
It's not so much a god as a sea demon who you made a deal with to not drown from a ship capsizing, he saves you from certain death, you try and make a cult for him.
>>
>>4626702
>>Conquest
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
You are a Herald of Conquest, seeking to spread a message of war and violence. Whether this is done through faithful servitude to a kingdom or organization, building an army of your own, or being a straight up murderhobo will be for you to decide. For now however, you'll receive your starting stats.

Str: 5
Dext: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills: N/A (these will be built and acquired through doing and learning things)

You start your journey in the small hamlet of Grayshire, set in the much larger kingdom of Belfrost. This quaint little town is home to about 150 people, with it's only features of note being a small chapel and a cozy little inn and tavern. Otherwise it mostly consists of farmers. To the south lies a forest rumored to host various monsters and bandits, and farther up north is the capitol. What will you do?

>Visit the inn
>Visit the chapel
>Explore the forest
>Make your way towards the capitol
>Other

Note: You're allowed to add extra inputs to any of the choices if you so choose.
>>
>>4626841
Start spreading our ''message'' by slaying everyone we find on our path, no mercy
>>
>>4626841
>Explore the forest
>>
>>4626841
>Explore the forest
>>
File: tegaki.png (40 KB, 400x400)
40 KB
40 KB PNG
You set off to begin exploring the forest, clutching your banner pole tightly as you head off towards the south. You're prepared to slay everyone you find on your parth without mercy, if necessary. The path of Conquest is one of Violence and pure Strength- if someone can't survive an encounter with you, then they were simply too weak to exist in the first place.

You follow along the paved dirt road until you reach the forest proper, which is surrounded by leagues of trees in every direction. The paved road only cuts directly forward, though there are thickets and other little niches of the forest to explore off the beaten path.

It's about noon at the moment, the sky directly above you and shining overhead as you hear the sounds of chirping birds and skittering squirrels about. This place is full of life- though that may change if the forest decides to test you.

It isn't long before you encounter some action however: only a couple minutes up the road you heard sounds of a struggle, and soon enough you see an old man riding a cart of goods alone, being accosted by a small squad of goblins. There are four of the little green buggers waving makeshift spears at him and screaming demands in their strange tongue. The man, panicking, looks around before his eyes land on you.

"You there! Help me, please! I-I'll pay you if you defend me!"

>Defend the old man
>Join the goblins
>Walk away
>Attempt to bargain for better reward (specify)
>Attempt to intimidate goblins
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4626964
the sun* directly above you
>>
>>4626964
>>Join the goblins
>>
>>4626964
Our first victims
>Pretend to walk away, once you're out of their sight, approach using the trees as cover and surprise attack them
>>
File: stance.png (915 KB, 950x860)
915 KB
915 KB PNG
>>4626964
>Defend the old man

Goblins, you say?
>>
File: tegaki.png (44 KB, 400x400)
44 KB
44 KB PNG
Rolled 2, 4 + 3 = 9 (2d20 + 3)

You start to walk away, the old man's expression turning to one of despair as the goblins cackle with glee, closing in on him towards his cart.

As soon as you're out of their line of sight however, you duck into the thicket of trees and make your way around, concealing yourself as you approach back to the scene up ahead. One of the goblins is slowly advancing, spear pointed towards the old merchant's throat as another stands behind him as backup. A third is on the other site of the cart waiting, though he hasn't spotted you yet, and the 4th is right in front of you.

Taking a deep breath, you charge forward, staying low to the ground as you flip the banner pole around in your hands, spearing the closest goblins through the back and raising him up into the air before slamming the pole down into the ground with all your might.

You kill the goblin without right before it even has a chance to react. The old man shouts in surprise, and the goblin on the other side of the cart immediately drops his spear and runs into the woods.

The remaining two turn to face you, each approaching with their spears in hand! Roll 1d20+4 (+4 from Dexterity) to dodge! (You must beat the goblin's roll). Afterwards, choose how you wish to proceed.

>Attack the goblin on the left
>Attack the goblin on the right
>Pursue the fleeing one
>Attack the old man
>Run away
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4627056
For clarity the two rolls are each goblin attacking with the same modifier, so they are 5 and 7 respectively
>>
Rolled 17 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4627056
Dammit. Forgot how to roll.

>Attack the goblin on the left
>>
>>4627056
>Attack the goblin on the right
>>
Will tiebreak if nobody else votes in 10 minutes.
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

1: Attack the goblin on the left
2: Attack the goblin on the right
>>
File: tegaki.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
The goblins' hands are rightfully shaking with fear after seeing what you did to their friend, and you easily dodge their clumsy strikes, closing in on the goblin to the left.

"The weak will be trampled over foot. This is the way of Conquest- you never should've came out of your wretched dwelling fiend!" you shout with merciless fury as you charge towards the goblin with your banner pole leveled square at it's chest.

Roll 1d8+5 (+5 from Str) for damage!
>>
Rolled 8 + 5 (1d8 + 5)

>>4627130
>>
>>4627140
Fucking destroyed that goblin, good God!
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
You spear the goblin with ease, blood shooting out from his wound as he slides off the end of your banner pole a moment later, dead on the ground.

Left Goblin Health: -13 (-3/10)

All that's left is one goblin, who quickly drops its spear and throws it's hands in the air, beginning to speak in broken Human.

"No kill! Please! Sorry!" it shouts, begging for mercy as you twirl the banner pole around in your hands.

Why do they bother screaming for mercy? Do they not understand that its the right of the strong to rule the weak? If they didn't want to die, the goblins simply should've trained more and became stronger. Then again, your pole is already starting to become slick with inferior goblin blood, and perhaps a bit of leniency couldn't hurt. You've never tried mercy before, but people are always saying that it's good to try new things.

"Screw that, the little fucker will just come back with more of his friends and harass other travelers. Just kill him, warrior!" the old man shouts from his cart. While he makes a good point, it's not the place of the weak to make demands of the strong. Just because you help him out a little, he feels like he's got a right to tell you what to do?

>Spare the goblin
>Kill the goblin
>Kill the goblin and the old man
>Demand something from either or both of them (specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4627149
Question, is the old man fat?
>>
>>4627159
He's far from noble levels of obese, but he's got a bit of chub on him, enough to imply he's somewhat successful but not a huge deal.
>>
>>4627161
Hmmm.... Is he bald? Or does he have a wedding ring on him?
>>
>>4627163
I'll give a quick description of him for clarity. Also I appreciate the questions and the thought! Always feel free to ask for information.

The old man is probably around 5'8", and in the later years of his life, probably late 40s. He's got enough chub on him to stick out underneath his dress shirt, but it's not so portly as to imply he's a big deal. He's mostly bald, with just a bit of gray hair on the sides of his head just above his ear. If he's married, he doesn't have a ring on right now to show it.

His cart has a single draft horse, and the cart itself has a tarp over it hiding the goods. It's not particularly large and you're not able to tell exactly what he's hauling, but by the size and the lack of guards, you can probably make a guess that it's not something super valuable. Perhaps grain or other simple trade goods? Then again, you'd have to look under the tarp or ask him to find out for sure.
>>
>>4627168
Let's give a past to the old man.

>Kill the goblin
>>
>>4627149
>>Kill the goblin and the old man
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
Although he has no right to give you orders, the old man does make a good point- and the goblins did actually try to face you and fail. There will always be time to try new things later anyhow.

With a single fluid motion, you swing your banner pole hard into the little green creature's neck, a resounding *crack* ringing out as it bends at an angle, the little green shit falling down like a brick to the dirt below.

The old man shouts his praises:

"Serves that damn beast right! Good job warrior- and here's a little reward for your troubles!" he says, tossing a small leather pouch towards you. Upon inspection, it seems to hold 10 gold coins. Not the most impressive payment ever, but it's better than having no money to your name like you did before after spending it all on your fancy plate armor.

The merchant continues:

"The name's Gerald. I was just running some standard trade goods down to the village of Talmuth, not far past the forest here. It's not a particularly huge haul, and I know there's nothing too threatening in here, so I thought I could get away with not hiring any guards if I was just quick about it. Guess I was wrong" he explains with a chuckle, seeming awfully jovial for someone who only survived due to your goodwill.

You pocket the pouch before waving your hand dismissively.

"I was just doing a bit of exploring and happened to encounter your situation. The goblins were simply weaker than me, that is all. I'll take your money all the same though"

As you prepare to consider your explanation, Gerald calls out once more.

"W-wait just a minute, warrior! Actually, getting a closer look at you, you're not just a simple warrior, are you? No, you're a herald. I couldn't tell at first because of your fancy armor. My apologies good sir, but could I trouble you to escort me to Talmuth? If you help protect me the rest of the way, I'd be willing to give you another ten gold when we arrive in the village!"

You're a Herald who serves the righteous cause of Conquest- this isn't about money, and it's definitely not about helping random merchants. Then again, having a little extra cash could go a long way towards equipment, lodging, and spreading the word of your message.

>Preach the message of conquest to Gerald
>Agree to escort him
>Negotiate for a better deal
>Leave and continue exploring the forest
>Kill him and take all of his loot
>Other (write in)

(Feel free to combine options as well or add on to any of the choices)

---

CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 25/25
Str: 5
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills: None

Inventory:
Gold: 10
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
>>
>>4627184
I sincerely apologize, I was already writing the update and didn't see this. Will try to make a point to check the thread one last time before posting in the future!
>>
>>4627194
Also, "continue your exploration", not "consider your explanation"
>>
>>4627194
>Other (write in) Ask if he has a daughter
>Negotiate for a better deal

Talking about conquering his bloodline, know what I'm sayin' Herald QM?!
>>
>>4627203
Forget that. Just asks if he has a daughter and TAKE her as the reward.
>>
File: tegaki.png (28 KB, 400x400)
28 KB
28 KB PNG
Gold is temporary, but heirs and conquering a bloodline is eternal. The cause of Conquest may focus mostly around violence and power, but domination is a related branch of your beliefs as well- including sexual or familial domination.

"Do you have a daughter?" you ask, without skipping a beat. You don't have time to beat around the bush with a chubby merchant.

"What? the old man asks, taken aback, "What does that have to do with-"

Upon his response you start to walk away and get back to exploring, but once again he quickly calls out to you.

"W-w-wait just a moment- hold on there! No, I don't have any kids, b-but I'm friends with the blacksmith down in Talmuth! I give him discounts on the iron I trade there sometimes. He's got a daughter your age- and if you help me out then you'd already be on her father's good side! I could put the good word in for you instead of paying you with gold!" he offers, seeming desperate to get you to come with him. For how big he talked after you defeated the goblins, it's clear he's shaken up enough that he's scared to finish the rest of his journey alone.

While love isn't something you've though a lot about, this might be just the new thing to try instead of thinking about sparing shitty goblins. That, or maybe you're just a little too horny right now.

>"Nevermind, the gold will suffice"
>"Nevermind" (Go back to exploring the forest)
>"You mean putting in a good word along with the gold?" (requires rolling)
>Ask for or talk about something else (specify)
>"Fuck you" (kill him)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4627220
>Gold is temporary, but heirs and conquering a bloodline is eternal.
Truer words never spoken. I'm loving these drawings you got going on by the way.

>"You mean putting in a good word along with the gold?" (requires rolling)
If we win, gold and a woman.
If we lose, at least we still get a woman.
>>
>>4627224
Thanks! I'm no artist but I'm trying my best lol
>>
Alright, not seeing any other posts so go ahead and roll 1d20+5 (+5 from Charisma) for me and take the best of 2 rolls since you're in an advantageous position over him. You need to score over a 20 here to succeed
>>
Rolled 5 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4627260
>>
Rolled 20 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4627260
Alright, here's the real roll. Unless someone else rolls better.
>>
File: 1513217056213.gif (2.12 MB, 320x240)
2.12 MB
2.12 MB GIF
>>4627269
>>
>>4627269
Daaaamn, you rolled the max on the goblin damage earlier too. You've got magic dice fingers my friend
>>
>>4627272
What can I say? I'm like Midas, everything I touch turns to gold.
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
"You mean putting in a good word along with the gold?" you retort, intending to squeeze this merchant for everything he has. It's already enough that you've helped someone who wasn't strong enough to help themselves- he's going to pay for your assistance in full.

"Come on, I barely know you! If you go and cause trouble, that's putting my reputation on the line! I can't afford to go that far for you and pay even more!" he counters, sweating nervously.

"Well, considering you'd be enslaved or dead if it weren't for me, I think you owe me your life. Your reputation and some cash aren't such a bad deal, are they?"[/color] you continue, putting some force behind your voice.

After stuttering for a moment and attempting to find the words to respond, Gerald sighs, capitulating entirely.

"Alright, fine. Ten gold pieces when we reach Talmuth and I'll talk you up to Drake when we get there.

"I'm glad we've come to an agreement"[/color] you state, satisfied with the terms of the bargain. Though you'll likely have to woo the blacksmith's daughter with your epic Herald charm yourself, having her father on your good side will likely go a long way, especially if you plan to get serious.

"Let's get moving then, we're burning daylight" you add, pulling yourself up into the cart and taking a seat in the back.

The trip through the forest is largely uneventful. Occasionally you spot the eyes of goblins hiding amongst the trees, but seeing the blood staining your armor and your banner pole is enough to keep those weaklings at bay, much to Gerald's relief.

"Thanks again for your help- it shouldn't take more than an hour or two to reach Talmuth" he responds.

You lay on top of the tarp in the back, picking up a corner of it to wipe the goblin blood of your banner pole. Gerald isn't too happy about that, but he also doesn't want to cause any trouble with you. How will you pass the time?

>Preach about Conquest to Gerald
>Talk to/ask Gerald questions (specify)
>Take a nap
>Other (write in)

(It's starting to get late here. If I stop responding, just know I'll be back on tomorrow)
>>
>>4627286
Ah crap I messed up the coloring, you can tell I'm getting tired
>>
>>4627286
>Preach about Conquest to Gerald
Might be a good way to bounce off ideas or really start testing what are charm can do.

>Talk to/ask Gerald questions (specify)
What is best in life?

>>4627288
Thanks again for running. I'm laughing my ass off at some of the color commentary and imagery. The back-and-forth and internal dialogue really pulls me into the story with your characterization. I'm headed to beddy bye time myself. Good night Herald QM.
>>
>>4627293
Aww thanks, and no problem! I'll head to bed myself then and update in the morning, checking for any more replies first
>>
>>4627293
Support
We gotta get some peer review on our conquest ideas
>>
>>4627286
>Preach about Conquest to Gerald
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
"Hey Gerald, what is best in life?" you ask, hoping to get a feel for the man's ideals before you try and preach the good word to him.

The old man puts a hand to his chin in thought, pondering your question for half a minute or so before giving a lukewarm response. "Well, I'd say financial security. Sure people talk big about dreams and passions and whatnot, but those don't mean anything if you don't have food to put in your belly. Religion is nice for most too, but unless you're incredibly pious or noteworthy it's not like you get much out of them save for a god or two specifically related to your profession or lifestyle. I toss a few coins and prayers Harius' way for safety, but clearly that wasn't enough to help me out" he says with a shrug. You recognize Harius as the god of merchants and travel. While many pray to him for safety or donate sparingly, he has few if any devout worshippers.

"Financial security means having food tomorrow, it means having a roof over your head. Sure it isn't exciting, but just being alive is enough for me" he finishes, giving a surprisingly dull answer overall.

"Wow" you respond, "It must suck to be so wrong."

Gerald turns his head back around to actually look at you. "What do you mean?"[/color]

"The meaning of life is to Conquest- to assert your place through power and strength, acquiring as much of those as you can along the way. To dominate, grow, and excel are to be alive. To constantly improve and make your mark on this world, that is what it means to make the most of existence"

Gerald scoffs, "Well of course a Herald of Conquest would say that. You can't apply that logic to everybody- we're all different!" he retorts, but you've heard his response a thousand times and already have an answer for it.

"A Herald is not just something you're born as. To dedicate one's life to a cause so seriously that it becomes the focal point of their existence isn't something done lightly. Every Herald believes in their cause wholeheartedly because they believe it is a required, fundamental part of being alive- and Conquest is no different. Deep down, every person of every race desires it. Even if violence isn't how you Conquest, as a merchant I'm sure you know the thrills of defeating a rival or acquiring their assets- to assert your strength over others and gather strength through toil brings meaning to our existence" you explain, the merchant slowly nodding his head.

"You've definitely got conviction for sure. I guess it makes sense, but I don't know..."

You can tell that your message is definitely resonating with him- even if it's only a little bit. You could try to push your force of will here and convert him, though doing it now would be difficult. You could just steer the topic elsewhere too.

>Push for conversion (requires rolling)
>Talk about something else (specify)
>Nap
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4627696
Can't believe the colors messed up again! Gonna start writing in a word document first before posting here so it's easier to edit, apologies guys!
>>
>>4627696
>Talk about something else what goods does he have on him?
>>
>>4627696
>>4627698
No worries. This is a tough choice.
We already took his money and word. If we push any more, he might snap back all the way against us, but if we can convert him, we have our first follower. He's a dull fellow, maybe finesse with the seeds of conquest as he mulls it over and harvest later is the better option.

>Talk about something else (specify)
Ask about the region, where are we going, and who is the strongest?
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
You decide that, as much as you love your cause, it's not worth getting on the old man's bad side. Though he is indeed weaker than you, if you push him too far you probably won't get the gold or the good word. Besides, you'll have plenty of time to convert him and many others throughout the rest of your life- especially once you actually start to gain some clout to backup yourself up.

"Alright old man, what are you carrying back here?" you ask, patting the tarp you're laying on.

"Nothing too great, like I told you. Just some grains from Grayshire and a bit of iron I picked up for Drake. No big moneymakers, just enough for a modest haul to keep myself going. I'm surprised you've got an interest in these things" he says, smiling a bit at your question.

You simply shrug. You ask more out of boredom and curiosity than interest for merchanteering, but if it makes him happy then who cares?

"I've spent most my time training and studying for Heraldry. Truthfully, I don't know much about the area. What can you tell me about the region, where we're headed, and who the strongest is?"

The merchant nods his head, obliging your request, "We're currently in the southern region of the Kingdom of Belfrost. The towns of note include Talmuth, Rathalon, and Yesmir down this way. Of course there's scattered hamlets like Grayshire, and maybe a fort or do, but I don't know much about military affairs or that of adventurers- just scarce tidbits of knowledge from those I pass by during my travels.

"As for where we're going, we're headed to the village of Talmuth. Population is close to a thousand I think? They've got quite a bit more than Grayshire- a nice, big tavern and inn setup, a larger church, a blacksmith- as you know, a bustling town square for merchants like myself to set up. In fact, I even think there's a branch of the adventurer's guild there- if questing is your thing"

[1/2] (Map not to scale)
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
It isn't, but you might be able to raise some cash that way. Of course, you could always just do honest work or make do with the gains of conquering as well.

"And who the strongest is?" you ask, eager to hear about who to conquer.

"Well, I'm a merchant by trade, so I don't really keep track of those things. I know the strongest in the entire kingdom is probably Sir Groff, the general of the King's army. As far as locals to the southern region or anyone else though, I couldn't tell ya" he explains.

You're aware of Sir Groff- he is a powerful force to be reckoned with, one that you definitely aren't strong enough to march to the capitol and challenge now. As strong as you are and as much as you believe in your power, even you're aware of your limits and realize you still have room to grow. Unfortunately, targets more at your level aren't something the merchant seems to know about, so you'll have to do your own investigating in town.

By the time you finish conversing, you're out of the forest and can see the town in the distance, wooden palisade walls surrounding the perimeter, with guards likely waiting at the front gate. It'll only be a bit longer before you arrive- now's your last chance to ask anything else you're curious about- unless you intend on following the merchant around upon your arrival.

>Talk about something else (specify)
>"What lies beyond the southern border?"
>Wait patiently to arrive in the village
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4627717
>Stop me if you've heard this one. A duck walks into a bar. The duck notices a man who is challenging him. The duck takes the man by the scruff of his neck and throws him through a table. The bartender asks, "Who is going to pay for that?!"
So the duck says, "Put it on my bill."
>>
>>4627717
>"What lies beyond the southern border?"
>>
>>4627729
Let's go with this one or boff if you can.
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
"Hey Gerald" you call out to get his attention. He turns to regard you.

"Stop me if you've heard this one. A duck walks into a tavern, right? Well, the duck notices a man who's trying to challenge him. The duck takes the man by the scruff of his neck and throws him through a table. Tavern owner asks 'Who's going to pay for that?!' You know what the duck says?" you ask.

Gerald shakes his head, but looks eager to hear the punchline.

"He says 'Put it on my bill'"

Gerald lets out a hearty laugh at your joke- which brings a smile to your face. Social conquest is important too, and it's clear your joke won you some points towards that end with the old man.

"That's a good one, Herald! I'll have to use that myself sometime"

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Comedy: 1)*

Once the old man's calmed down after a couple of seconds, you ask him your final question before you arrive. "Again, forgive my lack of knowledge, but what lies beyond the southern border?"

He pauses for a moment, surprised that you don't know, before answering:

"Well, that'd be the ocean. If you sail across the Frostian sea though, you'd encounter the orc kingdom of Krosh'tar on the other side. I'm not successful enough to be international though- only ever focused on trading in the southern region here really, so I can't tell you much more than that" he admits, though even that much is a great help to you.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
By the time you finish, you've arrived at the gate to the village of Talmuth, two guards in leather armor crossing their spears to stop the cart for a moment.

"Halt" the one on the left calls out, lowering his spear as he approaches for inspection. "Oh, it's just you Gerald!" he says once he gets close enough to make out the man's face, looking fairly pleased to see the old man. "Why don't you go on i- he starts to say before spotting you in the back. "Oh, who's your friend there?"

"This guy?" Gerald asks, looking back at you once before responding, "He's a Herald, and he saved my life back in the forest! He's escorting me here- don't worry, I can vouch for him"

"Is that so? Well thanks for helping the old man out!" the guard calls to you before letting both of you through.

You've finally arrived at the village of Talmuth, which is much larger than the little hamlet you'd found yourself in at the start of your adventure. The streets are actually filled with bustling villagers, and there's quite a bit more industry going on here. As you take in the sights, you hear the clinking of coins as the old man tosses another pouch at your lap, filled with another ten gold pieces.

"Just like I promised. I'm gonna head to the blacksmith straight away to trade the iron with him first before setting up at the square later today. You can come with me if you want" he states as you pocket the money. How many leather pouches does this guy carry around? You never understood why merchants had so many on hand.

>Go with him to the blacksmith
>Head to the church
>Check in at the tavern and inn
>Do some shopping in the town square
>Investigate the Adventurer's Guild
>Other (write in)

[2/2]

---
STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 25/25
Str: 5
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 20
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
>>
>>4627766
>Go with him to the blacksmith

Awwww yeah! Getting paid in the shade from a grey. May as well go meet our future conquered woman. And maybe commission the blacksmith?
>>
>>4627769
I can see her now. A 6'6 tall, blonde, pony-tailed hair woman, with huge breasts draped in a blacksmithing apron, incredibly powerful soot-covered arms and sweet soot-covered face, with long, strong legs, and a toned stomach.

Ahhhh, mmmm, yeah... Excuse me, I'm sorry, what were we talking about again?
>>
>>4627766
>Go with him to the blacksmith
>>
>>4627766
>Go with him to the blacksmith
we may need a better weapon other than a flag pole
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
"I'll come with you to the blacksmith. Might be nice to meet this woman I'm going to Conquest, and I might need to commission some gear anyhow" you state.

Gerald looks a bit worried about how you phrase wanting to meet his daughter, "Of course. Pro tip though, Herald, you might not want to refer to courting as 'Conquesting a woman'. It might not get you far in dating"

"I don't need advice from a man your age who still isn't married" you retort with a smug smile, though your expression is hidden underneath your helmet. The old man looks defeated at your reply, though he tries to force a chuckle to wave it off.

"Haha, fair enough...fair enough" he says, sighing as he turns back around and makes his way to the blacksmith.

You're eventually brought to a stone building with a large forge and anvil outside, the wooden door opening as a gruff man steps out to meet you and Gerald. He looks to be about the same age as Gerald, late 40's- though he's aged much more gracefully. For one, he has more hair, and his hair has actually retained it's color. For another, he's a hearty, strong man- a sturdy body no doubt built from years of smithing.

He greets the two of you with a warm smile. "Gerald!" he calls out, "I can't wait to rob you blind of your iron!" he jokes, laughing as he speaks with the old man.

"Drake, glad I finally made it to you! Truth be told, I encountered some trouble in the woods. Only reason I survived is because of this good Herald here. I owe him my life- he's a great man"

You nod your head, waving a hand dismissively as you try to play it cool. You know when to strategically use humility socially- it's not a sign of weakness. "Oh please, Gerald- it was no issue at all."

The blacksmith regards you warmly, looking you up and down as he seems to appraise you before coming to the conclusion that you are, indeed, epic. "Well I've gotta thank you for saving the old codger then! If you ever need any weapons, armors, or tools commissioned, I'm your man!"

>Order a commission (specify)
>Inquire about the village (specify)
>"Hey where's your daughter at?"
>Ask for work
>"It was no problem at all. I'll swing by if I need something made" (leave)
>Other (write in)
>>
File: 1541543063216.gif (1.75 MB, 301x200)
1.75 MB
1.75 MB GIF
>>4627799
>"Hey where's your daughter at?
>>
>>4627799
>Order a commission (specify)
First lets see how much it costs to get a sword and shield because I think that might help us in our conquest.
We can put the flag on our back with some tape or something.
>>4627801
Play it humble for now, we wanna get on his good side with purchases
>>
>>4627804
Like the Sashimono? Could be kewl.

We can schmooze her into the conversation. Something along the lines of Gerald talking about her being the same age as us and we could get along.
>>
Gonna wait 10 minutes for other votes before tiebreaking.
>>
>>4627813
Let's go with this one
>>4627804
And some rope, a dagger, a basic adventurer's toolkit on top the sword and shield.
>>
>>4627799
>"Hey where's your daughter at?"
>>
>>4627808
Yeah like the Sashimono
Make it appear like us flirting with her is just by chance instead of us basically going to the blacksmith to woo her.
>>4627814
hopefully, this won't cost much
maybe we can go to that adventurer's guild to get a quest that involves bashing Goblin heads in.
We can go conquest a local goblin village or something
>>
>>4627814
Here's what I got for the kit to include; a backpack, a bedroll, flint and steel, a grappling hook, two sunrods, ten days’ worth of trail rations, 50 feet of hempen rope, and a waterskin.

>>4627817
Good with me. The only good goblin is a dead goblin.
>>
>>4627817
We have 20 gold. Might have to cut back on some things.

>>4627819
And a shovel.
>>
>>4627821
exactly so goblincide may worth it for some money. Even if the guild doesn't offer quests for them we can just go find the hidden goblin village and loot it, they may have some stolen valuables we can 'liberate'
>>
>>4627817
>>4627808
You do indeed have the capabilities with your armor and banner pole to go Sashimono. You trained hard as a Conquest Herald to use your banner pole as a weapon, which is why you've been carrying it as one thus far.

>>4627801
>>4627804
>>4627814
>>4627815
>>4627817
>>4627819
>>4627821

Got some varying responses here, so I'm gonna update as though your commissioning/inquiring prices first and casually transition into talking to the daughter. Give me a bit to write it up real quick
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
You start by asking Drake about some commissions you have in mind. As much as you love your banner pole, having some more traditional weapons could be nice. Plus then you wouldn't get your precious banner bloody nearly as much.

"I've got a couple of questions about commissions if you don't mind"

"Shoot!" the blacksmith says.

"I was wondering about how much it would cost to get a sword and shield. Maybe a dagger and some rope too. A backpack, bedroll, flint and steel, a grappling hook, some sunrods, ten days' worth of trail rations, and a waterskin"

The blacksmith looks taken aback by the information overload before Gerald quickly steps in "He spent most his life learning his Heraldy, he isn't too used to the way things work for people like us"

The blacksmith chuckles, nodding his head. "I understand. Listen, I'm not a general store- a lot of that stuff you'll have to visit the shop in town to pick up. I can help you with the sword and shield, the dagger, and the sunrods though. Not sure what a 'grappling hook' is.

"Oh, and a shovel would be nice too"

"Yeah, I can work with that" he says, more amused than annoyed with your enthusiasm thankfully. "Let me give you the rundown on prices..."

Shortsword: 15gp
Longsword: 30gp
Dagger: 5gp
Buckler: 10gp
Kite shield: 50gp
Tower Shield: 200gp
Sunrods: 10gp a pop
Shovel: 1gp

"Oh, by the way, I heard you had a daughter my age." The blacksmith raises an eyebrow, curious as to where you're going with this. Using your charisma skills, you quickly change direction to ease his worries. "Like Gerald said, I'm still kind of new to how things work. He mentioned you had a daughter my age- I figured it'd be nice to try and make a friend, maybe learn a bit more about the village while I'm at it"

Drake seems relieved by your explanation, giving you a small smile. "Yeah, Trina's inside finishing up a sale with a customer" he explains, stepping aside to let you in as he gestures with his thumb backwards.

>Make purchases (specify)
>Ask about other goods (specify)
>"Thank you for your time" (head to the general shop)
>"I'll catch you later then" (leave)
>"I appreciate it" (speak to Trina)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4627829
To give some clarity, grappling hooks exist in this world, but they're definitely niche and not well known. You'd either have to explain it to him and ask if he could make it or find some kind of specialist
>>
>>4627829
hmmmm we can afford a few of these things but it seems we are going to need a lot more money.

With some quick calculations of things we should get

Shortsword: 15GP
Dagger: 5GP
Kite Shield: 50GP
Sunrods x2: 20GP
Shovel: 1GP

coming to a total of 91 GP for these alone. We have 20 right now and we downgrade the shield into a buckler for a total of 41 gold needed which is much better.

I say for now what we do is buy the shortsword and dagger and then talk with the daughter. Once we do that and get to know her we can go take on some quests and attempt to plunder that possible Goblin town.

Once we get the stuff from the blacksmith then we can focus on the general goods.
>>
>>4627829
>Those prices
Ouch baby. Better get to work on making that money.

>>4627841
I'm liking this, except let's get the buckler now and a sunrod, since our banner pole can still be used as a weapon.

And
>"I appreciate it" (speak to Trina)
so we can tell Drake we'll make the purchases with Trina. Going in blind with no forethought is pretty foolish.
>>
>>4627841
Dagger: 5gp
Buckler: 10gp
Even with our armor some extra defense never hurts
>>
>>4627841
>>4627854
I'll give it another 10 minutes and tiebreak if there are no votes. You're both set on purchases then trina, so the tiebreaker more has to do with whether you're going shortsword and dagger or buckler and sunrod.
>>
>>4627854
>>4627856
>>4627857
well its clear that we want a Buckler so let's go with that and our flagpole is somehow quite an efficient weapon so we can hold off on the sword. A dagger would be great as a secondary and emergency weapon but I don't think we will be needing that for now so Sunrod is the best bet.
>>
Going with buckler and sunrod then
>>
>voting buckler and sunrod
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
"I'll take the buckler and a sunrod then" you say, dumping all of your meager earnings into Drake's palms. He nods in affirmation.

"I've got that kind of small-time equipment already on hand, you can get it inside from my daughter" he says before shouting inside. "Hey Trina, a buckler and a sunrod for the fine young Herald!"

"Got it Dad!" you hear a feminine voice shout back as you enter inside.

The interior of the blacksmith is fairly simple, with hardwood flooring and stone walls- a window showing the town proper on the left side. She seems to be handing over some tools to one of the villagers before they run off, leaving just you and her alone. She regards you "Right, let me get you set up there" she says, grabbing your purchases off the wall behind her and leaving the counter to come towards you.

She's got long, red hair that's tied up in a ponytail at the moment, wearing some plain clothes with a smithing apron thrown over top. A bit of dirt stains her face, probably from working the forge with her father earlier in the morning. She's slim, but sturdy just like her father- there's definitely a bit of muscle to her. "Haven't seen you around here before- that's some fancy plate armor- must've cost you a fortune" she says as she begins strapping the buckler to your left arm before handing you the sunrod.

"Yeah, I spent everything I had on it before heading out to start my work as a Herald of Conquest proper. I ended up running into Gerald and helping him out in the forest, and now I'm here"

She gives you a toothy grin at the mention of your deed. "You helped out the old man? Thanks- he's like family to me. Here, tell you what- let me give you a little something extra, a present to say thanks for saving his sorry butt"

You're pleasantly surprised by the offer, and before you know it she runs towards the back, presumably where the part her and her father actually live in, before returning with a small, silver flute. "Was trying my hand at something a bit more delicate, but there's no musical types around here. Maybe you can get some use out of it- or sell it, I don't know. The materials came out of my own funds, so dad shouldn't be able to complain"

>"Thanks, I appreciate the generosity" (leave)
>"That's very kind of you" (talk/ask questions: specify)
>"I appreciate the gift. Would you be interested in going out sometime?"
>Other (write in)

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 25/25
Str: 5
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 20
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Buckler (Equipped)
Sun Rod (5 uses left)
Silver Flute
>>
Rolled 20 (1d20)

>>4627898
>Try to play the flute
>>
>>4627904
kek
Looks like we are the pied piper now too
>>
>that's very kind of you. so do you live here with your father and husband or...
>>
File: granicus and issus.gif (1.26 MB, 480x360)
1.26 MB
1.26 MB GIF
>>4627904
I FUCKING LOVE THIS QUEST!
>>
>>4627904
+1 on this if it was not clear
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
You've never played an instrument before in your life, but you try your hand at the flute right away (20 rolled +2 for Int for a total of 22).

Again, you've never played an instrument and you don't know any songs, but you quickly figure out how the instrument works and manage to play a pleasant sounding string of notes, much to Trina's surprise. "Wow, I didn't know you were into music too!" she says, leaning towards you a bit. Seems like she's got a thing for musicians maybe? "I was gonna ask the bard at the tavern to teach me how to play, but maybe I should be asking you" she remarks, giggling.

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Flute: 1)*

"I wouldn't mind showing you a thing or two sometime" you ask, playing it cool. Courting aside, the instrument is definitely pleasing to the ears- perhaps practicing with this thing might be worth your time, if only to have something to keep you busy when you're not conquesting. Courting a woman and learning an instrument- that's two new things in one day! You're on a roll.

"So I take it you live here with your father and husband?" you casually ask, pocketing the instrument for now"

"Husband, I wish. Not a lotta guys are into rough girls who work with metal like me- at least not any around here- and it's not like we're particularly wealthy. The bard's been pretty kind to me though" she says, blushing a little at the mention of his name, "but him and I are just friends. I take it you're not from around here?"

You shake your head no. "I'm from a little hamlet you've probably never even heard of, there's nothing there of note. I spent my life dedicated to learning the cause of Conquest, and set off after training my entire life and saving up for this armor" you explain, clinking your first against the plate armor for emphasis. "Most heralds don't wait so long to get started, but given the cause I champion, I wanted to get to as strong of a start as possible. That's why I waited until now, after I turned 20, to set off"

"I see" she responds, listening intently to your story. "That's pretty admirable, giving your whole life for a single purpose. My life's pretty simple in comparison, heh"

>"There's no shame in a simple life. If you're not with anyone, perhaps you and I could get better acquainted?"
>"Everyone has their own path" (Talk/ask about something else: specify)
>"No need to compare our lives that way. Thanks for your time, Trina" (leave)
>Other (write in)

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 25/25
Str: 5
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 20
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Buckler (Equipped)
Sun Rod (5 uses left)
Silver Flute
>>
>>4627936
Error: your Gold is actually 0, apologies
>>
>>4627936
>There's no shame in a simple life. If you're not with anyone, perhaps you and I could get better acquainted?"
>>
>i would of thought a strong woman such as yourself would be very popular around here, well their loss I love a strong woman. so how about that flute lesson? we could practice your fingering then once you feel comfortable add some blowing
>>
>>4627936
>"There's no shame in a simple life. If you're not with anyone, perhaps you and I could get better acquainted?"

>>4627946
Riding the tiger, eh?
>>
>>4627949
hey if you are going to go for it, go for it
>>
>>4627936
>"There's no shame in a simple life. If you're not with anyone, perhaps you and I could get better acquainted?"
>>
>>4627944
>>4627949
>>4627951
For the romantic approach

>>4627946
The intense romantic approach.

As of now I'm gonna go with the calmer romantic approach since that's where the votes lean.
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
"There's no shame in a simple life. If you're not with anyone, perhaps you and I could get better acquainted"

Trina blushes intensely at your offer, apparently not used to people flirting with her. "W-what? But I barely know you..." she trails off for a moment, though it's clear you've definitely caught her interest. "T-tell you what, I was planning on doing a bit of window shopping in the market square tomorrow afternoon, see if anyone's brought in more instruments. Why don't we meet there and we can hang out for a bit...see where things go?" she asks, looking up at you nervously.

"Alright, I'll meet you there then" you respond.

"Great! It's a date, then. I'd love to chat more, but I gotta get back to work soon. See you tomorrow?"

You nod your head in affirmation, and she gets back behind the counter just as another villager comes in with an order. You exit out the front door- it seems Gerald's left by now, and Drake is busy at the forge working on some commission. What will you do now?

>Talk to Drake
>Head to the Inn and Tavern
>Visit the church
>Investigate the Adventurer's Guild
>Go to the General Store
>Visit the Market Square
>Head back to the forest and try to find those goblins' home
>Other (write in)
>>
let's head to the inn and see what the word on the street is, maybe hear some rumours etc
>>
>>4627959
>Head back to the forest and try to find those goblins' home

We may need to 'interrogate' a goblin to find it but we do what we must
>>
>>4627959
>Head back to the forest and try to find those goblins' home
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
Romance and music are fine and all, but you're a Herald of Conquest- time to demonstrate the extent of your righteous beliefs. Those goblins in the forest picked a fight with you earlier after all- time to finish them off, and maybe acquire some epic loot along the way. If you can pick up some gold it'd be helpful for your date tomorrow anyhow.

You make your way back down through the forest- by now it's probably 4 or 5 o'clock in the afternoon, though it's summer so there's still plenty of daylight left. The goblins know what you look like by now, so you can't count on waiting for them to foolishly ambush you. Instead, you'll have to look for tracks and see if you can't find any signs that lead back to their home.

Roll 1d20+3 to track goblins (+3 from WIS). You need to get at least a 15 to succeed, since they're clever little shits and know to at least cover their tracks back to their camps.
>>
Rolled 9 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4627976
>>
Rolled 4 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4627976
Cmon Conquest gods let us have this
>>
>>4627976
dice+d20 (I hope I did that right, first try at this)
>>
>>4627985
It would've been dice+1d20+3, and you wanna put it in the 'options' section. No worries though, someone already rolled
>>
>>4627988
ok cool, thank you!
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
You spend about an hour trying to find goblin tracks, and while you do feel yourself getting a bit better at tracking, it's not enough to find those clever bastards footprints. After a whole hour with nothing to show, you sigh and realize this won't be as easy as you'd hoped.

On the brightside however, your searching through the trees has led you into a nice little clearing.

*SKILL ACQUIRED: (Tracking 1)*

>Rest in the clearing for a little bit
>Keep searching for goblin tracks, you'll spend all night if you have to!
>Explore the forest without worrying about goblins
>Return to Talmuth
>Journey back to Grayshire
>Other (write in)
>>
Rolled 4 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4627989
testing
>>
>>4627996
>Keep searching for goblin tracks, you'll spend all night if you have to!

We are finding these fuckers one way or the other

Go towards where we beat the shit out of those goblins protecting the merchant and see if we can go from there
>>
>>4627996
>keep searching

we gained a point in tracking skill, maybe we will have better luck this time?
>>
>>4627996
>>Rest in the clearing for a little bit
>>
>>4628005
they may of left trails of blood
>>
>>4628013
exactly
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
You come up with a bright idea- you'll head back to where the man was first accosted by goblins. Granted, that's nearly two hours up the forest path since it was closer to Grayshire, but you're prepared to spend all night hunting the little bastards if necessary.

By the time you reach the scene of the crime, it's probably around 6 or 7 o'clock. There's still a bit of daylight, but the sky is starting to turn dark. However, your hunch paid off- the blood has dried and mostly been covered up, but there's still a bit of a trail leading into the woods. The only goblin that escape hadn't been wounded, but the blood trails of goblins that must've come to check out the scene and return to their dwelling are there. It trails off at parts and you'll still need to search for tracks, but it definitely makes it a lot easier to follow now that you have a lead!

Roll 1d20+4 (+3 from WIS, +1 from Tracking). You only need a 12 to succeed now thanks to the blood giving you a bit more of an edge.
>>
Rolled 9 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4628030
rolling
>>
Rolled 9 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4628030
>>
Rolled 8 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4628030
>>
Gonna be busy for a bit today, will respond later tonight. Also good time to give a heads up that I'll be very busy tomorrow, and will probably not update much if at all. Will be back full force on Monday though
>>
Rolled 7 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4628030
>>4628037
All good QM
>>
>>4628037
no worries, have a good weekend
>>
>>4628037
All right, can't wait. Thanks for running.
>>
File: tegaki.png (64 KB, 600x600)
64 KB
64 KB PNG
*SUCCESS*

You manage to find a set of tracks and follow them all the way back to a small tribe of goblins, though by the time you get there it's already dark. Usually goblins prefer caves or other cramped spaces, since they're eyes are well adjusted for the dark and they can trap them thoroughly, but this small tribe seems to be living in a little clearing with a couple of erected huts. You guess there's probably about a dozen of them, half of which are seated around a fire speaking with one another, their spears mounted on racks nearby.

From one of the five huts you can hear the sounds of moaning and grunting, probably two of them rutting. Maybe one is asleep or out scouting? The final three were killed earlier. You can tell how many there are based on how many slots there are on the spear racks.

In the largest hut just behind the campfire, you can just make out the shape of a rotted old wood chest, perhaps where they keep their ill gotten gains, thanks to the light from the campfire.

>Go in guns blazing
>Try to sneak around the goblins and check the chest (requires rolling)
>Attempt to negotiate with this inferior species
>Leave, there's too many of them
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4628522
>>Go in guns blazing
>>
>>4628522
>Go in guns blazing
Not only the men, but the women and children too
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
You charge forward, unafraid of the consequences that fighting such a large group might pose. Might makes right- that is the way of Conquest. Whoever is superior shall win, plain and simple.

"IN THE NAME OF CONQUEST, I SHALL SLAY YOU WRETCHED CREATURES!" you shout.

Roll 1d8+5(+5 from STR) for damage!
>>
Rolled 2 + 5 (1d8 + 5)

>>4628626
cmon dice gods
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
Rolled 6, 10, 4, 18, 14 + 4 = 56 (5d20 + 4)

Goblin 1 Health: -7 (3/10)

You charge forward with your banner pole, but the goblin sees you coming thanks to its stellar darkvision and just barely manages to dodge out the way of a lethal blow as you skewer it's side, blood gushing out as it falls down onto its ass. The goblin clutches its side desperately, crying out in its foul language as its tribemates gather their spears and rush at you, trying to stab you.

You can see the fear in their eyes, the realization that you're far stronger than them- but they do have a vast numbers advantage on you. Beyond that though, you see something almost admirable- a hint of determination. Whether it's out of a desire to avenge their wounded friend or to protect their small enclosure, perhaps these inferior shitbags have something redeemable inside them- though their general nature and culture are far to foul for them to be redeemed.

The five of them each try to strike you from different angles! Roll 1d20 to dodge! (+4 from DEX, -4 from additional attackers beyond 1 (5 attackers))

Goblins roll with +4 (+2 from DEX, +2 from numbers advantage)
>>
Rolled 11 (1d20)

>>4628657
>>
Rolled 3, 1, 5 - 2 = 7 (3d6 - 2)

You manage to dodge two of the strikes, but 3 of them manage to land. Rolling damage

1d6-2 for each Goblin (+2 from strength, -3 from plate armor, -1 from buckler)
>>
File: tegaki.png (36 KB, 400x400)
36 KB
36 KB PNG
Herald of Conquest's Health: -4 (21/25)

After managing to dodge two of their spears, you block a third with your buckler. In that time, one of them jabs at your kneecap, and although it can't find purchase on your skin, the blunt force minorly bruises you. Another takes the opportunity to stab at one of your arms, scraping your wrist pretty good.

Though they may be weak individually, in the dark and with these numbers they are posing quite a challenge for you. The one you wounded is currently attempting to limp away into the woods. What do you do?

>Continue fighting the five goblins here
>Try to finish off the fleeing one
>Retreat- their numbers are too great
>Other (write in)

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 21/25
Str: 5
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 0
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Buckler (Equipped)
Sun Rod (5 uses left)
Silver Flute
>>
>>4628690
>Other (write in)
Try to swing our flag pole in a wide arc and see if we can hit multiple of them
>>
>>4628739
I'm gonna wait a bit more for other votes, but I'd allow this.

What I'll do is if you take this route, the 5 goblins will all get to attack you without you getting a chance to evade as you wind up, but afterwards you get to make a single damage roll against all of them.
>>
>>4628740
wack
hope for the best
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
Rolled 2, 4, 6, 3, 2 - 2 = 15 (5d6 - 2)

Goblins all roll to attack while you wind up!

1d6 - 2 each (+2 for STR, -3 for plate armor, -1 for buckler)

Roll your damage! 1d8+5 (+5 for STR
>>
Rolled 2 + 5 (1d8 + 5)

>>4628841
Cmon dice give me a good roll for once
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
Herald of Conquest's Health: -7 (14/25)

You concentrate hard, winding up a huge swing as the horde of goblins swarms you with their spears. Your armor is enough to repel two of them, but three find purchase as the goblins start to seriously dig into your flesh, blood leaking from the cracks in your armor. "ENOUGH" you shout, your soul glimmering with hatred and force of will.

The goblins look up with fear in their eyes, sensing you're about to unleash a powerful blow, but it's already too late. You swing your banner pole hard, knowing that even with your strength you won't be able to cleave through 5 goblin necks in a row. Instead, you aim the sharp tip of your pole for their chests, swinging in an arc that leaves a massive gash through all 5 of them, blood gushing out and staining your armor.

They all cry out in pain as you finish your move with a graceful twirl, blood flicking off the end of it and onto the loamy soil below.

One by one, they all drop their spears and try to make a run for it in different directions, the 6th earlier injured goblin already out of sight now.

Goblins 2-6 health: -7 (3/10)

>Attempt one final arc attack to catch them all before they split (requires rolling)
>Pursue one of the goblins to catch and interrogate (requires rolling)
>Let them run and search the chest
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4628858
>Attempt one final arc attack to catch them all before they split (requires rolling)

Take down as many as we can
>>
>>4628859
Roll me 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX). Take the best of two rolls because of rage and advantageous position. You need to get at least a 20 total.
>>
Rolled 16 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4628863
What did I miss?
>>
Rolled 11 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4628863
>>4628905
We did a swing attack and hit a bunch of the gobs and now they are running away with heavy injuries
This is for one more swing attack to see if we can finish them all off in one fell swoop
>>
>>4628905
Nice! Kill Gobs!
>>
>>4628936
>>4628939
Fantastic! We'll show those little bastards who's boss.
>>
>>4629297
how about we aim the swing at the legs? any survivors will be easy pickings flat out on the floor and could possibly interrogate before we finish them off
>>
>>4629305
nah we got the hit meaning that any damage we do now will kill them since our minimum damage is 6
>>
You barely managed to succeed with the first roll, nicely done!

As I mentioned yesterday, I am incredibly busy (getting all my assignments done for the week in one big rush today) so next update will either be late in the day or first thing tomorrow.

Also just a quick thanks to all of you participating, it makes me happy to see you guys enjoying it!

>>4628905
Since you left, they managed to track down some goblins (increasing their tracking store) and charged in guns blazing.

They critically wounded one who fled, while the other 5 started attacking. They let themselves get hit by 5 attacks without chance of dodging in exchange for one big wind up, which sent the goblins scattering. They were just trying one last aoe attack to get them all before they were too far apart and barely succeeded. Also of note, two goblins are rutting in one of the huts, there's a chest of goodies in their main hut, and there's one goblin missing, either asleep or scouting perhaps? (You can tell there were 12 total based on the slots in the spear racks, though three of them you guys killed earlier while helping Gerald)
>>
Rolled 64 (1d100)

>>4629311

We probably need some meds at this point, I’d suggest checking the tents/chest for supplies first, and then kill the other goblins after we’ve healed

(The roll is a test btw)
>>
>>4629311
Filthy creatures. They spawn like rats. Glad to know we're doing our part to clear out the pests.
>>
whatever we do we should take all the spears off of the racks and either destroy them or keep them with us. that way if any able bodied goblins turn up they will likely be unarmed
>>
File: tegaki.png (42 KB, 400x400)
42 KB
42 KB PNG
With one final swing, this time much quicker than your last attack, you manage to just barely slash all of the goblins as they try to split up and run in the backs, and all five of them fall flat to the ground dead, blood pooling underneath their bodies and mixing together.

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Goblin Slaying: 1)*

With a final twirl to flick the rest of the blood off, you sheath your banner pole onto your back and take a moment to collect yourself. Now that the battle is won and your rage is starting to subside, you can distinctly feel the pain from your wounds. Inferior creatures they may be, you were greatly outnumbered and took quite a beating from them. Thankfully your armor covers your body well, so you should mostly heal up after a good night's rest.

(Good time to explain healing: You heal 1hp for each hour you rest. You can sleep up to 8 hours when you rest for the night, and you're allowed either two 1 hour rests or 1 two hour rest per day if you're willing to spend the time and have a safe place to relax. You can also heal faster through the use of medicine, first aid, and magic, though you need to either acquire those things for yourself or find someone who can help you out)

Despite how intense the fight was, it didn't last more than 15 seconds, maybe. The two goblins in the hut are still moaning and grunting, going at it without even realizing that you've killed more than half of their remaining tribe. For now, there's nothing that immediately poses a threat to you.

You take the time to do a quick check through the camp for traps, and are relieved to find none. Goblins are well known for trapping their lairs, but this tribe is already a bit of an outlier since they don't have a cave or other more cramped and concealed structure to hide themselves in. You can hazard a guess that perhaps they broke off from a much larger and more organized group- perhaps they were at the bottom of the social hierarchy or had differences with the leadership- either way it doesn't matter. After all...

"The only good goblins are the ones that never come out of their stinking holes" you mutter to yourself as you ponder what to do next.

>Check out the chest in the main hut
>Attack the mating goblins
>Search for the injured one that ran off earlier
>Leave, there's still one uninjured, unaccounted for goblin running around after all
>Other (write in)

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 14/25
Str: 5
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Tracking: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 0
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Buckler (Equipped)
Sun Rod (5 uses left)
Silver Flute
>>
>>4629893
>Attack the mating goblins
>Search for the injured one that ran off earlier

Leave no survivors

Since the fight only lasted 15 seconds the Goblin attempting runaway could not have gotten far with those injuries so we should be able to catch it with relative ease

Also, welcome back QM
>>
>>4629893
>Attack the mating goblins
ONLY THE CONQUERED KNOW PEACE!
>>
>>4629895
Thanks, good to be back and done with all my assignments!
>>
>>4629899
Awesome! More time for fun and games now.
>>
File: tegaki.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
You pull open the flap of the tent where the noise is coming from and do, indeed, spot two goblins mating. By the time the one thrusting notices you, it's already too late. With great speed and strength, you impale the two as a pair, keeping them awkwardly joined together. They die instantly without any chance at retaliation, but that doesn't matter. At this point you have no mercy or desire to negotiate with these scum- the only good goblins are dead goblins.

You pull out your banner pole and wipe the blood off with the flap of the tent entrance before quickly going off to pursue the injured goblin. Given how it's been probably only half a minute now and how injured the little bastard was, you're able to reach him without much trouble. Goblins may be nimble and good at hiding, but when they're limping in pain and leaving a trail of blood behind, it isn't too difficult.

In only a few moments you're upon the straggler, who ends up falling to their ass in terror, pleading with you in broken human. "No kill! Please! Want live!" it says, desperately begging for its life. The creature's fate is in your hands. Even if you don't kill it here and now, the injury you gave it is grievous enough that it probably won't survive the night without treatment. What do you do?

>"No mercy" (Kill the goblin)
>"Fine, just go. Not like you'll live much longer anyways" (Spare the goblin)
>Interrogate/Negotiate/Speak to the goblin (specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
"give me one good reason why I shouldn't"
>>
>>4629916
>Interrogate/Negotiate/Speak to the goblin (specify)
1. Where you come?
2. What in chest?
>>
>>4629923
>>4629926
Gonna give 10 minutes for additional votes before tiebreaking
>>
>>4629926
support
There may a larger and more powerful gob tribe nearby and it is our duty to purge it
>>
>>4629923
+1
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

>>4629923
>>4629935
On a 1
>>4629926
>>4629933
On a 2
>>
File: tegaki.png (30 KB, 400x400)
30 KB
30 KB PNG
You pause for a moment, deciding to hold off on finishing the creature off for now so you can ask a couple of questions. It seems like the creature isn't very fluent in Human- though in its defense you don't even know any Goblin- so you try to keep your questions simple, speaking like a brute.

"Where you come?" You ask first. The goblin looks confused for a moment, unsure exactly what you're asking. Grunting in annoyance, you try again. "Where from?" you ask, pointing at him. For a moment you think the goblin still doesn't understand you, but after a few seconds a spark of recognition is reflected on its face as it responds, its voice disgruntled from pain.

"Big cave. That way" he says, pointing northeast, "Far. Few moons away" he says. You piece together that your hunch was correct- their tribe split off from a bigger group situated in a cave to the northeast. You take it from its description that its a couple days travel- though goblins are much smaller than humans. It's not an exact science, but you could probably make a safe bet that it'd be two or three days for you- if you knew the way, that is. Northeast and big cave aren't exactly specific.

"What in chest?" you ask, moving on to your next question. The goblin looks down at it's torso, causing you to shake your head. Communicating to someone who doesn't speak your language is a pain in the ass. "Big box" you specify, pointing back towards its camp. "What in big box?"

"Shiny bits. Treasures. Humans like" he says, nodding his head with a hopeful expression, probably expecting this revelation to make you happy enough to spare him.

"Let live?" he asks.

>The creature served it's purpose (Spare the goblin)
>None can be left alive (Kill the goblin)
>There's more to be learned (Interrogate/Negotiate/Speak to the goblin: specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4629966
>None can be left alive (Kill the goblin)
>Loot chest

we can't risk it getting reinforcements and attacking the town, they probably won't do much damage but it would cause a bothersome distraction. Also, we want to keep the element of surprise when we will undoubtedly attack the big cave
>>
>>4629966
>The creature served it's purpose (Spare the goblin)
>>
>>4629973
>>4629988
Will give 10 minutes for votes before tiebreaking.
>>
>>4629966
>None can be left alive (Kill the goblin)
Sweep the leg
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
"No" you reply coldly, the sitting goblin looking up at you with despair.

The poor creature is in such shock that it doesn't even try to move out the way of your banner pole, as you easily pierece it's heart before pulling your weapon back out. The goblin's torso falls to the ground backwards with a soft thump. With the last struggler done for, you head back to their camp to loot that chest. The 12th goblin is still nowhere to be seen- dumb creature probably fell asleep while scouting somewhere.

You enter into the main hut and open the old, worn-down chest. The thing isn't even locked! Inside you find random bits of grain and rotted produce, probably things picked off of other merchants. There's a few pieces of torn off cloth, likely from attacks. There are, however, two things of note.

The first is all the loose gold pieces. They're a bit smelly, but after gathering them all up from the bottom of the chest, you count 86 pieces total. Beyond that, you find a silver necklace with a small ruby at the center. You could probably sell this for a tidy profit if you can find a buyer. Alternatively, it'd also make a great gift for a loved one.

As you finish up your haul, you realize it's probably close to 9 or 10 at night. If you tried to make your way back to Talmuth, you'd probably arrive right around midnight. If you're lucly, the owner probably still be awake, just finished up for the night. On the other hand, you're much closer to Grayshire now and could definitely make it there within the next fifteen minutes. Of course, that'd also mean trekking across the entire forest first thing in the morning to get to your date. Then again, you could just try to sleep at that clearing you found earlier. It's not exactly safe, but you could get there quickly and be around halfway between the two towns when you wake up in the morning- plus it wouldn't cost any money.

>Head to Grayshire
>Journey back to Talmuth
>Go to the clearing to rest
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 14/25
Str: 5
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Tracking: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 86
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Buckler (Equipped)
Sun Rod (5 uses left)
Silver Flute
Silver Necklace with Small Ruby
>>
>>4630052
>Journey back to Talmuth
Hey! This gives us a chance to use our sunrod.

>Other
Before that, check the huts for anything else and take the spears.
>>
>>4630057
support
I feel like we should wear the necklace just to flex our gains
>>
>>4630061
Ah, yeah!
>>
File: tegaki.png (33 KB, 400x400)
33 KB
33 KB PNG
Normally, trying to travel two hours through a thick forest in the dark would be a fairly daunting task, but thankfully you had the good sense to purchase a sunrod from the blacksmith earlier. You grab the rod off your back and slam it hard into the ground, the gold tip illuminating the area around you.

*Sun Rod (4 uses left)

Three of the goblins spears broke when they fell on them after you slew them all in a single blow. You pick up the remaining two, plus the two still on the rack, plus the one that the goblin you interrogated dropped- totalling in five, shitty goblin spears. Without a backpack of some kind they're a bit difficult to hold: your armor is made for polearms like your sun rod and banner pole to be attached, and your buckler is strapped to your arm, but you don't have enough room on your back for the five spears leftover, so you have to tuck them under one and hold the sun rod with the other.

You do a quick scan of the little huts, but aside from some rotted meat or random scraps of fabric, there isn't really anything in them.

Without any goblins around to pester you, and none of the animals taking their chances, you make your way through the forest unchallenged. Thanks to the bright light, you navigate your way back to Talmuth without much trouble- though the Sun Rod is still going to burn for another four hours. You'll just leave it outside where you stay or cover it up if you tough it out- no big deal.

>See if the Innkeeper is still up and rent a room
>Sleep outside near the gate
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4630084
Apologies for grammar and spelling errors
sun rod*
>>
>>4630084
>See if the Innkeeper is still up and rent a room

How do you guys want to spend the gold?
>>
>>4630084
>See if the Innkeeper is still up and rent a room

>>4630095
Finish up our orders in the morning and if we have any gold leftover then pocket the rest of it. I suggest after our little date we go into the adventurers guild
>>
>>4630107
Sounds like a wiener.

>>4630092
You're doing great man. Having a word doc up might help with grammar and spelling before posting.
>>
File: tegaki.png (28 KB, 400x400)
28 KB
28 KB PNG
You make your way towards the inn and tavern and notice that there’s still light coming from the window. Making your way inside, you step into a mostly empty bar, greeted by the quiet ding of a bell above the doorway. There are a couple of wooden tables with chairs strewn about, but there’s only one person still there- passed out drunk on one of the tables and drooling heavily.

Behind the counter you see a younger woman polishing a mug, who looks up at the sound of the bell. ”Didn’t expect any more customers this late. A gold piece per pint, and five if ye plan to spend the night here. Got a room just upstairs if ya need it” she tells you, her exhaustion weighing heavily on her voice. It’s clear she’s tired and ready to go to bed.

>Get a room (5gp)
>Buy a pint (1gp)
>Talk to the innkeep (specify)
>Bother the drunk guy
>”I’m alright, thanks for your time” (sleep outside by the gate)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4630157
>Get a room (5gp)
Remember to always get a full 8 hours of sleep so we can be ready for conquest in the morning
>>
>>4630157
>Get a room (5gp)
>Buy a pint (1gp)
>Talk to the innkeep (specify)
I'm trying to think of a joke between the difference between a drunk and a crow.
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
*Gold: 81*

You dump five gold pieces into the innkeep’s hand. She nods her head and gestures over to a key on the rack next to the stairs. You pick it up and head to your room. It’s fairly simple, just a nightstand and a bed. Still, it’s comfortable- and it’s always a plus to have a roof over your head.

You close your eyes and begin to drift off into a deep sleep....

As you rest, you can feel your body becoming more firm. You’ve been training for a while now, and having such a productive day has definitely paid off with stronger muscles.

*ATTRIBUTE INCREASED! (Str: 6)*

Herald of Conquest’s health: +8 (27/30)

You wake up feeling refreshed, your bleeding wounds closed up for the most part. You’ve still cut some scabs and bruises, but they can’t really be seen from underneath your armor. The sun is shining brightly outside your window- it’s a clear day. You guess it’s probably around 8 o’clock.

>Sleep in a little longer (choose 1 or 2 hours)
>Get complimentary breakfast from the Innkeeper
>Head to the church
>Visit the blacksmith
>Investigate the adventurer’s guild
>Scout out the merchant’s square
>Go to the general store
>Take a short trip to the forest
>Other (write in)

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 27/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Tracking: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 81
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Buckler (Equipped)
Sun Rod (4 uses left)
Silver Flute
Silver Necklace with Small Ruby
>>
>>4630196
Apologies friend, the one time I forget to update before posting!
>>
>>4630157

>Get a room (5gp)

But also, ask her if she has a daughter :’)
>>
>>4630157
>>4630196
It's that if you see three crows, you're out of business, but if you see three drunks, you're in luck.

>>4630204
>Get complimentary breakfast from the Innkeeper
Dang, took too long with the punch line.
>>
>>4630207
>Not asking more about the innkeeper
:^)
>>
>>4630204

>Scout out the merchant’s square

Let’s get our date something nice shall we?
>>
>>4630204
>Get complimentary breakfast from the Innkeeper
>Put on Silver Necklace
>Visit the blacksmith

Can't conquest without breakfast
Also we can use this chance to explain to the blacksmith about how we got this newfound cash and flex
>>
>>4630206
No worries. I took too long to respond.

>>4630219
I'm thinking we're gonna give her the Silver Necklace.

>>4630220
Though we should go somewhere else before heading to Drake and Trina's, since we can fill our order and the head out to the merchant square with afterwards later.

I'm thinking either the the adventurer’s guild or general store.
>>
Census seems to be go to innkeeper and then head out somewhere.

Tie on whether you go to the blacksmith's or the merchant's square.

Tie on whether you put the necklace on or wait to give it to her (which I assume means not putting it on)

Will tiebreak both of these if there are no more votes in 10 minutes, but as of now first stop is definitely innkeeper
>>
>>4630229
Then the adventurers guild, we should inform them of the info we got, we may get more shekels
>>
>>4630236
We can put it on now and when she asks about it, we can tell her it's a gift for her.
>>
>>4630239
Changing vote from blacksmith to Adventurer's guild? Roger that.

>>4630242
I'll assume it's cool to put it on then and not worry about tiebreaking that
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

>>4630219
Merchant's Square
>>4630239
Adventurer's Guild
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
First things first- you might as well fill your belly. The room comes with breakfast, and you didn’t eat all of yesterday, so your stomach’s growling pretty bad.

You make your way down to the bar and see a couple other guests eating as well. Most of them just look like normal people, but one is wearing leather armor with a bow strapped to his back. Perhaps an adventurer of some sort?

More of a surprise however is the innkeeper. Unlike last night, where she looked dead as a doornail, she seems bright and full of energy- a complete 180.

”Morning!” she calls out to you, sliding a plate of bacon and eggs onto the counter as you sit down. She hands you a mug full of milk as well- pretty good service all things considered.

>Talk to the innkeeper (specify)
>Speak to the adventurer (specify)
>Eat your meal and leave (Adventurer’s Guild)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4630263
>>Eat your meal and leave (Adventurer’s Guild)
>>
>>4630263
>Talk to the innkeeper (specify)
Thanks for the meal. It looks almost as good as you do.
>Speak to the adventurer (specify)
I am Herald of CONQUEST. Headed to the adventurer's guild?
>>
>>4630263
>Eat your meal and leave (Adventurer’s Guild)
>>
>>4630263
>Eat your meal and leave (Adventurer’s Guild)
>>
>>4630263

>Eat your meal and leave (Adventurer’s Guild)
>>
>>4630263
>>Eat your meal and leave (Adventurer’s Guild)
can we wash our face in the room for our up coming date?
>>
>>4630751

Mmhmm very fancy I see :^)
>>
>>4630751
better wash all the key areas incase... you know
>>
I can see this missing goblin biting us in the backside at some point, he may of been watching from a distance and want his necklace back
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
You finish up the rest of your meal in silence with the rest of the customers, enjoying a relatively quiet and relaxed atmosphere. This place is probably much different during the later hours of the day, but that suits you just fine.

After finishing, you head to the bathroom. You take off your helmet for a moment and splash some water on your face. Thankfully plumbing has been discovered, so you all have the benefits of things like sinks and toilets. While you’re at it, you reach into one of the leather pouches the merchant gave you and take out the necklace you looted, placing it around your neck for the time being. You may give it to Trina, you may not- but right now there’s no shame in flexing your gains. You earned these from Conquesting, after all.

Stepping outside, you look against the wall and see the sun rod you left out, now having finally stopped glowing. There are also the goblin spears you grabbed- it seems the people of the town are trustworthy enough that they won’t mess with your things- or at least not things that aren’t of great value. You grab the sun rod and place it firmly on your back along with your banner pole, leaving the spears here for now until you decide what to do with them.

Now that you’’re all tidied up, you head over to the Adventurer’s Guild, a fairly large stone building towards the southern end of Talmuth, close to the other entrance of the town that you hadn’t come through before. Upon entering you’re greeted by the sight of several adventurers already mucking about. Two of them are standing at the quest board looking for quests, another is at the counter talking to the guildmaster, and another three are gathered around one of the tables talking in hushed voices.

>Check out the quest board
>Talk to the quest board adventurers (specify)
>Talk to the adventurer at the counter (specify)
>Approach the group at the table
>Speak with the guildmaster
>Leave, there’s nothing here of interest
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4631007
>Check out the quest board
>>
>>4631007
>Check out the quest board
>>
>>4631007
>Talk to the adventurer at the counter (specify)

I’m thinking we get a few adventurers on our side and get a small (5-6) fighting force so we can take on some proper conquests, maybe take over the original hamlet and then tax it
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
You head to the quest board and take a look at some of the requests posted up. There aren’t too many- most of them probably taken by now. They all have to do with work in the southern region, as you could expect from a branch located there. There are three remaining.

One is about a mighty hydra in the Frostian sea causing trouble for sailors. A creature like this is far beyond your current abilities, but the reward is incredibly high- posted at five thousand gold pieces. Then again, its difficulty is probably why nobody has taken it yet. Payment comes from the Belfrostian royalty.

The next request is for wolf leathers from the forest, probably to make clothing and armor. It’s an indefinite continual quest, which is also why it’s probably still on the wall. 10 gold per wolf leather, requested to be delivered to Drake for payment.

The final request is an escort from Gerald. It seems he’s planning to head up to Rathalon, and is willing to pay 50 gold pieces for an escort through the mountains.

>Take the hydra quest
>Take the escort quest
>Speak to the adventurers at the board
>Talk to the guildmaster
>Leave, there’s nothing for you here
>Other (write in)

(Reason there’s no ‘Take the wolf leathers quest’ option is because it’s an ongoing request. You can just go to the forest and get wolf leathers at any time for Drake)
>>
Test
>>
>>4631070
>Take the escort quest
Nice

Here is the plan:
Get Gerald to delay his travel until after we finish the date
Go on date
Buy the equipment we wanted
Go to the new town

Wherever Geralt goes I am sure trouble will follow
>>
>>4631072
I'm down with this
>>
>>4631072
>>4631076

Roger that, working on the post now
>>
File: tegaki.png (32 KB, 400x400)
32 KB
32 KB PNG
You grab the escort quest off the wall. You’ve already worked with Gerald once before, so at least you know he’s amiable. Besides, you’re confident that wherever the old man goes, trouble is sure to follow- and trouble breeds opportunity for CONQUEST.

As you get ready to head up to the counter and accept the quest, you’re stopped by the two adventurers who were browsing the board.

”Excuse me” the smaller one says, a woman shrouded in a black cloak and large, brimmed hat. ”We were gonna take that. Besides, are you even a registered adventurer”? she asks.

Non-registered adventurers, you know, are allowed to take requests- but being an adventurer allows you to track progress and work your way up the ladder socially and politically. Furthermore, being a registered adventurer implies that it’s your career, so they rely on requests for money much more than non-adventurers. On the other hand though, you’re basically broke, save for the gains you made from the goblins.

Her companion, a tall and surly looking man, speaks up. ”Come on Jeanne, we’ll just go harvest more wolf leathers” he says in an attempt to placate her.

”UGH, I did NOT train at the Academy in the capitol to get wolf leathers all day, Barret!” she retorts, ”We’ll never advance our ranks this way!”. You notice that her and Barret are both wearing small, tin necklaces, hinting at their rank as newbie adventurers

You know that Tin is the lowest rank, followed by Copper, Bronze, Silver, Gold, Platinum, and then Diamond. These two must be new to the game and trying to find a way to advance quickly.

>”There’s no need to compete, we can do it together”
>”The early bird gets the worm, this one’s mine”
>”It’s not worth the trouble. Here” (Let them have the request)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4631083

>”There’s no need to compete, we can do it together”

Make loyal soldiers. Let’s build up a proper force, slowly but surely.
>>
>>4631083
”There’s no need to compete, we can do it together”
Cannon Fodder
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”There’s no need to compete, we can do it together” you offer, trying to reach a compromise with them.

”But you’re not even an ADVENTURER!” Jeanne protests. Barrett puts a hand on the girls shoulder to calm her down.

”Come on Jeanne, maybe he’s about to apply- or maybe he needs the money like us”

She sighs, reluctantly accepting reality. ”Fine. We’ll split the gold three ways then- seventeen pieces for me and Barret each, and sixteen for you” she says. Barret smiles at her cooperation before looking towards you for approval,

”Whaddya say, man?”

>”That seems acceptable”
>”How about…” (Bargain: specify)
>”Forget it, I’ll do the quest myself”
>”Nevermind, you two can have it” (give them the request)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4631092
>”How about I take 17 and one of you can have 16.”

Establish dominance
>>
>>4631100
you mean 18?
>>
>>4631100
but yeah, do this. it's our quest and we are allowing them to come along
>>
>>4631105
Ah yeah sorry, 19
>>
What's the official amount you want to haggle for?
>>
>>4631148
17
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”How about I take seventeen and one of you take sixteen” you counter, throwing your weight around to show that you’ll be fair, but won’t be taken advantage of either. Before Jeanne can respond, Barret pipes up.

”I’m fine with taking sixteen. It’s more about the rep for us anyways” he says, looking placatingly towards Jeanne. For a moment her expression changes from one of frustration to apology, probably feeling bad that her partner is willing to take the short end of the stick. ”Barret… Fine, agreed” she responds.

*Barret and Jeanne have joined the party!*

You approach the counter, the adventurer that was up there earlier now gone. You’re greeted by the guildmaster for this branch, a dark-skinned man probably in his early thirties. ”Oh, you newbies found a new party member, huh? How can I help you there, tin can?” he calls to you, though you can tell his tone is meant to be friendly and teasing rather than rude.

>Apply to become an Adventurer(25gp)
>”I’d like to take on this request”
>Talk (specify)
>”Nevermind, sorry for bothering you” (leave)
>Other (write in)

(Posting status as a follow up)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 27/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Tracking: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 81
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Buckler (Equipped)
Sun Rod (4 uses left)
Goblin Spear x5 (At the Talmuth Inn)
Silver Flute
Silver Necklace with Small Ruby

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 20/20
Str: 4
Dex: 5
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 10/10
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Int: 5
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2

(Major magic spells are limited to a set amount per day, based on the mage in question. Minor magic spells can be used at will)
>>
>>4631154
>Apply to become an Adventurer(25gp)
>>
>>4631154
>Apply to become an Adventurer(25gp)
>”I’d like to take on this request”

Lets do this. We will have 55 gold leftover meaning we can buy our Shortsword, Dagger, Another Sunrod and the Shovel which will leave us with 24 GP for the general wares stuff but we should probably look for a backpack when we do
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
”I’d like to apply to become an adventurer” you say, pulling out your pouch and counting twenty five gold pieces for the guildmaster. You’re first and foremost a Herald of Conquest, and that is your life goal- but working your way up through the Adventurer’s Guild ranks is one way to gain influence and clout to help spread your message.

*Gold: 56*

”Not a problem! Just fill out this form” he answers, handing you a sheet of parchment. You quickly fill it out and hand it back to him.

”...You left your name blank, buddy”

”I am a Herald of Conquest, first and foremost. I forsake having a name in the purest pursuit of my beliefs”

The guildmaster sighs, putting his finger and thumb to the bridge of his nose for a moment before responding. ”Well, I have to put something down here so…” you watch as he writes ‘Herald of Conquest’ in the name section. You nod in approval.

”Also, we’d like to take this request” you follow up, handing him the poster from the quest board.

”Not a problem. I’ll put it in the paperwork that you three are working together as a party. Jeanne Withers, Barret Golman, and...Herald of Conquest” he says, scrawling some more things down before stamping the request and sliding it somewhere under the counter.

”Oh yeah, since you’re an adventurer now you’ll need this to” he says, handing you a tin dog tag tied together by a string. You slip it on over your silver necklace, making sure the ruby stands out first and foremost.

”The client will meet you at the southern gate at around ” the guildmaster explains. You look up at the clock above the counter- it’s only 8:30 in the morning right now.

Jeanne speaks up, ”We’ll meet you there at the appointed time, Herald. Barret and I have some business to take care of first” she says before heading out the door.

”See you later, man!” Barret calls out with a friendly smile, waving goodbye as he follows after her.

What will you do now?

>Talk to the guildmaster (specify)
>Go to the church
>Visit the general store
>Head to the merchant plaza
>Shop at the blacksmith
>Stop by the inn and tavern
>Fast forward to date (Time will move to 12:00 noon and you’ll be at the merchant plaza)
>Other (write in)
>>
”I’d like to apply to become an adventurer” you say, pulling out your pouch and counting twenty five gold pieces for the guildmaster. You’re first and foremost a Herald of Conquest, and that is your life goal- but working your way up through the Adventurer’s Guild ranks is one way to gain influence and clout to help spread your message.

*Gold: 56*

”Not a problem! Just fill out this form” he answers, handing you a sheet of parchment. You quickly fill it out and hand it back to him.

”...You left your name blank, buddy”

”I am a Herald of Conquest, first and foremost. I forsake having a name in the purest pursuit of my beliefs”

The guildmaster sighs, putting his finger and thumb to the bridge of his nose for a moment before responding. ”Well, I have to put something down here so…” you watch as he writes ‘Herald of Conquest’ in the name section. You nod in approval.

”Also, we’d like to take this request” you follow up, handing him the poster from the quest board.

”Not a problem. I’ll put it in the paperwork that you three are working together as a party. Jeanne Withers, Barret Golman, and...Herald of Conquest” he says, scrawling some more things down before stamping the request and sliding it somewhere under the counter.

”Oh yeah, since you’re an adventurer now you’ll need this to” he says, handing you a tin dog tag tied together by a string. You slip it on over your silver necklace, making sure the ruby stands out first and foremost.

”The client will meet you at the southern gate at around” the guildmaster explains. You look up at the clock above the counter- it’s only 8:30 in the morning right now.

Jeanne speaks up, ”We’ll meet you there at the appointed time, Herald. Barret and I have some business to take care of first” she says before heading out the door.

”See you later, man!” Barret calls out with a friendly smile, waving goodbye as he follows after her.

What will you do now?

>Talk to the guildmaster (specify)
>Go to the church
>Visit the general store
>Head to the merchant plaza
>Shop at the blacksmith
>Stop by the inn and tavern
>Fast forward to date (Time will move to 12:00 noon and you’ll be at the merchant plaza)
>Other (write in)

(reposting with colors fixed)
>>
>>4631171
>Shop at the blacksmith

lets get our upgrades
>>
>>4631171
at around 6 o'clock, must've somehow got deleted when porting from word. Apologies again for the screw ups!
>>
>shop at blacksmith

let's get tooled up, maybe go to general store after and get us a backpack
>>
>>4631182
sounds like a plan
>>
>>4631171
>>4631172
>>4631182
>>4631187
Sounds good.
>>
>>4631171
>>Shop at the blacksmith
we need a big bag for wolf skin farming.
>>
>>4631348
>>Visit the general store
we need a big bag for wolf skin farming.
>>
>>4631182

++ on this one
>>
>>4631182
Backing, this quest is rad
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
First things first, you decide to head to the blacksmith and make some more purchases. You’ve got a little bit of gold in your pocket now, and you’re sure this adventure with Gerald will include him providing food, so you can afford to splurge a little.

You come back to the sight of Drake pounding away at something on his anvil. Upon closer inspection, it seems to be a new longsword.

”Ah, good to see you again, Herald. Come to purchase more goods? Let me remind you of the prices on those items you asked about last time…”

Drake's prices:
Shortsword: 15gp
Longsword: 30gp
Dagger: 5gp
Buckler: 10gp
Kite shield: 50gp
Tower Shield: 200gp
Sunrods: 10gp a pop
Shovel: 1gp

>Purchase items (specify)
>Commission/ask about other items (specify)
>Talk to (specify)
>”Was just stopping by to say hello. I’ll see you around” (leave)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4632014

I think we need a longsword at the very least, can we negotiate prices though? Something like, “Your daughter said this was only 25, not 35”
>>
>>4632022
I would allow price negotiation as a write in option. You'll need to specify what you're trying to bargain down and to what price though, which I will then ask for a charisma roll and place to DC based on how reasonable it is.
>>
>>4632014
Hmmm... We have 56 gold which makes me think we should buy
>Longsword
That should be enough for now, as we are a Herald of Conquest not Kite-Shielding.

>>4632022
I think we should haggle the Longsword price from 30 to 25 gold but we definitely shouldn't lie about it.
>>
"would you take 25 for the longsword? I plan on being a regular customer..."
>>
Negotiating to get the Longsword down to 25gp will be DC 16. Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for CHA)
>>
Rolled 10 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4632060
"C'mon, we're friends, aren't we?"
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
*Failure* (It was close so I’ll give you a bit)

”Can I convince you to lower the price on a longsword to twenty five gold pieces?” you ask the blacksmith. ”Come on, aren’t we friends?”

Drake stops hammering, seemingly finished with his project. He gently lays the longsword against the anvil before standing up to meet you. ”Herald, I’m grateful you saved Gerald, and I’d like to get along with you in the future, but I am running a business here”

”Come on, I’m going to be a regular customer here. It won’t cut into your profits too deeply to help me out”

The blacksmith sighs, contemplating your offer for a moment, before finally speaking up. ”I can offer you a small discount. Twenty eight gold pieces- take it or leave it”

Even though your negotiating wasn’t a complete success, you do feel yourself starting to understand haggling a bit better.

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Haggling: 1)*

>”A pleasure doing business with you” (Purchase longsword for 28gp)
>”Maybe something else would be better” (Purchase/Commission other gear: specify)
>”That’s too rich for my blood” (leave)
>”Let’s put business to the side for now” (Talk: specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4632081
>”A pleasure doing business with you” (Purchase longsword for 28gp)
>Also buy dagger and shovel

>”So, how is the goblin problem here?”

Try slipping in our goblin extermination deeds but frame it like it was more heroic instead of the massacre it was
>>
>>4632081
>”A pleasure doing business with you” (Purchase longsword for 28gp)
>>
>>4632081
>Other (write in)
>Shortsword, Dagger, Another Sunrod and the Shovel
28 is a fair price thank you. can we do the lot for 41? i do plan on spending alot of gold here.
>>
>>4632140
apologize for coming of rude and explain that you are new to this.
>>
>>4632090
I support this
>>
Seems we're going longsword, dagger, and shovel.

Sorry for the wait on updates, been busy with work and doing crap on my car. Will try to get things out later tonight and catch up.

For now roll for the quality on the weapons for me

1-5: Normal
6-12: Good
13-18: Great
19-10: Superior

Roll 2d20 (first dice is for longsword, second for dagger)
>>
Rolled 88, 45 = 133 (2d100)

>>4632815
>>
Rolled 6, 15 = 21 (2d20)

>>4632815
F
>>
Rolled 9, 9 = 18 (2d20)

>>4632815
>>
Rolled 13, 16 = 29 (2d20)

>>4632815
>>
File: tegaki.png (34 KB, 400x400)
34 KB
34 KB PNG
”A pleasure doing business with you” you say, shaking his hand as Drake lets out a sigh of relief. ”I’ll take a dagger and shovel as well, full price of course”

The blacksmith seems pleased by your purchases, probably not expecting so many orders at once. ”Thanks for keeping a roof over our heads, Herald. You keep buying from me and maybe we’ll see about some better discounts, eh?” he remarks with a chuckle as you hand over the gold.

*Gold: 22*

He hands you the longsword he just finished making before heading inside to grab the dagger and shovel. He realizes, however, that you’re kind of at...full capacity. ”You uh, gonna be alright to carry all of this?” you ask.

You sheathe the dagger and knife on your belt without too much trouble- though it is starting to get cramped there. The shovel however? You just tuck it under your arm for now. As long as you grab yourself a backpack of some kind soon or start storing things somewhere, you should be fine.

>”I’m actually not done shopping yet” (Purchase/commission other items: specify)
>”Is your daughter excited about our date this afternoon?”
>”If you’re not busy, I was hoping to chat a little” (Talk: specify)
>”Thanks for your help Drake. I’ll see you around” (Leave: assumed to General Store, but may specify)
>Other (write in)

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 27/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Tracking: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 22
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Buckler (Equipped)
Sun Rod (4 uses left)
Goblin Spear x5 (At the Talmuth Inn)
Silver Flute
Silver Necklace with Small Ruby
Tin rank dog tag
Longsword (Good Quality)
Dagger (Great Quality)
Shovel
>>
>>4633046
You sheathe the dagger and longsword*, not the dagger and knife
>>
>>4633046
>”Is your daughter excited about our date this afternoon?”
>>
>>4633046
>is your daughter excited about our date this afternoon?
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
”Is your daughter excited about our date this afternoon?” you ask, feeling particularly ballsy this morning.

He lets out a sigh. ”So you’re the guy she’s going to meet. Just wanted to make a friend, huh?” he asks, seeming slightly irritated before cooling off a little. ”I worry about her, but I haven’t seen her this excited in a while. She doesn’t get a lot of attention from guys around here, probably because they’re all blind, so it’s good for her. She’s growing up- it’s about time she thinks about finding someone”

He steps a bit closer to you, giving you another appraising look up and down, just like he did when you met him yesterday. ”Listen Herald, I’m not gonna be some crazy guy that threatens you over dating his daughter. Just treat her right. Be good to her, and there won’t be any issues. Don’t think it’ll get you lower prices though” he says, chuckling before taking a few more steps back.

>”Alright, back to business…”(Purchase/commission more items: specify)
>”I wanted to talk to you for a bit” (Specify)
>”Thank you sir, take care” (Leave, assumed to general store, but may specify otherwise)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4633067
“I may be a herald of conquest but I am still a gentlemen. You have my promise.”

Also take this chance to flex about the goblins and see what they have been doing overall, more importantly ask how big of a threat the cave group is or at least inform him of their existence.
>>
>>4633072
Oh shoot I forgot to add that from earlier! No matter what choice gets picked I'll make sure to throw that in before whatever happens next
>>
Also just want to inform everyone for the sake of saving time on posting a bunch, whenever combat happens with allies like Jeanne and Barret, I'll be rolling their stuff off screen with an app. I'll only have you guys roll for Herald, and will only roll enemies on screen- just to save a bit of time.
>>
>>4633067
>Leave to the general store, seeking a backpack rations, and a waterskin for further ventures.
>>
>>4633073
If that is the case then:

>>4633113
We do this but also buy a rope so we can tie the flag on our back like a sashimono
>>
>>4633124
Buying rope is definitely a good idea, but just as a heads up your banner and up to one other pole like object can already be strapped to your armor because of how it's made.

You're still welcome to use rope that way if you want to manage more inventory like that, of course.
>>
>>4633079
Thank you, that helps.
>>4633067
>”Thank you sir, take care” (Leave, assumed to general store, but may specify otherwise)
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
”I may be a Herald of Conquest, but I am still a gentleman. You have my promise”

Drake’s expression lightens a little at your comment. ”That’s reassuring. Thank ya, lad” he answers, giving you a nod of approval.

”You know, I actually took out a whole tribe of goblins in the forest. Apparently there are more in a cave to the northeast, but that shouldn’t be a problem here. Besides, I’ll take care of them before long”

Drake raises an eyebrow, seemingly impressed by this news. ”That’s not bad at all. I see you’ve got one o’ them dog tags too- you’re an adventurer now? At the rate you’re goin, I’m sure you’ll rise through the ranks quickly” he adds.

”Speaking of goblins, how are they with this town? Do they give Talmuth any trouble?” you inquire, trying to figure out a bit more of the power balance.

”Nah, not here- the guards are more than a match for those little buggers. Besides, far too many villagers for any goblin tribe to dare raidin’ us. Still, they do harass travellers between here and some of the hamlets and towns up north, so you’re definitely doin our merchants a favor. I’m sure if you tell Gerald about your deed he’d be ecstatic” he informs you.

”Thanks for the information. I’ll see you around, Drake” you say as he waves you off, ”Aye, see ya soon, Herald.”

With that out of the way, you make your way down to the tidy wooden building known as the ‘general store’, though it’s actual name if Boggins’ Bargains. You step inside to see a couple villagers browsing the goods on the shelves and in the display case, greeted by a rather short man. He’s not quite as stout as a dwarf...probably a halfling?

”Ello there, good warrior!” the man calls out to you, hopping onto some sort of stool behind the counter to get closer to your height. ”What can I do ya for?”

”I’m looking for a backpack, some rope, and maybe some rations” you inform the halfling.

”Aye, let me get ya the prices on those…”

Boggins' prices:
Rope (50 ft. hempen) - 5gp
Backpack - 5gp
Bag of holding - 15gp
Rations (1 days worth) - 1gp a pop

>Purchase items (specify)
>Ask about other items (specify)
>”Nevermind, take care” (leave)
>”Actually, I was hoping to chat with you a bit first” (Talk: specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4633143
>Bag of holding - 15gp
What's all this about? Aren't these pocket dimensions magicians use?
>>
>>4633148
Slightly different from standard DnD fair. Basically, a normal 'backpack' is like a mountain hiker's backpack- pretty large and will be able to carry a lot for a while, but will eventually fill up.

A bag of holding has no weight limit, and you can instantly place items in and recall them out of it. You cannot, however, step in it like in DnD and reach another plain. It's just magically enchanted. To make things work, organic life cannot enter it, so you can't hop in it or stuff an enemy in there (a corpse would be fine though) or prisoners, you'd need to carry them normally.

Putting two of them together also won't destroy the fabric of reality.

Basically think of it as longer term investment for infinite inventory and simplicity
>>
>>4633143
>Bag of holding - 15gp
>Rations (1 days worth) - 5gp

If the flag can he attached to our armour without rope then we will spend the money on rations while the last 2 will go into the holding bag.
>>
>>4633154
If we purchase the bag of holding and rope, will we have enough for a bedroll and waterskin?
>>
>>4633167

Bedroll: 3gp
Waterskin: 3gp
>>
What do you guys think?

Backpack, Rope , Waterskin, Bedroll - 16 gp
Rations - 3 days worth - 3 gp
with 3 left over for our date?
>>
>>4633186
I think the bag of holding will be a much greater long term investment.

For now, though I will switch vote to this but let's make it a priority for our next shopping trip
>>
>>4633186
>>4633198

Going with this. Writing update
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
You decide to purchase a backpack, a 50 foot coil of hempen rope, a waterskin, a bedroll, and 3 days worth of rations. Gerald will probably feed you on the journey up, but rations don’t spoil and it’s always good to have some on hand- especially for after the little quest.

*Gold: 3*

”Pleasure doin’ business with ya!” the halfling says with glee, raking your coins behind the counter. You decide to deposit your new items, along with your shovel, into the backpack in question, sliding it onto your back. You decide to strap your sun rod and banner pole to the backpack itself, so that they’ll be easily reachable in an emergency.

Do you have any other business here?

>Ask about/Purchase other items (specify)
>”Are you free to talk a bit?” (specify)
>”Thanks for your time. Take care” (leave)
>Other (write in)

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 27/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Tracking: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 3
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Buckler (Equipped)
Sun Rod (4 uses left)
Goblin Spear x5 (At the Talmuth Inn)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Silver Necklace with Small Ruby
Tin rank dog tag
Longsword (Good Quality)
Dagger (Great Quality)
Shovel (in backpack)
Backpack
Bedroll (in backpack)
Rope, 50 ft hempen (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
>>
>>4633228
>Time skip to date

Its time
>>
>>4633233
this
>>
>>4633228
>Joke around with the halfing
Do you like lymricks?

"There was a young man from Talmuth
Mouth around a centaur's butt
He said with a grin
As he wiped off his chin,
"Nothing quiet beats Tail&muff."
>>
>>4633248
That's heinous, fuck. I'll back it.
>>
Will tiebreak if no additional votes in 10 minutes. Also just in case joke goes through, feel free to roll me a 1d20+3 (+2 for INT, +1 for Comedy). You need a 10 to make him laugh.
>>
Rolled 14 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4633257

On that note, how do you roll a negative? I'm been adding + and - signs after the dice+1d20, but they both roll positive.
>>
Rolled 11 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4633257
>>4633264
dice+1d20+-(modifier) I believe
>>
>>4633264
what >>4633272
said.

Also for roll reference I always take the first roll unless I say "best out of x"
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

1: Timeskip to date
2: Recite sick limerick
>>
Gonna have the limerick go through but then it'll be an immediate timeskip because it was too sick to pass up
>>
File: tegaki.png (44 KB, 600x600)
44 KB
44 KB PNG
”Do you like limericks?” you ask Boggins.

”Asking a halfling if he likes limericks? ‘Course I do!”

”There was a young man from Talmuth
Mouth around a centaur's butt
He said with a grin
As he wiped off his chin,
"Nothing quiet beats Tail&muff."


*SUCCESS*

The halfling erupts in laughter, and you can feel your proficiency in comedy getting better. If you continue to crack jokes, your skill may advance soon…

”That’s a good one there, warrior. You’ll have to share some more with me sometime!”

With that being said and done, you spend the rest of your time getting ready before arriving a couple of minutes before noon in the merchant’s plaza. You would’ve totally missed your date had she not been so dazzling- she looks completely different when dressed up for a day out than when she’s covered in muck and in a blacksmith apron.

”Herald!” she calls out, making her way towards you.

”You look...beautiful” you respond. She blushes, but her embarrassment soon fades as she giggles, looking you over. ”Wow, you came in your full armor? You really are dedicated to your cause” she says, looking you up and down before noticing the two adornments around your neck.

”That necklace is amazing! And is that an adventurer dog tag? You’re an adventurer now?”

>”This necklace is for you” (give her the silver necklace with small ruby)
>”I figured becoming an adventurer would be a great way to advance my goals”
>”Why don’t we go look for those instruments?”
>”Let’s do a little window shopping” (will privately roll for what kind of shop you encounter”
>”Actually, I lied- you’re hideous. Goodbye” (leave)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4633297
>”This necklace is for you. I got it from a nest of goblins.” (give her the silver necklace with small ruby)
>>
>>4633297
>>”This necklace is for you” (give her the silver necklace with small ruby)
>>
>>4633297
>”This necklace is for you” (give her the silver necklace with small ruby)

A pretty necklace for a pretty lady or, Silver for silver, gift for gift, a Herald of Conquest takes and gives as he please.
>>
>>4633297
>”This necklace is for you” (give her the silver necklace with small ruby)

"Adventuring was just something that would pay me for stuff I was already planning on accomplishing."
>>
>>4633318
I'll support this, we're basically a blackguard
>>
>>4633329
Nice.
>>
>>4633329
This is rock solid too, damn, I'm torn. Why not both though?
>>
I can combine them unless the crowd votes differently. Will post update a bit later after I finish something up
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”This necklace is for you” you say as you take it off yourself and gently place it around her neck. ”A pretty necklace for a pretty lady, or silver for silver, or a gift for a gift. A Herald of Conquest takes and gives as he pleases” you say as her face positively lights up, both with happiness and embarrassment.

”Oh Herald…” she says, looking down at the ground for a moment to collect herself before turning her gaze back up at you. ”You really do know how to make a girl feel special”

She steps to your side and plants a kiss on your cheek- err, your helmet. ”Tastes like iron” she jokes, giggling as she takes a few steps back. After you let the moment properly simmer for a bit, you respond to her remark about your dog tag.

”Adventuring is just something that will pay me for stuff I was already planning on accomplishing” you explain, the conquest flag on the banner pole strapped to your backpack waving in the breeze. ”I am still first and foremost a Herald of Conquest before an adventurer”

”Ah, that makes sense. Might as well collect on your deeds, right?” she responds.

As you speak with Trina, you notice over her shoulder that there are two familiar figures currently browsing one of the stalls. Dressed in the same gear they were wearing at the adventurer’s guild are Jeanne and Barret. Are they looking for some supplies? Perhaps killing time before the quest? Or maybe they’re going on a date of their own? You could always go bother them, or you could continue spending time with just you and Trina

>”Let’s go look for those instruments”
>”How about we browse around?” (will privately roll for random store”
>”Fancy seeing you two here” (approach Jeanne and Barrett)
>”Actually I’ve got the runs real bad, I’ll see you soon though Trina” (leave)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4633442
>”How about we browse around?” (will privately roll for random store”

Lets not fuck this up
>>
>>4633453
>”How about we browse around?” (will privately roll for random store

We might even find an instrument or two.
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”How about we browse around?” you offer.

”Sure, we’ve got plenty of time to do some window shopping- let’s see what’s around”

The market is fairly lively this time of day, people hustling and bustling to get what they need and shop around for wares brought in from traders near and far. As you try to push your way through the crows, you notice one stall that doesn’t seem to have many customers.

A strange man in a turban beckons you to come over. ”Good warrior and beautiful young lady, come look at my trinkets!” he offers, gesturing to various things like earrings, jewelry, and other random baubles lining the shelves and displays of his stall.

”Let’s give them a look” Trina says, and you nod your head affirmatively as the two of you head over to him.

”Yes yes yes, I knew you two had good taste! I have plenty of wares here to offer. In fact, I just received something special recently that you may be interested in, good warrior- a strange and bizarre trinket said to hold untold power for one who knows how to release it- take a look!”

He holds out a strange, small red bauble with what looks to be two eyes, a nose, and a mouth placed disproportionately over it. ”This is a special piece, so instead of gold how about you trade me something of yours for it? Of course, you could just purchase one of my other trinkets as well”

>Offer an item for trade (specify)
>”I’m actually more interested in…” (specify type of trinket/bauble you’re looking for)
>”No thank you, this stuff doesn’t really interest me”
>Other (write in)

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 27/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Tracking: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 3
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (At the Talmuth Inn)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Rope, 50 ft hempen (in backpack)
Shovel (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Sun Rod (4 uses left)
Tin rank dog tag
Waterskin (in backpack)
>>
>>4633490
It's a fucking BEHELIT. We are a Herald of CONQUEST. We cannot pass that up. Will he take our Dagger and Sunrod for it?
>>
>>4633507
Offer this

>>4633490
>Offer 5 goblin spears

Could be symbolic. We die fighting goblins, and the Behelit activates, causing us to make a choice.
>>
>>4633509
don't know about this but,

fuck it lets do it.
>>
Five shitty goblin spears for secret spooky behelit? Gonna need a haggle role. You need an 20 or higher (if you fail you can always try something else)

Roll 1d20+6 (+5 for CHA, +1 for Haggling)
>>
Rolled 11 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4633515
Please dice gods let me roll good for once
>>
>>4633517
He don't roll so good.
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”I’ll give you five goblin spears” you offer the man in the turban.

”I don’t sell weapons”

”They can still be plenty useful. Defending yourself, giving to adventurers as a complimentary gift...you could even arm a family to defend against GOBLINS” you explain, shouting the last part before regaining your composure. Perhaps all that goblin slaying has had an effect on you.

*Failure*

”I’ll have to pass, habibi. Do you have anything else you’d be willing to trade?”

>”Yeah, how about…” (specify)
>”Nevermind, what about your other wares?” (specify)
>”Sorry for wasting your time” (Leave)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4633524
>”Yeah, how about a shovel and 50 ft of rope?"
>>
>>4633530
Nice! Everyone needs rope.
>And previously owned sun rod, guaranteed to work.
>>
>>4633534
Yeah add the used sunrod.

We can just force our cannon fodder mage to use some light spells or some shit
>>
Shovel, 50ft of rope, and a partially used sun rod? Not exactly trinkets, but they do have inherent value. Roll another haggle check for my, a bit lower dc this time. You need a 16 or higher.

Roll 1d20+6 (+5 for CHA, +1 for Haggling)
>>
Rolled 10 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4633541
Ok I better get this one
>>
>>4633542
>Just bearly
fuck you too dice gods
>>
>>4633547
>>4633542
What have you done to anger the gods?!
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
”Yeah, how about a shovel, a coil of hempen rope, and this mostly unused sun rod? you offer, digging the items out of your backpack. Trina giggles as she watches you haggle awkwardly, offering adventuring gear in return for some strange bauble.

”You really want it that badly?” she asks. You don’t know why this item is so important to you, but you just have a feeling that it’ll be incredibly important in the future.

You pull the items out and lay them on the counter in front of the salesman.

”I don’t think you’re understanding this whole ‘trinket seller’ thing I’ve got going on, habibi” he responds.

”These are all useful items for exploring and finding new treasures to sell. They’re also primo items to trade with adventurers who pick up all kind of fancy baubles and trinkets- it’s a good long term investment”

The man in the turban thinks about your words for a few moments…

*success*

”Alright habibi, you have a deal” he says, taking your offer and handing over the strange red orb.

You can also feel yourself mastering the art of the deal. Somehow you convinced a trinket salesman to hand you over an exotic rarity for adventuring goods that can literally be bought at the blacksmith and general store in town. Oh yeah, it’s all coming together.

*SKILL INCREASED! (Haggling: 2)*

>”I’d also like to purchase…” (specify)
>”Thanks for the trade, habibi” (look for instruments)
>”Thanks for the trade, habibi” (window shop some more, random private roll)
>Other (write in)

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 27/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Tracking: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 3
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (At the Talmuth Inn)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Tin rank dog tag
Waterskin (in backpack)
>>
>>4633559
Haggling: 2*

Forgot to change on the status, apologies
>>
>>4633559
>”Thanks for the trade, habibi” (window shop some more, random private roll)
>>
>>4633562
>”Thanks for the trade, habibi” (window shop some more, random private roll)
And that's how you use a silver tongue.
Maybe a little eyebrow wiggle to Trina as well.
>>
>>4633567
I think after this one we should time skip to the end of the date, I think we showed off our moves more than enough. We must still remember our goal in life: Conquer.
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”Thanks for the trade, habibi” you say to the merchant before heading off to do some more window shopping with Trina, giving her a little eyebrow wiggle. It’s barely noticeable with your helmet on, but she manages to pick up at the small gesture and return one back to you with a sly grin.

”Mr. Businessman over here! You’ve got quite a silver tongue, Herald” she remarks.

It doesn’t take long for the two of you to find another stall of interest- this one vastly more crowded, though the line has finally started to die down enough that you can get in on the action. You see Jeanne and Barret exiting from the front with two frozen treats, just barely remaining outside their vision as they go on their way.

”Step right up!” the woman working the counter says, ”We’ve got a discount going on for couples! One gold piece for two ice cream cones- it’s a steal, people!”

Trina looks at the frozen snack with great interest. What will you do.

>”I’ll take you up on that action” (1gp)
>”Hey there!” (Approach Jeanne and Barret)
>”We can find better snacks elsewhere” (window shop some more)
>”Wait, weren’t we here to find instruments?” (look for instruments)
>Skip to the end of the date
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4633580
If that's the case, let's
>”Thanks for the trade, habibi” (look for instruments)
The thing she wanted to do.
>>
>>4633588
>>4633587
You're just too fast . Or I'm too slow.
>”I’ll take you up on that action” (1gp)
>>
>>4633587
>”I’ll take you up on that action” (1gp)

There goes the last of our money
Yeah after this its instrument time
>>
>>4633596
At least we have two gold pieces to rub together.
>>
Important question to save post time and speed things up: what flavor you want boys?
>>
>>4633600
Superman.

I know, they probably don't have it. Vanilla bean, blueberry, strawberry, it's all good.
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”I’ll take you up on that action” you say, tossing a coin to the ice cream lady, much to Trina’s delight.

”Great! What would you two like?”

”Strawberry, please!” Trina requests.

The lady looks to you next, and you respond plain and simple. ”Superman”

Trina and the other customers in line look confused, but the lady locks eyes with you, and for the briefest of moments, you’re comrades in good taste. She understands just as you do, and gives you the Superman flavored ice cream mix.

”Wait, what is that?” Trina asks curiously, leaning down to take a lick of yours. ”That’s delicious!”

>”It’s only fair if I get to try yours” (lick her ice cream)
>”Wait, you left a little on your lips there…” (go in for the kiss, requires roll)
>”YOU STUPID BITCH THAT’S MY SUPERMAN ICE CREAM REEEE”
>Eat your ice cream peacefully
>Skip to the end of the date
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4633621
>"I just got good taste, now shall we head for those instruments?"
>>
>>4633621
>”Wait, you left a little on your cheek there…” (go in for the kiss, requires roll)

Is this acceptable?

Dude, if I could high-five you and buy you a shot, I would.
>>
>>4633637
No its too risky
the dice gods are angered
>>
>>4633621
>”Wait, you left a little on your cheek there…” (go in for the kiss, requires roll)
The PATH of CONQUEST requires BOLDNESS
>>
>>4633640
Good point.
>”It’s only fair if I get to try yours” (lick her ice cream)
>>
>>4633641
you fool, you have doomed us
>>
Will tiebreak in 10 minutes if there aren't additional votes. Responses may be a bit delayed or drop off for the night, getting a bit tired so bear with me y'all
>>
>>4633641
Dammit, he's right.
>”Wait, you left a little on your cheek there…” (go in for the kiss, requires roll)
>>
>>4633643
You FOOL, you would have us COWER like a CRAVEN when the FIELD of BATTLE is RIPE FOR THE SLAUGHTER
>>
>>4633648
I like your attitude. You embody the Herald well, friend
>>
>>4633648
hmmmmm.

Fuck it, FULL STEAM AHEAD!
>>
>>4633648
ONWARD! TO GLORY!
>>
Roll me a 1d20+5 (+5 for CHA). You get the best of 2 rolls because she really likes you. Need at least a 15 to succeed
>>
Rolled 11 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4633655
DICE GODS DON'T FUCK THIS UP
>>
Rolled 9 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4633655
YAAAAAGH
>>
>>4633659
Thank god I got it
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Wait, you left a little on your lips there…

”H-Herald…?” she says nervously, but she nevertheless leans into your kiss. The two of you lock lips for a moment, and the chemistry is palpable. You’ve only known the lass a day, but she’s a nice woman- and you wouldn’t be opposed to being in a serious relationship with her.

*SUCCESS*

The ice cream lady and some of the members of the crowd let out a soft ”Oooo”, but quickly get back to their own business. After a few seconds, the two of you part, your faces still close to each other.

”I’m really glad you came out here with me today, Herald” she says softly, staring into your eyes.

Man, you’re getting real good at this love thing.

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Seduction: 1)*

The only downside, however, is you catch a glimpse of a clock hanging off one of the buildings. It’s already 4:30, and you don’t have a lot of time before six, when you need to meet Gerald and your new adventuring party. You could continue the date a little longer, but you wouldn’t have time to stop by anywhere else before your quest, and you might even be late. Then again, Trina originally wanted to come out here to find instruments. She seems happy enough with how things have gone, but… you’d hate to let her down. What do you do?

>”How about those instruments then?”
>”I’ve had a wonderful time, Trina. I hope to see you soon” (Finish the date and leave)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4633675
>”I’ve had a wonderful time, Trina. I hope to see you soon” (Finish the date and leave)
>"I will try to get you a nicer necklace next time"
We need more shekels to blow off on our dates
>>
>>4633680
This, we have to leave her wanting more. That's principle A of the art of Seduction.
>>
File: tegaki.png (28 KB, 400x400)
28 KB
28 KB PNG
”I’ve had a wonderful time Trina. I hope to see you soon. I will try to get you an even nicer necklace next time” you say, preparing to finish off the date. You may not have gotten to search for any instruments today, but that’s not what’s important. What matters is that Trina is happy, and the date went well.

”I did too, Herald. You don’t need to get me a bunch of fancy stuff, y’know- I’m a simple girl. But still...this necklace is beautiful, and I appreciate your generosity. I look forward to whatever you bring, and whatever comes next” she answers, brushing a lock of hair out of her face.

With that, you depart. Since you ended it off earlier enough, you have time to visit one more place if you want (it’s assumed you will swing by the Inn just to grab the spears outside no matter what). What do you do?

>Visit the inn
>Check out the Adventurer’s Guild again
>Go to the church
>Head to the blacksmith
>Stop by the general store
>A little more shopping on your own in the square (private roll for random store)
>Alright QM, let’s get a move on! (Skip to 6 at the southern gate and meet for the quest)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4633704
>Alright QM, let’s get a move on! (Skip to 6 at the southern gate and meet for the quest)
We don't have much time. There are GOBLINS waiting TO be SLAIN
>>
>>4633704
>Alright QM, let’s get a move on! (Skip to 6 at the southern gate and meet for the quest)

Switch from seduction mode to slayer mode
>>
>>4633704
What, no church to give our praise to CONQUEST before we set off to the unknown?
>>
>>4633713
>>4633709
You're right. It wouldn't look cool to ditch our date to go to church.
>>
>>4633724
>>4633726
We are a HERALD of CONQUEST. There is no stone TEMPLE, the FIELD of BATTLE is our CATHEDRAL.
>>
>>4633737
Whew, too right.
THE KILLING FIELDS BECKON
>>
Sounds like we're skipping to the quest then! I will continue posting tomorrow, gonna head to bed soon.
>>
>>4633750
Good fight, good night! Thanks again for running.
>>
>>4633750
Thanks for running man
>>
File: tegaki.png (79 KB, 800x800)
79 KB
79 KB PNG
Alright, now that your date is over, it’s time to put the QUEST in CONQUEST! You head on over to the inn briefly to pick up your five goblin spears outside and pack them into your bag. They’re objectively shitty weapons that would probably break with usage from your force, but you could always use them as one time projectiles if you wanted to lob them at things from a distance.

You arrive right as the clock strikes six to the site of Gerald with his cart loaded up, draft horse at the ready. He seems to have a bit more packed in this time, and the tarp’s not over it yet so you take a peek to see. A lot of it, surprisingly, is information- paperwork he’s being paid by the guild to transfer over to the hall in Rathalon. There’s some grains and other harvested goods, a couple of tools, weapons, and armor pieces from Drake, and some other assorted things gathered here and there. It’s still not a big haul, but it makes sense he’d want guards this time. There’s also some rations packed away, which you assume are for Gerald and your party.

Your two adventurer companions arrive a few moments after you do. Rather than a giant mountain hiker style backpack, they seem to carry smaller, more compact bags of holding.

”Glad you all made it here on time, and good to see you again Herald” Gerald starts, nodding towards you. Barret seems surprised you two are already acquainted, but he and Jeanne don’t comment. ”As you three already know, we’re headed over to Rathalon. Trip should be two, maybe three days tops. The mountains shouldn’t be too much of a threat even for tin ranked adventurers. You guys can probably handle harpies and bandits, but if we run into an ogre...we’re probably better off running. They may be dumb as bricks, but they hit like a truck and could easily throw the entire wagon, so we need to be careful.”

An ogre, as you’re well aware, is quite a challenging opponent. At your current level of strength, and with your two allies, you could probably take one down, but not while also guaranteeing everyone’s safety. It’s up to you whether or not you’ll follow Gerald’s advice though when the time comes.

”By the way, who’s the leader of the party here?” Gerald asks.

Jeanne steps up, ”That would be me, sir. I’m Jeanne Withers, Academy graduate and mage.” she says, giving a curt bow. What do you do?

>”Actually, I’ll be leading this party” (explain why)
>”Why doesn’t Barret lead us?”
>Stay silent and go with the flow
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 27/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Skills:
Comedy: 1
Flute: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Seduction: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 2
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Tin rank dog tag
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 20/20
Str: 4
Dex: 5
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 10/10
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Int: 5
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2

(also sight*, fuck. Did one last update for the night bc couldn't sleep)
>>
>>4633934
>"If we're getting paid the same, it's all the same to me."
>>
>>4633934
>>”Actually, I’ll be leading this party” (explain why)
ive done this once before lets not complicate things
>>
>>4633997
This. Do we also need to remind her that this is our quest and they asked to come along? We are calling the shots here
>>
>>4633997
Support
>>
>>4633997
I'll change from >>4633962 to support
>>
2 votes for letting it slide, 2 votes for stepping up to be leader. Will tiebreak in 10 minutes if there's no additional votes
>>
Okay wait I got confused because of tags and wording, I thinking the leading the party votes are winning. Going to go with that for the post
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
”Actually, I’ll be leading the party” you say, stepping forward.

Jeanne’s expression contorts into one of bewilderment and confusion rather than anger. ”What? Why you?” she asks, curious as to what you have to offer the party when compared to her Academy knowledge.

”I’ve actually done this once before, let’s not complicate things”

Gerald nods in approval, jumping to your defense. ”Aye, he saved my life and took down a squad of goblins single handedly. Little bastards were so scared they didn’t even try to attack us for the rest of the journey!”

Barret seems incredibly impressed by this feat, and Jeanne backs down from her position, nodding at you. ”Fair enough” she says, ”If you’ve got the experience, it makes sense for you to take the reins. We’ll follow your lead then, Herald”

With your leadership established, Gerald throws the tarp over the cart and the three of you hop on as you begin your journey. There’s only a few hours of daylight left, and Gerald informs the group that they’ll be stopping at midnight each day to rest, so you’ve got about six hours total to go before sleepy time.

The beginning of the ride is, understandably, slow going. You’re not at the mountains yet, and you’ve got some time to kill. What do you do?

>Talk to Jeanne (specify)
>Talk to Barret (specify)
>Talk to Gerald (specify)
>Play the flute to pass some time
>Crack a joke to pass some time (gimme your joke)
>Take a nap (specify 1-2 hours, short rest healing)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4634439
>Play the flute to pass some time
Absolutely shred it
>>
>>4634441
Support
Let’s fucking nail this
>>
Roll me a 1d20+3(+2 for INT, +1 for Flute) to see how well you do. Regardless of results this will help you make progress towards the next increase for Flute skill
>>
Rolled 14 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4634447
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
(Roll Total: 17)

You manage to once again produce a relatively nice string of sounds. The more you play, the more you start to notice patterns of what sounds good together and what doesn’t. You also attain a better grasp on what finger positions produce what kinds of sounds. Perhaps if you keep playing the flute, your skill will increase soon…

”Wow, that’s actually pretty nice Herald” Jeanne states, surprised to see this softer side to you.

”Aye, never would’ve taken you for a musician!” Gerald calls out from the front. Barret nods in agreement, ”You should play in a tavern sometime, maybe you can make a little extra cash that way”

You pass the next hour or so continuing to play for the group, providing a nice, relaxing atmosphere. Jeanne’s eyes start to close as she slumps down onto Barret’s shoulder, falling asleep to your peaceful melody. He seems a little embarrassed by this and doesn’t comment.

The mountains are now within sight- you’ll arrive within the next half hour or so. It’s currently 7:30 at night, what do you do?

>Wake Jeanne up to talk to her (specify)
>Talk to Barret (specify)
>Speak with Gerald (specify)
>Take a nap (specify 1-2 hours, heal)
>”Maybe we should stop here for the night. I know we just started, but better to enter the mountains at the crack of dawn” (requires roll)
>Crack a joke (gimme the joke, anons)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4634462
>"So a skeleton clickety-clacks into a bar. Orders a glass of whisky and asks for the mop."
>>
>>4634462
>Speak with Gerald
>”What are the chances of an ogre attack?”
>>
Will tiebreak in 10 if there aren't any additional votes
>>
>>4634494
Can’t we do both?
>>
>>4634482
This
>>
>>4634494
Is it possible to say the joke and ask about the odds of a game ogre?
>>
>>4634496
I can mesh both then.

Someone roll 1d20+6 (+5 for CHA, +1 for Comedy). You need a 13 or a higher to impress the group, they're a bit tired and not in as light of a mood.
>>
Rolled 13 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4634501
Dice gods please forgive me for whatever I have done
>>
File: tegaki.png (78 KB, 800x800)
78 KB
78 KB PNG
”So a skeleton clickety-clacks into a bar” you begin, speaking in a way that draws Gerald and Barret’s attention. ”He orders a glass of whiskey, and asks for a mop”

*SUCCESS*

Barret and Gerald chuckle at your joke, and you can feel yourself becoming the funnyman. If your herald-ly charisma wasn’t enough, you’re starting to get pretty good at comedy and seduction- you are so epic.

*SKILL INCREASED! (Comedy: 2)*

”By the way Gerald, what are the chances of an ogre attacking us?” you ask.

The old man thinks for a moment before responding. ”It’s fairly likely we’ll encounter one, but as long as we keep moving, it shouldn’t be able to reach us. They’re big and strong as hell, but they move pretty slow and are dumb as a sack of bricks. As long as we don’t let one get right next to us, I’m sure we’ll be fine” he suggests.

What will you do?

>”You know Gerald, I can take an Ogre. Let me show you the strength of my cause”
>Talk to Gerald (Specify)
>Speak with Barret (Specify)
>Wake up Jeanne (specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4634526
>>”You know Gerald, I can take an Ogre. Let me show you the strength of my cause”
>>
>>4634526
>Wake up Jeanne

"Where you asleep?" (Comedy >9000)
>>
>>4634536
support
>>
>>4634536
This
>>
Gotta get some recording done first, but will go with >>4634536 and update when I'm done!
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”You know Gerald, I can take an ogre. Let me show you the strength of my cause”

The merchant puts a thumb and finger to the bridge of his nose, closing his eyes as he sighs. ”Herald, I know you’re strong- but an ogre is a totally different beast. Besides, even if you could take one on, going out of our way to fight one would put me, your client, at risk. Work with me here, man”

>”Think of the story you’d be able to tell, and of how much safer the mountains would be for you in the future” (Convince him, requires rolling)
>”Gerald, you still do not understand the nature of CONQUEST. Allow me to enlighten you” (Convert him, requires rolling)
>”I understand, the quest comes first” (Let it go)
>Other (write in)
>>
Test post to see if tripcode works. If it does will use from now on to identify myself here
>>
>>4634927
>”I understand, the quest comes first” (Let it go)
>>
>>4634927
>”Gerald, you still do not understand the nature of CONQUEST. Allow me to enlighten you” (Convert him, requires rolling)
>>
>the quest comes first

Who is to say that we won't come across a troll anyway?
>>
>>4634927
>”I understand, the quest comes first” (Let it go)
>>
>>4634945
>>4634959
>>4634971
This is not a line that gets us pussy. Think of the real quest we're on guys, not some lametard save the goblin guy one.
>>
>>4634988
We need shekels to get pussy

Still going to fight the ogre when it eventually appears though.
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
”I understand, the quest comes first”

Gerald lets out another audible sigh, though this time you can sense it’s one of relief. ”Thank you, Herald. Why don’t you head back there with the others then?” he says, though he’s quickly interrupted by the sight of someone standing on the road in leather armor. He pulls on the reins, signalling the horse to stop.

”Well well well...what do we have here?” the man asks, approaching the car with a wry grin. ”A friendly merchant brought all these goodies, just for me?”

”Stand back vagabond, or I’ll strike you down” you say, placing a hand on the hilt of your longsword as Gerald gulps in fear.

”Ah ah ah- I wouldn’t get so cocky. I’ve got two of my men lying in the bushes- you make a move on me, and they’ll shoot the old man dead. Wouldn’t want that, would you adventurer?” he asks in a mocking tone, noticing your dog tag.

Barret is already subtly waking Jeanne up, her eyes fluttering awake as she realizes what’s going on. You’re the one in charge here- what do you do?

>”I warned you” (Attack- specify what weapon you use)
>”Maybe we can work something out…” (Negotiate: specify)
>”PLEASE, SPARE MY LIFE! THIS CONQUEST THING ISN’T WORTH IT!” (Bitch out and surrender)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4635010
“Let’s say that those two men fired and failed to kill the old man, what then? What is going to save you from my hands grabbing your skull and crushing it to a pulp? Do you think that you could take me on in a fight?”

Intimidate this fucker with our pure chad energy
>>
>>4635016
This
>>
>>4635016
LOVE this idea
>>
>>4635016
Intimidate! +1
>>
>>4635010
>"I'm going to rip of your head and shit down your neck"
>Fly forward with the force of a thousand thunderstorms and introduce this man to the concept of pain
>>
Roll me an intimidation! 1d20+5 (+5 for CHA), you need a 15. It would be higher, but your plate armor and two other adventurers in the back gives you a bit of an edge.
>>
Rolled 19 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4635059
>>
Rolled 7 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4635059
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
“Let’s say that those two men fired and failed to kill the old man, what then? What is going to save you from my hands grabbing your skull and crushing it to a pulp? Do you think that you could take me on in a fight?” you ask, taking a step forward on the cart and letting the full force of your personality and will spill out. The menacing energy is practically pouring out from you as you call on courage and strength both to shut this bandit down.

*SUCCESS*

For all the cockiness he showed a moment ago, the vagabond’s face pales as he begins to take a couple of steps back. ”Y-y-you’ll be sorry for this! Don’t you dare forget the bandit captain Christopher Robin- I’ll be back for you!” he shouts as he runs with his tail between his legs. You can hear faint scurrying noises from the bushes on either side of the road as well- it seems you’ve successfully scared those rat bastards off.

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Intimidation: 1)*

”Holy crap Herald, that was amazing!” Barret exclaims, hurrying up to you and giving you a hearty slap on the back. Gerald and Jeanne both seem pretty impressed too.

”Maybe I should give the lad a bonus…” you hear Gerald mumble to himself.

>”It’s not over yet. There won’t be justice until I smite those bastards” (Track down bandits, requires rolling)
>”No problem, let’s just keep moving” (continue forward)
>Talk to Gerald (specify)
>Speak with Barret (specify)
>Converse with Jeanne (specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4635067
Naturally.
>>
>>4635083
>”No problem, let’s just keep moving” (continue forward)

>>4635086
Flick-of-the-wrist
>>
>>4635083
>>”No problem, let’s just keep moving” (continue forward)
>>
>>4635083
”No problem, let’s just keep moving” (continue forward)
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
”No problem, let’s just keep moving” you say. Though your companions are still awe struck by the sheer menacing aura you just radiated, they both nod and Gerald gets the horse moving again as you return to your seat.



Your group travels for a couple of hours, and you eventually enter into the mountains. It’s almost midnight now however. What will you do?

>Talk to someone (specify)
>Set up camp with the group and go to sleep
>Do a little exploration while the crew sets up camp
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4635157
> Barret

So what's the deal with you and Jeanette?
>>
>>4635157
Do a little exploration while the crew sets up camp
>>
>>4635157
>Set up camp for the night
>>4635167
>>4635171
Also do both of those
>>
>>4635157
>>Do a little exploration while the crew sets up camp
scout out where those guys might try to ambush us from tonight
>>
So what I'm gathering is
>Ask Barret what's up with him and Jeanne
>Do a little exploring
And (barring encountering something)
>Help set up camp

I assume that course means you're just exploring a little bit, maybe for like 15 minutes?
>>
>>4635216
Yeah, just around the perimeter, keeping an eye out for any signs of animal or creature activity, footprints, broken branches, markings on trees, things of that nature.
>>
>>4635223
Roll me an observation check

1d20+3 (+3 for WIS)
>>
Rolled 11 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4635239
>>
Rolled 15 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4635239
>>
Huge apology guys, I conked out last night and woke up just now and gotta get to work soon. Will update hopefully shortly after I get home!
>>
File: tegaki.png (42 KB, 400x400)
42 KB
42 KB PNG
”So what’s the deal with you and Jeanne?” you ask Barret after she and Gerald get off the cart to start setting up camp.

”Oh, her and I go way back. We actually grew up together and were best friends. When she turned 15 though, she set off to go to the Academy in the capitol, and three years passed before we met up again. We decided we both wanted to become adventurers, so...here we are!” he explains.

”And uh, I know she can be a little rough around the edges, but she has a good heart- honest! She just has a lot to prove so she’s toughened herself up, go easy on her, yeah?”

You simply nod to Barret before heading off to do a little reconnaissance.

(Total roll: 14)

It’s almost completely dark out, and now that you don’t have your sun rod anymore, or any torches for that matter, you can barely make out what’s going on. Thankfully the moon provides enough light to at least see directly around you. You’re not able to see if there are any tracks or major features of note, but you do accidentally stumble into one of the smaller peaks along the road with a nest that has four large eggs.

>Take an egg(s) (Specify how many)
>Head back to the group to help set up camp
>Try to find signs of what creature might have laid these (requires rolling)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4636475
Take all the eggs.
>>
Quick side note while waiting for votes to come in, I noticed that new posts no longer bump this thread. Should we archive it soon to start a 2nd one? If so, how does archiving work on suptg?
>>
>>4636475
>Take all the eggs

Oh yeah eggs for dinner
>>
>>4636475
>>Take an egg(s) (Specify how many)
take all but one
>>
>>4636487
>>4636515
>>4636524

Going with taking all the eggs, 2 votes to 1
>>
>>4636489
>I noticed that new posts no longer bump this thread.
Don't worry, you're a ways off from falling off the board with how slow it is. You should be good for a few more days.
>>
>>4636532
That's good to know. In the meantime, how does archiving on suptg work for future reference?
>>
File: tegaki.png (34 KB, 400x400)
34 KB
34 KB PNG
”Finders keepers” you mutter, pulling yourself up that last little bit of mountain as you set down your hiking backpack. The eggs are actually pretty large, so you’ll need to load them up that way to carry them all at once. As you shove in the fourth one, you realize your backpack is starting to get a little full, though you’ve still got a modest amount of room to work with. It takes you a good two or three minutes to load all four into your backpack.

Turning around however, you’re greeted with a less pleasant sight. A harpy woman is standing- err, flying - behind you, and she looks pissed.

”WHAT DO YOU THINK YOU’RE DOING, KNAVE?!” she asks, bringing out her claws, ready to cut you to pieces if you say the wrong things.

>”Oh, these were your eggs? My bad!” (Quickly put them all back)
>”Perhaps we can come to an agreement!” (Negotiate)
>”Get conquested, bitch” (Attack: specify with which weapon)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4636540
>“What do you think I am doing?”
>>
>>4636541
You have huge balls, I'll give you that. Gonna leave this one open for a bit for more votes, probably 20 or 30 mins
>>
>>4636540
>>”Perhaps we can come to an agreement!”
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

1: "What do you think I am doing?"
2: "Perhaps we can come to an agreement!"
>>
>>4636570
Big dick moves only
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”What do you think I am doing?” you ask, trying to stall for time maybe? Get a feel for what the harpy’s thinking? Who knows!


”I THINK YOU’RE STEALING MY EGGS, KNAVE. RETURN THEM TO ME AT ONCE AND PERHAPS I’LL SPARE YOUR LIFE!” she shrieks.

You pause for a moment in contemplation. ”...but what if I...didn’t?”

”WHY ARE YOU LIKE THIS?!” she shouts in response, as you quickly feel the pressure being applied. Her killing intent is practically palpable, nearly on par with yours during the great goblin slaying you performed yesterday.

>”Okay, this was all a misunderstanding, I’m sorry” (Return eggs)
>”Let’s strike a deal” (Bargain: specify)
>”It seems we are at an impasse. Die” (Attack: specify weapon)
>”Time for the secret Conquest technique” (Attempt to run, requires rolling)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4636583
>>”Time for the secret Conquest technique” (Attempt to run, requires rolling)
>>
>>4636583
>”All right fine, catch!”
>Throw eggs at her so she catches them and then go for sword strike and see if we can take her down in one shot
>>
>>4636583
What are our chances Vs a harpy? Are they super strong or anything? I'm kinda new to this
>>
>>4636601
I like your style! Maybe we start throwing them one by one, as her hands get more and more full she will get more and more flustered and aware of how tied up she is. Then yeah, stab her in the face or something
>>
>>4636615
Herald grew up isolated, mostly dedicated to his cause and training, so he doesn't know a lot of information, such as how strong a harpy is.

Just looking at her, she seems to probably be a little less strong muscle wise than you, but she looks quite agile and is able to fly.
>>
>>4636620
Ok cool, I vote to throw her the eggs then lay into her with the sword, go for her wings if they are an available target
>>
http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/requestqstinterface.html?

Here is the link to request archive. I can request or you can request, whichever you prefer.
>>
>>4636736
Let's aim for waiting until you guys go to sleep for the night and we'll archive, then I'll make a new thread. If we can archive early and it'll keep track of future posts I'll request it later tonight. Bout to do an M&M session with my boys and then I'll get back to updating tonight! Sorry for the slower updates in general guys
>>
>>4636757
You guys being Herald sleeping at camp, not you guys actually going to bed tonight*
>>
>>4636601
I'll back this
>>
File: tegaki.png (50 KB, 600x600)
50 KB
50 KB PNG
You reach into your backpack and pull out one of the large eggs. As mentioned before, they’re surprisingly big- probably as large as the distance between your elbow and the tip of your fingertips. Menacingly, you start to ready your arms in a swinging motion.

”WHAT ARE YOU DOING?!” the Harpy mother shouts as you toss the egg off the peak. Hurriedly, she flies over to catch it, barely managing to catch it in her talons as her form physically falls a little in the air from the sheer weight. You pull out the next egg and begin to make the same motion.

”S-STOP! PLEASE...MY CHILDREN!” she begs of you, her demeanor completely changing. ”PLEASE HUMAN, I BEG OF YOU. IS THERE NOTHING I CAN OFFER FOR THEIR SAFETY?”

You toss the next egg. She flaps her wings as hard as she can, this time barely managing to catch it with her arms as she drops down once more, though now her flying is strained and you can tell it’s taking her a great deal of effort to remain afloat.

”HAVE YOU NO MERCY? NO MORALITY?”

”The only thing I hold dear is my ideal” you say as you rush forward towards the harpy.

Roll damage with Good quality longsword: 1d10+7 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality). Damage will be doubled, as she is basically defenseless.
>>
>>4637202
I messed up the scale a bit on the egg, but it is indeed very large- probably the size of a person's head
>>
>>4637202
If you decide to have mercy, you can of course still write in an action instead of rolling attack- the attack is assumed default because of how the last action was described*
>>
Rolled 7 + 7 (1d10 + 7)

>>4637202
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
Harpy Broodmother’s Health: -28 (-3/25)

You slice the Harpy Broodmother’s head clean off, and she falls to the ground, the two eggs she was holding splattering against the rocks. Her blood coats your blade, but you feel nothing. She was simply weaker- and this is your right of Conquest.

You make your way down from the nest with the remaining two eggs, heading back to camp to help your allies set up camp, making sure to wipe the blood off your longsword before sheathing it.

It seems everything’s just about set up in terms of sleeping bags and tents- Gerald’s just trying to get a fire started now around the little pit they’ve created.

”Oh Herald, you’re back! Mind giving me a hand?” he asks.

>Silently help Gerald with the fire without mentioning the Harpy
>Go straight to bed
>”Actually, I found these two eggs” (Show the group the eggs)
>Converse with someone (Specify who and what you say/ask)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4637247
>Silently help Gerald with the fire without mentioning the Harpy
>We take first sentry duty

Prime time for a bandit attack
>>
>>4637277
Not only do we take first sentry duty, we sleep at the foot of the tent, sword in hand.
>>
Alright, someone roll me a perception check for the watch please. Advantage, aka best of 2 rolls, because you'll have a camp set up and already be on alert.

Roll 1d20+3 (+3 for Wisdom)
>>
Rolled 17 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4637359
Perception.
>>
Rolled 3 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4637359
>>
>>4637202
>>4637247
Damn... now I feel bad
>>
File: tegaki.png (50 KB, 600x600)
50 KB
50 KB PNG
After quietly helping Gerald start the fire, the group sits around the camp and partakes of the rations the old man brought along. It’s a relatively awkward and quiet end to the day, but at least Barret, Jeanne, and Gerald share a few tidbits of conversation to try and fill the silence.

Not you though. You keep your mouth shut and contemplate your deed. You had every right to Conquest that Harpy Broodmother. She threatened you, you were stronger than her- there was no fault in your cause or beliefs whatsoever. Even so, you can’t help but feel some guilt for so mercilessly slaying her and taking her children. This wasn’t a goblin harassing travellers and enslaving or raping people- this was a caring mother doing her best, and you trampled over her life and the lives of her unborn kin.

You feel the guilt like a thorn in your heart, and as a result become a little colder to the rest of the world. Nevertheless, it won’t be enough to break you- your cause and it’s influence are still the singular most important thing to you. You’re a Herald- you gave up individuality and personhood long ago for that sake- to improve the lives of others.

After people finish up their meals and get ready to head to bed, you volunteer to take first watch, which nobody complains about. You seat yourself on a comfortable enough boulder and peer out into the darkness, doing your best to see without any light now that the fire’s been put out

*Total roll: 20*

There are two things of note.

1: After staring into the darkness long enough, you start to notice things you didn’t before while in the cart. Large tracks that have mostly been covered up by nature by now of large, foreboding footprints- collections of rocks that are likely the rubble made from a large boulder being smashed. These signs lead you to believe that there may be an ogre nearby, or at least one that’s travelled by here recently.

2: Off in the distance, maybe a five minute’s walk away, you see that bandit from earlier camping out. They didn’t create a fire like you and your group, but you do see two separate tents. He seems to be doing the same thing you are, keeping watch, but you don’t think he’s noticed you OR is trying to catch anyone to rob. He just seems to be trying to protect whoever he’s out here with.

What will you do?

>Wake up the group and tell them you need to move camp, there may be an ogre nearby
>Try to spy on Christopher Robin and his camp
>Approach Christopher Robin and attempt to converse or negotiate (Specify)
>Try to quietly practice your flute (You can roll for funsies if you want, but you aren’t performing to anyone so not necessary)
>Pass the rest of your watch without doing anything in particular
>Other (write in)

(A lot of browns in this image, I know lol)
>>
>>4637399
>Try to spy on Christopher Robin and his camp
get only a little closer so we are not to far from our own camp. try to see his numbers
>>
>>4637369
Harpies are dangerous dude, we can't be sure she hasn't eaten someone herself.

>>4637399
>Wake up the group and tell them you need to move camp, there may be an ogre nearby
Better safe than sorry, we don't want to get shrek's.
>>
>wake up the camp

Two fairly credible threats nearby, either one could get the jump on us while most of us are sleeping and chances are whoever takes next watch will spot all this too and make the call
>>
>>4637399
>Wake up the group and tell them you need to move camp, there may be an ogre nearby
Also inform them of the bandit
>>
File: tegaki.png (48 KB, 800x400)
48 KB
48 KB PNG
You wake up your camp, despite their discontent at all being pulled awake so soon after slumber.

”We need to move camp” you explain.

”What? That’ll take at least an hour!” complains Jeanne, looking none too pleased with this order. ”Herald, can’t it wait until morning? What’s so important?”

”I found signs of an Ogre being nearby” you respond, explaining the things you found. ”That bandit from earlier is camped out not too far from here either. We need to travel further down the mountain, at least another hour, and then set up camp”

By those standards, that would mean nobody’s sleeping until around two in the morning, which mean everyone (including you) will be getting less sleep overall, since the schedule demands getting moving by 8:00 AM - which programmed 6 hours of sleep for each adventurer plus their 2 hour shift before, give or take a few minutes.

Still, everyone seems to grasp the importance of staying safe from these threats, so with your help they reluctantly start to pack up their sleeping rolls and tents, getting everything into the back of the cart before hopping on. Gerald whips the horse awake and you continue down the mountain about another hour or so.

You eventually find a clearing and everyone sets up camp again, but you can see the dreariness with which they perform these tasks. Eventually, everything is finished, and you continue your original watch. This time, you don’t sense any threats.

As you go to switch out with Jeanne, she grumbles something to you. ”Hey, I was gonna talk to you about something before, but I’m too groggy. Remind me next time we camp out and switch watches, okay?” she says. You simply nod your head in response as she takes over, allowing you to finally get about four hours of rest.

---

And I think this is where we’ll end this thread off! I’m gonna request it to get archived on suptg and probably start a new one either a bit later today or sometime tomorrow. Thank you all for participating, and see you soon!
>>
>>4637804
Thank you for running QM

We can continue this thread, its only page 3
>>
>>4637887
I suppose so, but I may have jumped the gun since i already archived it on suptg. If we were to continue, is there a way to re-archive it with the full content that would come from us continuing to post here?

Sorry for confusions with all this, very new to /qst/ and still figuring out how things work
>>
>>4637892
I believe it auto-updates

If not then one of us anons will do it (such as me)
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
You wake up in your tent after about four hours of sleep, feeling the last of your injuries from the goblins having healed up. You and your companions are tired, but it’s not enough to give you any penalties or trouble travelling. As long as you get a full 6+ hours of sleep this next night, you shouldn’t have to worry about exhaustion.

Herald’s Health: +3 (30/30)

You also find your skills with people a bit better after spending a large chunk of yesterday on your date with Trina.

*ATTRIBUTE INCREASED! (CHA: 6)

As you make your way out of the tent at eight in the morning, you see your companions starting to wake up as well. Gerald’s the first to call out to you.

”Oh...morning Herald” he calls out, yawning loudly. ”Sleep well?” he asks as he starts to take the tent down. He and Gerald slept in the same tent as you, but you must’ve woken up last. It’s a bit unusual for you, but it makes sense given how much you’ve pushed yourself since starting your journey. A few minutes isn’t that big of a difference.

You quickly join him and finish packing it up relatively soon, and Jeanne comes out of her tent not long after. It’s not exactly resource efficient to have a whole separate tent just for herself, but considering she’s a woman travelling with three guys, nobody’s complaining about it.

”Ugh...eight already?” she groans, the bags in her eyes betraying how tired she is.

”No room to complain- we need to get moving!” Gerald responds. He seems relatively well off since he didn’t take a turn on watch as the client- he got a full six hours in at least.

Eventually everything is set up and your group makes their way back down the mountain. Even though your party still feels groggy, there’s a sense of gratitude after sleeping it over. Being a little tired is worth not waking up with a knife at your throat or an ogre looming over you.

Speaking of Ogres- you can see one off in the distance now, towards where you were camped at previously before moving. It’s easy to make out due to it’s size, but you struggle to see anything else at that distance- though you hazard a guess it’s probably making it’s way towards that poor bandit’s camp.

>Talk to someone (Specify who and what about)
>Play some more flute (Roll for performance if chosen)
>Crack a joke
>Pass the time in silence until something comes up
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 30/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Flute: 1
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Seduction: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 2
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Harpy Eggs x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Tin rank dog tag
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 20/20
Str: 4
Dex: 5
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 10/10
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Int: 5
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2

(have to post separately because with your party members it's too large to fit with the main posts)
>>
Rolled 1 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4637970
>Play some more flute
>>
>>4638002
Hahaha, it was bound to happen one day.
>>
Rolled 16 (1d20)

>>4638002
I refuse to accept this
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
*Total Roll: 4*

You pull out your flute to play, but you’re so tired your fingers end up slipping off the holes sporadically and sometimes onto other slots entirely. For the most part the playing is alright...until you occasionally create a high pitched squeak or go way off tune. The party puts up with it- at least it helps everyone wake up a little.

Nevertheless, getting a good example of how not to play is just as helpful as doing things the right way, if not moreso, and you can feel your hard work paying off.

*SKILL INCREASED! (Flute: 2)*

After a few hours pass, your group encounters a band of elven merchants, offering to trade with your group. They claim to have some potions lying around for sale if you’re interested, though you look to your nearly empty coinsack with disdain. Perhaps someone would be willing to loan you a little cash? Maybe Gerald could give an advance payment?

>Inquire about a potion(s) (Specify which kind)
>Ask Jeanne and Barret for some money (Requires rolling)
>Ask Gerald for an advance payment (Requires rolling)
>Attack the elves and attempt to steal their wares (Your companions will not back you up)
>Move along, you don’t have the time or coin for the pointy ears’ shenanigans
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4638037
>Ask to see what they have, with the intention of offering harpy eggs if they have good stuff
>>
>>4638039
This, we have harpy eggs and that's almost better than gold.
>>
>>4638039
Support
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”What kind of potions are you packing? you ask the presumed leader of this little troupe. There are three elves in total, and they all wear these magically woven clothes made of vegetation and have little golden circlets on their heads with precious gems. They look fairly frail, but Elves are known for having high magical potency. Furthermore, the fact that they’re carrying items like this without guards suggests they could handle themselves- just in case you think of getting any funny ideas.

”Of course! Some of the wares we are carrying are…”

Elf Merchant’s prices:
Invisibility Potion (Only 2 available): 50gp a pop - Consuming one will make the user invisible for up to 1 hour.
Healing Potion (Only 5 available): 25gp a pop - Consuming one will heal the user for 2d4+2 health.
Potion of Fortitude (Only 3 available): 50gp a pop - Consuming one will reduce damage from all attacks to the user by 5 for 1 hour
Potion of Speed (Only 3 available): 50gp a pop - Consuming one will increase the user’s evade and aiming to attack rolls by 5 for 1 hour
Potion of Strength (Only 3 available): 50gp a pop - Consuming one will increase the user’s physically damaging attacks’ damage by 5 for 1 hour
Potion of Big Fucking Guy, or B.F.G (Only 1 available): 200gp - Consuming this will double the user’s normal size and all of their stats across the board for 1 hour (even the mental ones like WIS and INT, as well as the user’s health)

”We’re headed to Talmuth to do some trading” the elf also explains, ”We’ll probably stay there for about a week or so before making our way towards the capitol”

>”I can’t afford any of this” (Leave)
>”Can you spot me some money?” (Ask Barret and Jeanne - Roll)
>”I need an advanced and increased payment…” (Ask Gerald - Roll)
>Ask how much you can get for the Harpy Eggs
>”I shall procure these goods through right of Conquest!” (Attack the elves. Your companions won’t help)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4638089
I swear I wrote this in but it didn't copy over from the document - the invisibility potion ends early if you attack someone
>>
>>4638089
>Ask how much you can get for the Harpy Eggs
This is a good idea, because we likely won't get anything out of them down the line but an omelette.
>>
>>4638089
>Ask how much you can get for the Harpy Eggs
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”How much can I get for these?” you ask, pulling out the two harpy eggs. Barret looks extremely perturbed by this, putting a hand on your shoulder.

”Where did you get these? Did you take them from someone?” he asks, but you simply shrug him off.

The elf’s eyes glimmer in anticipation. ”May I?” he asks, extending his arms out. You nod and hand him the eggs, one at a time. After a moment of pressing his ear against them, he quietly mutters ”They’re alive…”.

He hands them back to you before making his offer. ”Alright, I’m willing to pay one hundred gold pieces per egg” he says, causing Jeanne’s jaw to practically drop. That’s quite a big payout, but given what he said, you can guess he probably intends to hatch the eggs and either sell the harpies into slavery or perhaps to raise them as guards of some sort. You’d basically be trading these unborn childrens’ lives away for a cash payout. Whether you’re willing to do that, of course, is up to you.

>Trade egg(s) for money (Specify one or both - also specify if you’re buying any potions and if so, how many)
>Haggle on egg and/or potions prices (Specify what price you’re haggling to)
>No, it would be wrong to do this (Decline the offer. Specify if you’re doing one of the actions in the previous post or leaving)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4638089
Are you sure we can handle his potions?
>>
>>4638130
>Trade both eggs for 200gp

>Buy 2 HP potions

The money is more than enough kek
Might as well buy 2 heal pots though, just incase.
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
>>4638137
For (You)
>>
Will close votes on the eggs in ~20 minutes to keep things moving.
>>
>>4638130
Conquest is Conquest.
>sell dem babies
>>
>>4638130
>Haggle on egg and/or potions prices (Specify what price you’re haggling to)
Double it
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

>>4638144
>>4638190
2 for sell

>>4638201
1 for haggle

Going to go with selling the eggs. Will tiebreak for buying 2 health potions or buying nothing based on the votes.

1: Buy 2 health pots
2: Buy NOTHING
>>
>>4638208
Make it 4.
>>
>>4638214
The votes are a little confusing on this, so I'm gonna go with two health pots purchased if you're saying get health pots. Let me change the update I was writing up real quick
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
”It’s a deal you say” as you hand over both of the eggs in exchange for two hundred gold pieces. The pang of guilt? The idea that maybe you’re in the wrong? They fade away- Conquest is Conquest, and it always will be. Even if it makes you colder to the world, you don’t care.

You decide to purchase two health potions before waving the pointy ears goodbye and heading on your way with the group. Jeanne and Gerald seem impressed by your haul as you finish putting all the gold in your coin pouch, but Barret is staring daggers at you.

After a while, the blonde fighter finally speaks up. ”Herald, where did you get those eggs?” he asks.

”From a nest” you reply, plain and simple. ”I slew the Harpy Broodmother and took the eggs that remained”

Barret is not pleased to hear this. ”How could you?! Did you not hear the elf- he said they were alive! You probably sold them into a life of slavery you, you- bastard!” he shouts, before quickly calming himself down. ”Sorry, I didn’t mean to get that heated. I just...don’t understand how you could do something like that so calmly”

>”This is the way” (Move on)
>”It’s all rooted in Conquest…” (Preach about Conquest to Barret)
>”When you put it like that, I can’t help but feel bad after all...what have I done?” (Continue talking about this to Barret)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4638226
>”The mother attacked by surprise, killing her was an instinctive decision for self defence, I took the eggs as rather have them some type of life then wither away and die.”
>>
>>4638240
Straight lying
>>
>>4638240
>>4638244
You devilish bastard lol. Roll me a deception

1d20+6 (+6 for CHA). You only need a 10 or higher, since Barret is extremely naive.
>>
Rolled 16 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4638253
Ok if I somehow fuck this up
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
*Success*

”The mother attacked by surprise, killing her was just my instinctive self-defense. I took the eggs and sold them because I felt that some chance at life was better than letting them wither away and die”

Barret immediately calms down, feeling somewhat bad for jumping on you so harshly. ”Oh, I see. I apologize then, Herald. Though still...was there not a better way than selling them into slavery?”

”None of us can raise harpies, and I doubt anyone else we’d find that would want them would have good intentions. Besides, the elves might yet raise them as guards, or maybe even as one of their own. You know elves- all peaceful and whatever”

”Yeah...yeah, you’re right” he responds, capitulating.

You are such a devilish little bastard.

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Deception: 1)*

Your group continues to travel for another couple of hours, but Gerald suddenly stops the horse and demands everyone quiet down. ”Shhhh sh sh sh! You hear that?” he asks, speaking in a whisper. Everyone listens closely, and sure enough you can hear the loud thumping of large footsteps. It isn’t difficult to guess that there’s an Ogre somewhere not too far up ahead.

”We need to lay low here for a while, maybe move back a bit” Gerald says. You know that this might end up making the trip take a whole night longer, depending on how long you have to wait for the damn thing to disappear. Then again, you did also tell the old man that the quest comes first, and from seeing that other ogre earlier in the morning...you know they’re quite menacing. What do you do?

>”We’ll fight our way through. Come on Gerald, believe in me and my party” (Requires rolling)
>”Alright, we’ll wait things out” (Wait for the ogre to leave)
>”Let me scout ahead alone and see if I can’t figure something out” (Go forward alone to try and fight/negotiate with the ogre, or maybe find another way around or something)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 30/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 1
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Seduction: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 152
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Tin rank dog tag
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 20/20
Str: 4
Dex: 5
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 10/10
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Int: 5
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2
>>
>>4638277
>”Alright, we’ll wait things out” (Wait for the ogre to leave)
>>
>>4638277
>>”Let me scout ahead alone and see if I can’t figure something out” (Go forward alone to try and fight/negotiate with the ogre, or maybe find another way around or something)
>>
>>4638277
>”Alright, we’ll wait things out” (Wait for the ogre to leave)
We need to get some more gear before we fight an ogre
>>
>>4638277
>>”Alright, we’ll wait things out” (Wait for the ogre to leave)
safe
>>
>Wait things out

While we wait how about we ask what kind of spells Jeanne can cast?
>>
File: tegaki.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
”Alright, we’ll wait things out” you respond, helping Gerald and your party pull the cart back a bit and off of the road, attempting to obscure it behind some boulders. You can still hear the Ogre slowly thumping about- this is definitely going to take a while.

In the meantime, you decide to ask Jeanne a question. ”Hey, what spells can you use anyways?” you inquire, hoping to get a better grasp of what she’s capable of.

”Well, for major spells I know Fireball and Lesser Heal, and for minor spells I can use Firebolt and Light”

You nod your head in approval. Learning and mastering spells takes a long time, so most mages usually rely on a handful to get by. Only old and/or master wizards tend to have a larger repertoire of spells- so it makes sense for a fresh Academy graduate like her to only have those four.

You wait for hours and hours-m until the sky finally darkens. By the time the sounds of the ogre have gone away, it’s probably about ten at night now. ”Ugh, should we even get back on the cart at this point?” Jeanne grumbles, to which Gerald looks to you.

”What do you think, Herald?” he asks, ”Should we move another two hours and then set up camp or just set up here and maybe get a little extra sleep tonight?”

>”We won’t get much farther in two hours anyway” (Set up camp now)
>”Let’s push on a little further. Every bit of distance counts” (Travel for two more hours)
>”My party and I should try to find tracks for that Ogre and see if we can’t catch it off guard so it won’t be a threat” (Try to track down the ogre and deal with it now that it’s not an immediate threat)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4638954
>>”We won’t get much farther in two hours anyway” (Set up camp now)
>>
>>4638954
>”We won’t get much farther in two hours anyway” (Set up camp now)
This quest has so much SOUL I can barely comprehend it
>>
>set up camp now

It's flute tiem
>>
>>4639009
Give me a flute roll!

1d20+4 (+2 for INT, +2 for Flute)
>>
Rolled 3 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4639020
Toot toot!
>>
>>4639023
...my bad guys
>>
>>4639023
Whew, it's better we bomb it now than later all the same
>>
File: tegaki.png (37 KB, 400x400)
37 KB
37 KB PNG
”We won’t get much farther in two hours anyway” you concur. Gerald nods, and the crew gets to work setting up camp, which only takes about five or ten minutes with all four of you helping out. You get a little stone fire pit setup too, and soon enough you’ve got a warm flame to eat your rations with the group over.

After wolfing down your meal, you pull out your flute and do a little performance for the group.

*Total roll: 7*

Once again there are a few hiccups in your performance, and you don’t play quite as well as you’d have hoped, but it does provide a bit of laughter to the group. ”You need some more practice with that thing, man” Barret teases.

As things start to simmer down and people get ready to go down for the night, you once again volunteer to take the first watch.

---

Roll perception for me, 1d20+3 (+3 for WIS)

(Also fun fact I accidentally almost posted this on the Portal Quest and had to redo the drawing over here, rip)
>>
Rolled 13 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4639033
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
*Total roll: 16*

You take first watch and don’t see or hear anything out of the ordinary. Unlike the previous night where you were flanked by two threats, tonight is free of danger- at least during your watch, anyways. It helps that your group pulled the cart behind a small outcropping of rock, which pulls you out of immediate sight from pretty much anything that would dwell up here.

Your shift passes without incident. Jeanne approaches you to switch watches, but before you even get up she stops you. ”Actually Herald, I was hoping to chat with you before you head to bed” she says.

You recall her bringing this up last night when she was too tired to go over whatever it was. ”Alright, what is it?” you ask her, curious what this is about.

”I, well um...I was hoping you could do me a favor”

>”Sure thing, what do you need?”
>”And what’s in it for me?”
>”The truly strong don’t need to rely on others” (deny her and go to bed)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4639052
>>”Sure thing, what do you need?”
>>
>>4639052
>”Sure thing, what do you need?”
>>
>>4639052
What kind of favor?
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”Sure thing, what do you need?” you answer, which immediately perks her up.

”Really? You’ll help me out? Thanks Herald!” she says, smiling for the first time since you’ve seen her.

”Y-you see, I saw you at the merchant square the other day with a girl, and you seemed to know what you were doing” she begins. ”Truth is, I kinda...maybe...sorta...like Barret” she says, dancing around the subject for a while before finally landing on it. ”We’ve been friends for as long as I can remember, and I’m scared of accidentally ruining that or scaring him off. I don’t exactly have any experience with relationships. I was wondering if you could help me out?”

You’re surprised to hear Jeanne speak about something as sensitive as romance, but she is human just like the rest of you- it’s only natural that even she thinks about these things. The question is...what do you do?

>Give advice (Type your advice)
>”I’ll be honest I don’t know what I’m doing either. Give him a necklace?”
>”Alright...but what will you give me in exchange?”
>Panic and run back to your tent to go to bed. You’re not touching this with a ten foot pole
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4639079
>Give advice (Type your advice)
Just b urself.

Go up and tell him how you feel.

MAKE HIM YOURS, SO NO OTHER WOMAN WOULD DARE THINK TO TAKE YOUR PROPERTY IN THE NAME OF CONQUEST.
>>
>>4639085
Support
>>
File: tegaki.png (28 KB, 400x400)
28 KB
28 KB PNG
”Just be yourself. Go up and tell him how you feel” you advise the young mage woman.

”Really? That’s...that’s it?” she asks, seeming a bit distrustful of such simple advice.

”Think about it- he became friends and likes the real you, not some fake version of you put up to try and impress him. Just be yourself and be honest with your feelings”

”Yeah, I guess you’re right Herald- that does make sense. Thanks for the help, I really appreciate it”

”And then, MAKE HIM YOURS, SO NO OTHER WOMAN WOULD DARE THINK TO TAKE YOUR PROPERTY IN THE NAME OF CONQUEST!”

”O-other women? Property? Conquest?!” she says, seeming bewildered, but you grab her by the shoulders and shake her.

”BELIEVE IN THE ME THAT BELIEVES IN YOU, JEANNE!”

”R-RIGHT!” she says, shouting back in response to your energy before becoming flustered and realizing that you guys might wake up the rest of the camp at this rate, ”I-I mean, okay, got it. I’ll follow your advice and try to be bold and upfront with him, Herald. As soon as the mission’s over, I’ll go somewhere alone with him and tell him my feelings”

You nod your head in approval and give her a strong pat on the back before heading off to bed, making sure to sleep at the foot of the tent with your sword at the ready, just in case.

Eventually, you wake up, and everyone helps pack things up again on the cart before they get moving. Jeanne seems to have a new found determination in her eyes as you all travel, and everyone in your party seems much better rested now. Thankfully the night seemed to pass without much incident. Playing it safe may mean things take longer, but it does have its benefits too.

>Talk to someone (Specify who and what you say)
>Crack a joke (Roll 1d20+8)
>Play some more flute (Roll 1d20+4)
>Pass time until the next big event (Move forward)
>Other (write in)
>>
Rolled 6 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4639111
>Crack a joke (Roll 1d20+8)
First, a joke.
What do you get when you cross an owl with hempen rope?
An orge's ass.
>>
>>4639118
Badum tissshhhhh
>>
>>4639118
Niiiice
>>
>>4639118
Support
kek
>>
File: tegaki.png (30 KB, 400x400)
30 KB
30 KB PNG
You clear your throat to get everyone on the cart’s attention. ”What do you get when you cross an owl with hempen rope?” you ask.

”An ogre’s ass”

*Success*

Your travelling companions can’t help but laugh at your excellent joke. Your comedic timing is getting better as well- the more you practice, the better you’ll get. It’ll definitely be a useful skill for socializing, especially if you’re ever trying to entertain for whatever reason.

”You know Herald, maybe I should take up comedy too” Gerald brings up, to which you simply give a thumbs up in response.

After a couple more hours of travel, your group is suddenly stopped by five harpies looming in front of your cart. They’re holding their position in the air, just a bit off the ground. The one in the center speaks up first:

”EXCUSE ME HUMANS, BUT RECENTLY OUR BROODMOTHER WAS SLAIN. WE ARE CURRENTLY INVESTIGATING WHAT’S HAPPENED, AND DEMAND YOUR COOPERATION. TELL US EVERYTHING YOU KNOW, AND WE WILL LET YOU PASS” the one in the center shouts. Do harpies not have inside voices?

Jeanne and Gerald get a bit nervous, and Barret’s eyes directly shoot over to you, which the harpies take notice of. They all put their eyes on you, awaiting a response.

>Tell them what really happened
>Lie (Specify your lie, requires rolling)
>”We’ll fight our way through!” (Attack)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4639191
>"Who are you to gatekeep passage through the mountains? Last I checked nobody owns it."
>>
>>4639191
>Lie (Specify your lie, requires rolling)
”I killed your broodmother. The broodmother attacked by surprise as I was exploring our campsite. Killing her was just my instinctive self-defense. "

If she asks about the eggs

"I took the eggs and sold them because I felt that some chance at life was better than letting them wither away and die”


"What tangled webs we weave, when we practice to deceive"
Shouldn't have lied, brahs.
>>
Gonna give another 20 minutes for votes. If there's no consensus by then, I'll roll to tiebreak
>>
>>4639200
I will switch to this

Well the lie was a lot better then "yeah I killed her for because I felt like it"
>>
>>4639200
Support
>>
We're going with lie! Roll me a deception, 1d20+7 (+6 for CHA, +1 for Deception)
>>
Rolled 17 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4639225
>>
>>4639226
Damn, we are a machiavellian bastard
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
*Success*

”I killed your broodmother. She attacked me by surprise as I was exploring near our last campsite- she thought I was trying to steal her eggs. I fought back instinctively in self-defense”

The harpy in the center narrows her eyes at you, as one of the others in the back hisses in disdain. ”THEN WHAT OF HER EGGS? WE FOUND TWO OF THEM SHATTERED ON THE GROUND, AND THE OTHER TWO ARE MISSING”

”In the haste of our battle, two were unfortunately destroyed. After I slew her in self-defense, I figured the eggs deserved some chance at life aside from withering way without their mother’s warmth and protection. I do not know much of harpies, and didn’t realize there would be others of you willing to take care of them. I sold the remaining two to some elf merchants headed that way” you say, pointing towards the direction you came from, ”hoping they would have a good life with them”

None of the harpies are pleased to hear this information, and several of them start to menacingly float closer, before the one in the front puts her arms up. ”AT EASE, SISTERS. THIS NEWS ANGERS ME AS WELL, BUT THE HUMAN SPEAKS THE TRUTH- I CAN TELL. IT WAS AN UNFORTUNATE INCIDENT, WE CANNOT FAULT HIM FOR ACTING WITH HIS BEST KNOWLEDGE. WE WILL LET YOUR GROUP PASS, BUT HEAR THIS HUMAN- DO NOT CAUSE TROUBLE UP HERE AGAIN AMONGST OUR KIND, OR WE WILL BRING HELL DOWN UPON YOU AND YOUR LOVED ONES” she states with spite in her voice.

You simply nod in acknowledgement, and the squad of harpies let you pass. You can feel yourself getting more adept at lying.

*SKILL INCREASE! (Deception: 2)* (Normally it takes longer for skills to level up, but you managed to pass a difficult task in a tense circumstance, so I’ll give it to you)

Your group lets out an audible sigh of relief once you’re out of earshot of the harpies- the tension was palpable. ”That’s twice you’ve saved our asses with your words alone, herald” the old man comments, gratitude written all across his face. ”Thankfully it shouldn’t be much farther. We should manage to arrive just before midnight tonight, if we hurry and there are no more distractions”

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
True to his word, many hours pass in silence, with only brief spats of conversation between Jeanne and Barret inbetween, before night settles and you can finally see the town of Rathalon on the horizon as you exit the mountains. It’s even larger than Talmuth- Gerald informs you the population is over ten thousand. It seems to be much more industrious and advanced.

Before long he gets you past the guards and your group enters the city proper. ”Alright lads, you did good protecting me. Here’s your payment, as promised” he says, handing Jeanne and Barret 16 coins each. You, however, he hands twenty five. ”A little bonus for all your hard work” he says with a wink.

”Alright youngins, I’ll put you up at the inn for the night, and in the morning you’ll be on your own” he informs the group, to which you all agree. You make it into the inn, talk to the owner, and get some rest.

First thing in the morning, you wake up and head downstairs to get breakfast with your party members. Jeanne sticks her head up at the sound of you coming down the stairs and waves you over. ”Hey Herald, we were just thinking about heading to the Adventurer’s Guild to file our quest completed and maybe look for some more work. You wanna come with us?” she asks.

>”Sure, I’ll finish things up with you guys” (Follow them to the adventurer’s guild)
>”Nah, I want to do some exploring myself, see what’s around Rathalon” (Look around)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]

---
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 30/30
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Seduction: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 177
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Tin rank dog tag
Waterskin (in backpack)
>>
>>4639259
>”Sure, I’ll finish things up with you guys” (Follow them to the adventurer’s guild)

We carried this entire thing on our backs
>>
>>4639259
>”Sure, I’ll finish things up with you guys” (Follow them to the adventurer’s guild)
>>
>>4639259
>”Sure, I’ll finish things up with you guys” (Follow them to the adventurer’s guild)

>4639265
May we not ask for a lighter load, but stronger shoulders to bear the weight.
>>
>>4639259
>”Sure, I’ll finish things up with you guys” (Follow them to the adventurer’s guild)
Heck yeah, NE best alignment confirmed
>>
>>4639259
>”Sure, I’ll finish things up with you guys” (Follow them to the adventurer’s guild)

Also ask Jeanne when she is planning on having "the talk" with Barret
>>
>>4639273
Nah we don't want to force it, if she has the WILL to conquer, she will conquer
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”Sure, I’ll finish things up with you guys” you answer, much to your two party members’ delight. The three of you finish your complimentary breakfasts and head off to the Adventurer’s Guild. As you step out the door, you notice the cart is already gone- Gerald must’ve left by now. No matter, he’s got his own business to attend to.

You make your way to the Guild and notice that in Rathalon, it’s a much larger building made out of actual brick. Entering inside, you can see a bigger questboard with adventurer’s crowding around it, as well as several parties huddled around some of the tables left out. It seems there’s a separate counter and attendant just for selling food and alcohol- it’s basically half tavern.

Rather than the guildmaster of the hall, you instead have an attendant over the counter- a diligent looking young woman with mounds of paperwork at her desk.

”Hello, we’re here to report that the quest to escort one Gerald Baeur is successfully completed. We already received payment from the client” says Jeanne, taking over the business matters.

”Ah, I see- yes, the client reported it earlier this morning” the attendant responds. ”That was a C class mission, so that means you’re up for promotion. Your dog tags, please?’ she asks, as you and your companions hand it over.

She goes somewhere in the back and you can hear the pressing and clinking of something medal as she comes back to the counter, handing each of you a shiny, copper dog tag. ”Congratulations, you’re Copper rank now. Hold your heads up high as representatives of the Adventurers Guild” she says, giving a curt bow.

Your teammates are ecstatic at this development- now that more jobs and opportunities are afforded to them. Even though Copper is still pretty far down on the totem pole, it signifies that you’re no longer ‘noobs’ or ‘wannabes’, but rather real, serious adventurers.

”This is great!” Barret shouts in glee before looking at you. ”Thanks again, Herald- we couldn’t have done this without you. Say, do you wanna stay partied up- keep adventuring? We can go look for some new quests!” he offers.

>”Of course, let’s see what’s next!”
>”Perhaps another time, I need to get back to spreading the word of CONQUEST! Until we meet again”
>”Hell no. I carried you worthless pests. Good riddance”
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4639304
something metal* ffs
>>
>>4639304
>”Perhaps another time, I need to get back to spreading the word of CONQUEST! Until we meet again”
Let's try to preach our word on the street. With flute playing and jokes.
>>
>>4639304
>”Of course, let’s see what’s next!”
There's no reason to split while we can keep getting coin from them. I-I mean, with their help, of course...
>>
Heads up, for the sake of balance I'm adding a new stat, Constitution. Before I had it that for every strength, a creature got 5 hit points, but I realize that pours things way too heavily in strength's favor.

Instead I'm going to make it for every Constitution point, a character has 10 health. To keep things balanced, I'm going to give Herald, Jeanne, and Barret CON scores to match their current health.
>>
>>4639323
Sounds good.
>>
>>4639304
>”Of course, let’s see what’s next!”

See if there are any jobs relating to goblins
>>
>>4639338
Support

Is it worth telling the guild about the goblins we already slaughtered?
>>
Since this decision will greatly change the trajectory of the adventure for the next 'arc', I'm gonna leave the vote up for a few hours, which'll give me time to get some recording stuff done too.
>>
>>4639340
You can if you want, but you probably wouldn't get anything for it, especially since the goblins you slew were several days travel away from the city you're currently in.
>>
Noob question: what does spreading the word of conquest actually entail? Would we be trying to form an army or something? (Feel silly asking after I already voted!)

This is my first try at one of these and I'm really enjoying it, so thank you QM
>>
>>4639354
I think we should tell them... via the medium of song *pulls out flute*
>>
>>4639323
Makes a lot of sense. You've been an awesome QM man.

>>4639355
Probably trying to start a cult. I mostly want to try and get some experience before we go full CONQUERING THE LANDS
>>
>>4639304
>”Of course, let’s see what’s next!”
>>
>>4639355
That is up to you. I'll repost the original post that gives a bit of info, but essentially you've dedicated your life to a singular philosophy. You don't necessarily have to preach the word and convert others, but as a Herald you generally want to spread and disseminate your message, even if that's done violently or against peoples will in the case of your cause.

At large though you as a character ideally live by this code. That may mean starting a cult/army/country of your own, joining an organization where you can CONQUEST, or even just killing like a blackguard and killing/taking as you please, among many other ideas you might come up with. How you guys as players choose to follow this is up to you.
>>
>>4639359
Become fantasy Napoleon
>>
>>4639338
this
>>
>>4639375
Hopefully, we ultimately start a country of our own.
>>
>>4639384
Taking someone else's sounds more our style
>>
>>4639394
Starting from scratch would match our humble roots.
>>
>>4639304
>"Of course, let's see what's next."
"But I'm leading the next one-- follow Conquest, and we'll go far together."
>>
>>4639304
>>”Perhaps another time, I need to get back to spreading the word of CONQUEST! Until we meet again”
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”Of course, let’s see what’s next”

Jeanne and Barret’s eyes practically light up upon hearing you agree to stick with them as a party. Barret does a fist pump in the air and Jeanne pulls her arms close to her chest and shivers in anticipation for a moment before both of them calm down.

”Ah-hem, right then” Jeanne says, clearing her throat, ”Since you’ve been the most capable thus far, you can be the leader then”

”Of course,” Barret interrupts, ”that means you have to pick out our team name”

>Input Party Name

(Voting will close in 30 minutes)
>>
>>4639733
Frontiersmen
Far Recon
Floaters
Expeditionary Force
Astromen
Cosmic Knights
StarSoldiers
Rocketeers
Stardust Troopers
The Queen's Grand Nova Police
Hypersonic FagMasters
Spacedudes
Solar Rangers
The Astronautic Militants
Riders of the Hyperlight Fantastic
The Extra-Orbital Defences Squadron
Void Marshals
Space Force
The Outer Lancers
Conquistadors
Space Cowboys
Astro Cossacks
Neo-Paladins
Hyper-Pilgrims
Corsairs
Mongol Hordes
The Wildcats
System Patrol
Meteormasters
Xenoslayers
Xenolayers
Power Rangers
Super Troopers
Planet Busters
Bannermen (of INSERT PLANET HOMEWORLD HERE)
Sperm of the Earth
Egg Knights
Vacuumen
Warriors of Light
The 5th Merchant Marines
Landers
Soldier-Astronomers
The Blackmen
The Earth Solar Legion
Flash's Disciples
The Buckaroos
The Helions
The Lions of High Orbit
Jupiter's Most Excellent Mercenary Collective
Sailors of the Sea of Stars
Gunners of the Unknown
The Blind Pilot's Armada
Spacemen
United Nations Colonial Legion Etranger
Grenzers
Astronaut
Cosmonair
Helljumpers/Helldivers
Espatiers
Strike/drop trooper
Strikers
Guardsmen
Troopers
Legionnaires
Cossacks
Hussars
Sentinals
Cosmonauts
Privateers
Astronautica
Void Divers
Star Marines
Starblazers
Orbital Marines
Royal Deep Space Sappers
Interstellar Scouts
Raumfahrjaeger
Royal Orbital Bombardiers
Legiones astartes
Space marines
Terran orthodoxy interstellar enforcement division
The Committee for the Liberation and Integration of Terrifying Organisms and their Rehabilitation Into Society
King's Cosmic Rifles
Queen's Solar Grenades
Star Battalion
Space Ranger

Anyone of these.
>>
Super Conqueror Bros
>>
>>4639747
This
>>
Super Conqueror Bros it is! Will post an update in a bit
>>
>>4639747
>>4639788
Legendary
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
”Super Conqueror Bros!” you exclaim.

”Umm… but I’m a girl” Jeanne protests.

”SUPER CONQUEROR BROS!”

”Well, you are the leader I guess” she answers, not really caring enough to push the point any further.

The three of you push your way past a sizable crowd of adventurers to check out the quest board. There’s a much greater variety of options here compared to back in Talmuth, so you’ve got a bit more of a pick. The ones that catch your eyes include:

A goblin cave a day’s travel west from Rathalon. There’s rumored to be hobgoblins among them, so care is suggested. Each pair of goblin ears brought back will net you ten gold pieces from the Guild, and hobgoblin ears will net you fifty a pair. The location listed seems to connect with what the little goblin back in the forest told you.

The next job of note is the innkeeper having a giant rat problem in the basement. He’s offering sixty gold pieces to clear out the lot of them. You wish you had known this before you and your party had spent the night…

The next quest is an escort job to bring a doctor to one of the small hamlets two day’s travel north of Rathalon. The offer is fifty gold for the journey, just like your escort with Gerald. You’d be travelling through mostly plains and hills, so it’ll likely be a bit easier than the mountains.

The last quest (that’s both worth your time and not way out of your rank’s league) is more of a bounty than a mission proper. There’s a wanted dead or alive poster for a bandit known as Jay Trawn, and the reward is five hundred gold pieces. It’s warned that he has a fairly large crew and is adept with a crossbow and knife both.

You know that, not counting continuous quests like the wolf skins back in Talmuth, adventurers Bronze rank and lower can only officially take on one quest at a time. Once you’re Silver that goes up to two, and three at Platinum.

>Take the goblin quest
>Take the giant rat quest
>Take the escort quest
>Take the bounty hunting quest
>”None of these are worth our time, let’s try again another day”
>Other (write in)

---

(Heads up just like last week, Sundays are really busy for me, so there may be few to no updates tomorrow depending on how things go. No matter what I'll be back in full force on Monday)
>>
>>4640009
>The next job of note is the innkeeper having a giant rat problem in the basement. He’s offering sixty gold pieces to clear out the lot of them. You wish you had known this before you and your party had spent the night…
>>
Also to balance better with the new Constitution system, I will actually be increasing all of the party members' Constitution scores by 1.

This means Herald will have 40/40 health, Barret 30/30, and Jeanne 20/20
>>
>>4640009
>Take the giant rat quest
Fuck those rats. Damn dirty plague carrying pieces of shit. Just thinking about those nasty vermin crawling around underneath our feet makes my blood boil.
>Rats
>Goblins
>Bandits
That's my preference.

>Super Conqueror Bros
I likey.
>1 post by this id
Like a blazing star in the night, he came and left us all in awe.
>>
>>4640009
>Take the goblin quest

No Goblins
>>
>>4640009
>Take the giant rat quest
COME ON LET'S BUST SOME HEADS
>>
>>4640009
Will do an update sometime tomorrow or monday, but wanted to make a correction because I am dumb. The cave is a day's travel to the *east*, and waaaaaay back in the forest, the goblin pointed northwest, not northeast. You'd think I would remember 'Never Eat Soggy Waffles'
>>
>>4640009
>Goblins

It's time they got their wigs split
>>
>>4640009
>>Take the giant rat quest
>>
File: tegaki.png (33 KB, 600x600)
33 KB
33 KB PNG
You grab the rat slaying request from the innkeeper off the board and show it to your party members. Jeanne and Barret look at each other for a moment before nodding simultaneously. ”It’s a bit simple,” says Jeanne, ”but it’s also realistic. We got by on your intimidation and speaking alone in the mountains, Herald, but we haven’t had a chance to gauge how well each of us can fight, alone or together. This is a good safe way to do so”

Barret just gives a thumbs up, ”Yeah, what she said!”

You take the request up to the counter and hand it to the attendant on duty. ”Ah, clearing out giant rats in an innkeeper’s basement- how classic!” she says with a smile, filling out the proper paperwork with your group before stamping the request and sliding it onto the counter. ”Good luck on your quest! The client didn’t give a specific timeline, but you’ll probably want to get it done within the week so he doesn’t get impatient” she advises.

With that, you and your group step out of the Adventurer’s Guild and back out onto the busy streets of Rathalon.

”We should probably get to it right away” Barret states, ”There’s no reason to waste time, yeah? Besides, I don’t wanna sleep in a place that’s got giant rats in the basement” he says with a disgusted shiver.

”Oh please, we were fine last night” Jeanne counters, ”She said we’ve got like a week, we can take our time to scope the city out, do a little exploring. We can get to the quest later tonight or tomorrow...or sometime”

What do you do?

>”Let’s take care of this right away” (Head to the inn)
>”We’ve got time” (explore the city)
>Other (write in)

(Still pretty busy with work, but I found some time to get a post out. Hopefully I’ll be done in the next few hours and can get back to posting proper for y’all)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 40/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Seduction: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 177
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 30/30
Str: 4
Dex: 5
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 5
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2
>>
>>4640978
Barret, you're a fighter, yeah, but what's your style? What sort of equipment do you have? Would you be up for some light sparring before we head out?
>>
>>4640978
Take your time. Anything you can post is worth the wait.
>>
>>4640978
>”Let’s take care of this right away” (Head to the inn)

The need for violence is a requirement
>>
>take care of this right away

We can explore afterwards with more gold in our pockets
>>
>>4640978
>”Let’s take care of this right away” (Head to the inn)
>>
>>4640978
>”Let’s take care of this right away” (Head to the inn)
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”Let’s take care of this right away” you chime in, supporting Barret. He seems pleased with your decision, but Jeanne rolls her eyes and sighs.

”Fine, let’s go to the inn then” she responds.

As the three of you make your way back to where you spent the night, you decide to poke Barret for a little more information. ”Barret, you’re a fighter, yeah?” you ask.

”Yup! I don’t come from some noble or military lineage though- I actually come from a farming family” he informs you, ”So most of what I know is what I picked up from wandering adventurers growing up and what I learned practicing and training on my own”

You nod in response. ”What’s your style? What kind of equipment do you have?” you further ask.

”Well, as you can see I’ve got a suit of leather armor and a longsword, nothing special- just what I picked up with some savings from a blacksmith back home. As for my style, I uh...I guess I’m pretty fast? I definitely rely more on speed and not getting hit than on landing really big hits, anyway” he answers.

You think about asking him if he’s interested in sparring, but before you know it you’re already back at the inn. It’s still relatively early in the morning, so there’s still some customers eating breakfast or lounging around at some of the tables, but nobody’s really drinking and there isn’t anyone playing music.

The innkeeper is a stout man with caramel skin- you recognize him from earlier this morning when he handed you and your party breakfast. ”Oh, you guys are back- you staying a few more nights?” he asks.

”Maybe, but actually we’re here about your giant rat problem”

A couple of customers nearby contort their faces with disgust and leave the counter to head out, much to the innkeeper’s chagrin. ”Hey, idiots, think you could be any louder?!” he growls in anger, but after a moment he sighs and calms down.

”Right, I’d appreciate it. I don’t know exactly how many of them are back there, but I think there’s only a few. Here’s the key to the cellar” he says, tossing you a small, bronze key attached to a string. ”Cellar’s in the back. Good luck” he says, gesturing with a thumb backwards for emphasis.

>Head down into the cellar
>Talk to the innkeeper (specify)
>Purchase a room for later tonight (5gp per person. Jeanne and Barret will pay their own shares if you choose this)
>”Actually, we’ll come back later, there’s something I wanna do first” (leave)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4641479
>Head down into the cellar

Anything besides the rats down there we should be wary of?
>>
>>4641479
>Head down into the cellar
>>
>>4641479
>>Head down into the cellar
>>
>>4641479
>>Head down into the cellar
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
Rolled 10, 19, 20, 3, 7 + 4 = 63 (5d20 + 4)

”Anything besides the rats down there we should be weary of?” you ask the innkeep.

”What? No. Just, try not to smash up the kegs down there, okay? I’d hate to lose a bunch of product over some stupid rats” he answers.

Without further ado, you head behind the counter and find the cellar door on the floor, back inside the kitchen. You use the key and open it without any issue, a set of stone stairs leading down below.

You go down first, followed by Barret second and Jeanne last. You’re in a large, stone basement with a bunch of kegs lining the walls, nothing special. There’s a few shelves with wine as well, and some crates strewn about.

...wait, did that crate just move?

Suddenly, as if waiting for someone to come down, five large vermin come out of the woodworks, surrounding your group. Each of them goes up to about your knee in height, and they look hungry.

Two of them lunge at Barret, and another two come barreling towards you, with the remaining one trying to attack Jeanne. (First two dice are for the ones attacking Barret, next two for you, last for Jeanne)

Quick, roll 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX) to evade! (As mentioned previously, Jeanne and Barret’s evasion and damage rolls will be done off screen with an app to save time)
>>
>>4641524
Lucky for you all, there's no crits in this system!
>>
Rolled 10 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4641524
>>
Rolled 12 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4641524
>>
Rolled 3, 4 = 7 (2d6)

Rolling damage against Barret

1d6+0 per rat (+1 for STR, -1 for Leather Armor)
>>
Rolled 4 - 3 (1d6 - 3)

>>4641536
Rolling damage against Herald

1d20-3 (+1 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -1 for Buckler)
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Despite Barret being fairly agile, the rats came out of nowhere and managed to surprise your party. One of them leaps into the air and bites into the poor boy’s arm, and another crunches down on his ankle. You can see the wounds drawing a little bit of blood, but thankfully they don’t look too serious yet. ”Aaaarrrggh, damn it!” he shouts in pain

Barret’s Health: -7 (23/30)

Jeanne manages to dodge out of the way of the rat lunging at her as its head crashed into a keg. It doesn’t seem too fazed however and soon turns its gaze back upon her. ”These things are disgusting! Let me just use a fireball and be done with it!”

”No!” Barret responds, ”In this cramped of a place, with this much wood? You’ll burn down the whole building! Just use Firebolt!”

”UGGGHHH”

As for you, you manage to block a rat jumping at you with your buckler, sending it tumbling back down to the ground. The other bites at your ankle, though your plate armor mostly blocks it- there’ll only be some light bruising at worst.

Herald’s Health: -1 (39/40)

What do you do?

>Attack a rat (specify a rat 1-5 and what weapon you’re using)
>Command your allies to do something (Specify)
>”EEEEEK! LET’S GET OUTTA HERE!” (Run away)
>Other (write in)

(Remember you can combine commands, so you can attack and give your allies a command if you desire)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 39/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Seduction: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 177
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter) Total roll to dodge: 7
Health: 23/30
Str: 4
Dex: 5
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage) Total roll to dodge: 12
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 5
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2
>>
>>4641572
I'll attack the first rat that hit me.
Barret, try to take one of the rats that bit you.
Jeanne cast Light to try to blind all five of the rats and give us some more illumination down here.
>>
>>4641596
What weapon are you using?
>>
>>4641572
How does Jeanne's minor magic work? Does she have unlimited casts or does she have an MP system?
>>
>>4641600
Unlimited casts on Minor spells, Major spells are limited to a set amount per day
>>
>>4641596
Support
>>4641599
Long sword
>>
>>4641609
Roll 1d10+7 for damage (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality)
>>
Also heads up, given how the system requires a good bit of back and forth decision making and rolling, unless you guys are fighting like a big boss battle or something, I'll generally just go with whatever the first person posts for what you do that turn*
>>
Rolled 3 + 7 (1d10 + 7)

>>4641614

>>4641620
We'll try not to mess it up then.
>>
>>4641592
can you add Jeannes spells in the next post like this?
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
Rolled 6, 6, 7, 20, 11 - 1 = 49 (5d20 - 1)

You draw your longsword and swing down on the one at your ankle, blood gushing out as it releases its grip on you, rolling away a few inches before getting back up on its feet.

Rat 3’s Health: -10 (10/20)

”Barret, stay on one of the rats that attacked you!” you order.

”Already on it!” he shouts through gritted teeth, shaking his arm and leg until the two rats buck off before striking down at the one that bit his arm. He cuts into it deeply, and although it’s still alive after he pulls his blade out, blood spurts out like a fountain. It hisses in displeasure, somehow managing to get back on its feet and continue fighting.

Rat 1’s Health: -12 (8/20)

”Jeanne, cast Light now!”

She looks confused for a second before realization dawns on her. ”Right!” she answers, pulling out the oak staff on her back and pointing it upwards. ”Light!” she shouts, and a bright yellow light floods the majority of the cellar, at about the same intensity and distance as your sun rod used to. In this dark though, it’s enough to clearly upset the rats’ vision as they try to come at your group for another round.

Rats rolling d20-1 (+4 for DEX, -5 for Temporarily Blinded) (First two for Barret, next two for Herald, last one for Jeanne)

Roll 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 9 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4641646
quick
>>
>>4641644
Jeanne Major Spells: Fireball, Lesser Heal
Jeanne Minor Spells: Firebolt, Light

Major Spell slots left: 2/2
>>
Rolled 6 - 3 (1d6 - 3)

Rolling damage against Herald

1d6-3(+1 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -1 for Buckler)
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
The light floods the room, causing most of the rats to slam into crates or miss entirely. Already well adjusted to the light from being outside, you’re all able to see clearly and avoid any danger- all except for Herald, anyway. The rat that he had dashed to the ground earlier with his buckler managed to leap up and bite into the knee on his other leg, drawing a bit of blood from the back as it finds a weak point in the armor.

Herald’s Health: -3 (36/40)

>Attack a rat (specify a rat 1-5 and what weapon you’re using)
>Command your allies to do something (Specify)
>”EEEEEK! LET’S GET OUTTA HERE!” (Run away)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4641666
Continuing attacking our rat using the Longsword.
Barret, focus on the second rat that attacked you.
Jeanne, finish off the first rat Barret was attacking with Firebolt.
>>
Also wanted to inform so there's no confusion with the battle system, so far you haven't had to roll to hit because you've fought enemies that aren't clever enough to dodge (Goblins and Rats. You kinda destroyed the harpy when her hands were full). Bigger threats like Ogres, Hobgoblins, or other Humans will require you to roll against a set number to hit them
>>
>>4641669
Roll me another 1d10+7 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality)
>>
Rolled 5 + 7 (1d10 + 7)

>>4641675
>>
>>4641678
Nice roll!
>>
File: tegaki.png (32 KB, 400x400)
32 KB
32 KB PNG
Rolled 18, 7, 19 + 4 = 48 (3d20 + 4)

Leaving the gutsy rat that bit your knee alone for now, you focus your efforts on the giant rat you’ve already cut into. Bringing down your longsword a second time, you cleave the vermin in twain, leaving it dead in two pieces on the floor.

Rat 3’s Health: -12 (-2/20)

”Barret, switch your focus onto the other rat- Jeanne, you finish off the one he hurt with a firebolt!”

”Firebolt!” she shouts after your order, a small streak of flame darting from the tip of her staff and into the side of the giant rat that Barret had struck before. It leaves a small patch of burned skin, singing the fur clean off as it falls to the ground dead.

Rat 1’s Health: -13 (-5/20)

Barret strikes his sword down at the other rat, leaving a sizable cut in its body as it hisses in retaliation.

Rat 2’s Health: -13 (7/20)

The rat that was attacking Jeanne see’s you destroy it’s friend, and lunges at you instead!

Rats rolling 1d20+4 to attack (+4 for DEX) (First roll against Barret, other 2 against you)

Roll 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 17 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4641690
>>
Rolled 4 - 3 (1d6 - 3)

Rolling damage against Herald

1d6-3(+1 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -1 for Buckler)
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
Barret deftly rolls out of the way of the rat that lunges at him, causing it to slam into a crate and squeak in pain.

You manage to dodge out the way of the rat that bit your knee earlier, but the one that had been on Jeanne before charges at you, jumping at and launching itself off a keg to get more air as it goes for your arm. You quickly move to get your buckler in the way, but just barely miscalculate as it clenches its teeth around your wrist. Thankfully, once again, your armor does wonders for you hear and the teeth don’t find purchase on your skin- just another small bruise.

Herald’s Health: -1 (35/40)

>Attack a rat (specify rat 2, 4, or 5 and what weapon you’re using)
>Command your allies to do something (Specify)
>”EEEEEK! LET’S GET OUTTA HERE!” (Run away)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4641710
here*
>>
>>4641710
Long sword against third
Barret finishes off second
Jeanne attacks the fifth
>>
>>4641710
Time for payback. Attack the rat that bit our knee with the longsword.
Barret, back me up here and take out this second rat.
Jeanne, finish off Barret's rat again with Firebolt!
>>
>>4641710
>>Attack a rat (specify rat 2, 4, or 5 and what weapon you’re using)
>>4641710
the Longsword.
rat 2
>Command your allies to do something (Specify)
tell them that the battle is ours! in conquest we find glory.
>>
>>4641720
>>4641723
This and this.
>>
>>4641719
>>4641723
>>4641728

One of you roll me a 1d10+7 for damage (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality)
>>
>>4641728
Sorry

Meant to do these two.
>>4641719
>>4641723
>>
Rolled 9 + 7 (1d10 + 7)

>>4641735
slash
>>
File: tegaki.png (40 KB, 600x600)
40 KB
40 KB PNG
You shake the fifth rat off your wrist, dashing it to the ground as you swing your sword down just in time to hit good ol’ kneebiter! You manage to time your strike well and land it straight in the creature’s head, digging well into its skull. It spasms on the ground as you pull your weapon out- still alive, but unable to move or attack just yet.

Rat 4’s Health: -16 (4/20)

”Just die already!” Barret shouts as he slams his own longsword down into the rat he injured previous. With the slicing of flesh and the cracking of bone, the creature goes down hard.

Rat 2’s Health: -8 (-1/20)

”Ughhh, you should’ve just let me burn the whole building down! It would’ve been worth it!” Jeanne shouts in distress as she points her staff at the rat you just shook off. ”Firebolt!” she calls out, flame once again streaking forward and slamming into the creature, leaving a small burn mark as it slams the vermin against the wall.

Rat 5’s Health: -11 (9/20)

With only Rat 5 being able to move, it notices that the flame hitting it came from Jeanne and goes to strike her!

(Since only NPCs fighting, rolling for both of them off screen)

Rat total roll to hit: 21
Jeanne total roll to dodge: 20

Rolling damage against Jeanne. 1d6+1 (+1 for STR)
Rat damage: 3

The creature lunges at the poor mage girl’s leg, causing her to cry out in pain as blood pours forth from the wound before the creature finally releases its grip.

Jeanne’s Health: -3 (17/20)

”Jeanne! I’m coming!” Barret shouts.

>Attack a rat (specify rat 4 or 5 and what weapon you’re using)
>Command your allies to do something (Specify)
>”EEEEEK! LET’S GET OUTTA HERE!” (Run away)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4641775
Finish off our rat with our Banner Pole.
Barret and Jeanne can handle it now.
>>
>>4641795
Support
>>
>>4641795
sup
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Dropping your sword to the ground, you pull out your banner pole to finish things off. You twirl it a few times before suddenly thrusting it down into the rat’s skull, blood gushing forward as bone goes splintering, an explosion of brain and skull splattering across the floor as you finish it off.

Barret quickly rushes over to Jeanne’s side and lashes at the rat biting her, putting it down for good. She relaxes once the creature’s dead, but Barret looks worried. ”Hey, are you okay? It didn’t hurt bite too deeply, did it?”

”I-I’m fine!” she says, her face turning red with embarrassment for a moment as she waves her hand dismissively. Once the dust has settled, you’re surrounded by five giant rat corpses- the job finished.

Jeanne taps the base of her oak staff against the floor, and the light fades out. ”All things considered, we didn’t do too bad!” she claims, looking fairly pleased with the Super Conqueror Bros’ performance.

You pick your longsword up off the ground, giving it a quick flick to splatter most off the blood off of it and onto the cellar floor before putting it back in its sheath.

>Silently head upstairs and receive your payment
>”Yeah, you guys did well. Good job, team” (Get your payment upstairs)
>”You both performed miserably. I expect more next time” (Get your payment upstairs)
>Use healing potions (Specify on who and how many)
>Ask Jeanne to use Lesser Heal (Specify on who)
>Other (write in)

(Friendly reminder that barring outside healing like through potions or magic, you recover health for every hour you sleep. You can sleep up to 8 hours per day (only at night), and can additionally take up to 2 hours worth of resting during the daytime)

(Also posting status after this, one minute)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 35/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Seduction: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 177
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 23/30
Str: 4
Dex: 5
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 17/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 5
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2
>>
>>4641813
>>Other (write in)
look for where these big ass rats came from. look for a hole in the wall or floor.
>>
>>4641813
to our party say "we could have done much better, we will train every morning if we are to continue working together."
>>
>>4641813
>Ask Jeanne to use Lesser Heal (Specify on who)
Barret

>Yeah, you guys did well, this battle is ours! We have found glory through conquest.

>>4641820
This too.
>>
I'll wait 20 more minutes, and if there's no additional votes I'll tiebreak.
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

1: Tell them the group needs to be better
2: Ask Jeanne to heal Barret

Either way you'll search for the hole afterwards
>>
File: tegaki.png (10 KB, 400x400)
10 KB
10 KB PNG
”We could have done much better. We will train every morning if we are to continue working together”

Jeanne immediately frowns at your response. ”What?! I mean, sure we could probably improve a little, but don’t you think that’s kinda harsh? And train every morning? That’s overkill!”

”Oh come on Jeanne, a little hard work is important if we wanna become strong!” Barret interjects. At his comment, she sighs and drops the point for now, but it’s clear she’s not a fan of this training regimen you’ve enlisted them in.

For now you make sure to carefully search the cellar, and eventually do find a hole hidden behind a pile of crates where the rats likely came from. It’s large enough to fit your head in, but too small for any of you to get your whole bodies through. All you can see is a tunnel going on for a ways before it slopes down and out of view.

”We should probably let the innkeep know, that way he won’t have the same problem in a few more days” Barret adds in.

The three of you head back upstairs and close the cellar door. The innkeep turns around to face you right as you toss the key back to him. He sticks his hands up just in time to catch it, pocketing it shortly afterward.

”Ohhh, finished up down there?” he asks, a look of pleasant surprise on his face.

”Yeah, we slew all the ones that were down there” you inform him.

”You’ll have to get someone else to clean up the mess though” Jeanne adds in, ”so uh, good luck”.

”That’s no problem- that’s what my employees are for!” he answers with a hearty chuckle.

”There’s a hole down there too, behind some crates near the back. Until you get that sealed up, you’ll keep having giant rat problems”

”I see, I’ll get to it right away then. Thank you” he says, giving a curt nod in gratitude. ”I’ll need to go see the carpenter first, but when I’m free in a few hours I’ll let the Guild know you guys finished the job” he informs you. Considering the time it’ll take to get filed, you’ll probably be able to finish turning it in first thing in the morning tomorrow, which’ll let you grab another quest afterwards if you want.

”Oh right, here’s your payment” he says, reaching into his coin pouch and pouring twenty gold pieces into each of your party members’ hands.

*Gold: 197*


He waves you off as the two of you step out of the inn and back onto the streets. You got your payment, but you won’t be able to take another quest until tomorrow morning at the earliest. What now?

>“You guys take it easy until tomorrow, I’m gonna go have a look around” (Explore town alone)
>”You two wanna do some exploring?” (Explore the town as a group)
>Head back into the inn
>Hang out at the Adventurer’s Guild
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4641981
>“You guys take it, I’m gonna go have a look around” (Explore town alone)
>Want to meet at the inn later and find a restaurant for dinner tonight?
>>
>>4641983
>My treat
>>
>>4641983
i support this, we should give the love birds some alone time and regroup for dinner.
>Other (write in)
While walking around keep an eye out for underground tunnels
>>
>>4641981

>>4641984
yeah we should pay tonight. while we walk around we should look for a nice romantic restaurant that we could send Jeanne and Barret to tomorrow night. as a show of good will towards Jeanne
>>
>>4641983
>>4641984
>>4641987
Support but also add:
>Quickly nudge Jeanne to make her move now
>>
>>4642016
Yes!
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
”You guys take it easy for a while, I’m gonna go have a look around. Let me know if you find a nice restaurant- we’ll meet back at six in front of the Adventurer’s Hall and I’ll treat you both”

”Sounds like a plan, Herald. See you later then!” Barret says. As he turns around to get moving, you quickly move over to give Jeanne a nudge with your shoulder, letting her know that now is as good a time as any.

”W-what? Right now?” she asks in a hushed whisper. You simply grab her by the shoulders from behind and push her into Barret. The ball’s in her court, now.

With that, you decide to do a little exploring around the city. It’s essentially got everything Talmuth has, but on a larger scale. Bigger Adventurer’s Guild hall, bigger Inn, larger blacksmith, bigger general store, and rather than a church it has a full on temple for worship of all kinds of Gods. The temple also offers healing services- for a price.

New things of note include a large arena where people can apparently compete in combat for money and renown, and a large military barracks where the Belfrostian King keeps some of his troops, if you decide to leave a life of adventuring behind for joining the military. It might also be a good place to make some connections or do a little sparring/training. There’s also a large library that seems to be owned by some wizard or another.

You don’t spot any tunnels, but there are sewer grates throughout the city. Perhaps the tunnels are linked to the sewers, or perhaps they go farther below ground on their own and are simply inaccessible as far as you know.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
As you travel though, you finally come to the market square, with dozens of bustling merchants peddling their wares and people flocking to them in droves, especially considering it’s nearly noon. However, there is one thing in this crowd, a single blot that ruins the entire moment.

Standing in the middle of the crowd on an upside down wooden box is a man draped in a dark brown cloak with a symbol of an eye emblazoned on the hood. There’s a small crowd gathered around him, though most of the people actually paying attention either seem annoyed or depressed by his presence, and you already know why even before he speaks…

”Hear ye, hear ye, the end is nigh! Prepare yourselves for the reckoning that’s coming, for all will soon return to dust and ashes. Relinquish and prostrate yourselves before the end, and know that your hopes and dreams are fruitless!” the figure cries out.

It’s a Doomsayer. These guys are like the antithesis of Heralds. Unlike you guys, who promote a cause or message that celebrates a fundamental aspect of life, a literal purpose, these guys preach in one way or another that death is coming and nothing matters. You’ve never liked their ilk, but they’re fairly uncommon, so you haven’t had any encounters with one in a couple of years. What will you do?

>Start counter-preaching Conquest
>Hurl insults at the bastard (Write what you say)
>Win over his crowd with a joke or some flute playing (Specify which)
>Ignore him and check out some of the shops (Will private roll for random store)
>This idiot isn’t worth your time (Leave, specify to where)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4642504
>>Start counter-preaching Conquest
>>
>>4642504
>Start counter-preaching Conquest
>>
Roll me a 1d20+6 (+6 for CHA) to counter preach about Conquest!
>>
Rolled 6 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4642572

I don't know what I have done to anger the dice gods in the past but please forgive me
>>
Rolled 2 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4642572
Death is for LOSERS
>>
File: tegaki.png (34 KB, 400x400)
34 KB
34 KB PNG
You place yourself a couple of feet away from the Doomsayer, taking out your banner pole and twirling it around to gather attention before slamming it into the stone below, a thunderous clink ringing out that catches people nearby’s attention.

*Total roll: 12*

”Listen not to this man who preaches nothing but hopelessness and doom, for his existence is more futile than that of what he preaches” you begin.

”Hear my words, good people of Rathalon - the true meaning of life is CONQUEST! The feeling of ripping apart an enemy and dominating them with your strength and power- the rush of a good fight and claiming something through trial by combat! You need not even shed blood- you may trample over those weaker than yourself and take what’s rightfully yours in any path you may walk!”

A couple of people give you the same expressions they gave the Doomsayer before moving on, but gradually you see more of the people listening to him turn to you. It’s a small crowd between the both of you, maybe a dozen people, but it feels good to know that you’re besting him. Then again, it’s hard not to best someone with such a bleak and miserable message.

”Listen not to the foolish Herald who thinks so single mindedly! The end is coming, and in order to brace yourself for the pain and desolation, you must accept in your hearts that nothing truly matters!” he counters, but by now people are mostly paying attention to you.

Growling, he steps down from his box and walks past you, ”This isn’t the last you’ve seen of me, Herald he says, practically spitting the word as he walks away.

All said and done, there’s about six people left who are still listening intently to what you have to say. You could try and earnestly convert them to your cause, or you could head to one of those places you scouted out earlier. Alternatively, maybe you should help look for a restaurant, like you mentioned earlier…

>Continue trying to preach in the hopes of converting your listeners
>Shop around in the market square (Will privately roll for what you find)
>Search for a good restaurant
>Head to the inn
>Check out the blacksmith
>Go to the general store
>Visit the temple
>Investigate the arena
>Explore the barracks
>Stick your head into the library
>Go back to the Adventurer’s Guild (timeskip to 6:00 pm)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4642589
>Continue trying to preach in the hopes of converting your listeners
>>
>>4642589
>Continue trying to preach in the hopes of converting your listeners
>“Don’t let someone attempt to preach that life is meaningless, conquer your fears and then conquer more so that you can live it to its fullest.”
>>
>>4642589
>Continue to preach

"Life is not hopeless, the cream rises to the top and that man is trying to drag you to the bottom of the bottle with him. Conquest is not only your right but your duty, so that future generations may be from the best and brightest of our time! Listen to my words and follow conquest for you children and your childrens children! FOR CONQUEST!!!"
>>
Alright, roll me a 1d20+6 (+6 for CHA). They're already interested in what you have to say, so you have advantage (meaning I'll take the best of two rolls)

Among your listeners are three soldiers from the barracks, and a couple not much older than you with a young daughter. You need a 15 or higher to convert the soldiers, and a 20 or higher will also convert the family as well.

Also going to be working on something so will post the update a bit later
>>
Rolled 17 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4642668
Come ooooon baby!
>>
Rolled 13 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4642668
>>4642701
Silver tongue
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
*Success*

”Don’t let someone preach to you that life is meaningless! Conquer your fears, and then conquer more so that you can live life to its fullest!” you call out, and the crowd nods in agreement. The family seems to be getting riled up just the same, which is funny to you since clearly none of them are combatants. Then again, like you said, Conquest isn’t solely about war and violence.

”Life is not hopeless! The cream rises to the top, and that Doomsayer is trying to drag you down to the bottom with him!”

The crowd shouts out their approval, booing the Doomsayer as he hurries off down some dark alley.

”Conquest is not only your right, but your duty, so that future generations may descend from the best and brightest of our time!”

The mother and father both look down at their daughter, sincerely taking your words to heart. It’s clear now, you’ve managed to convert this small crowd.

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Persuasion: 1)*

”Listen to my words and follow conquest for your children and your childrens’ children! FOR CONQUEST!” you shout, raising your banner high in the air.

”FOR CONQUEST!” they all call back to you, and even some other passerby around you seem to take note. Not long after however, they almost all disperse and go back to their business, though you can tell they’ve all seriously converted. One soldier however, an older, grizzled looking gentleman, stays behind.

”Hey kid, I like what you’re saying. I’d be interested in hearing more about this Conquest of yours and how to pursue it. The name’s Jeffrey, by the way” he says, offering his hand. You take it and give him a firm shake.

”Most of the time you can find me around the barracks. Just ask for me and someone’ll help you find me” he says before heading off on his own. What will you do now?

>Explore the market square (Will privately roll for what you find)
>Head to the barracks straight away to meet with Jeffrey
>Go to one of the other places you found while exploring (Specify where)
>Search for a restaurant
>Head back to the Adventurer’s Guild (Timeskip to 6:00pm)
>Other (write in)

(I have no clue how to draw chainmail in this style, hopefully I can find a better way because this looks awful lol)
>>
>>4642763
>Explore the market square
>>
>>4642808
Let's do this
>>
Actually should we look for a restaurant first? If we have encouraged Jeanne to go for it we need to do all we can go help things go smoothly and not make things awkward in the group
>>
>>4642763
>>Search for a restaurant
im thinking that we can go to a romantic restaurant tonight and leave halfway thru the meal so Jeanne has a nice set up.
Strong wing man moves.
>>
>>4642880
Yeah we can order a starter and eat it together, then once they have ordered their mains we say we are tired and leave them to it. Maybe send over a nice bottle of wine for good measure
>>
>>4642763
>Search for a restaurant
Something high-end, with a top shelf collection of alcohol.
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
Rolled 20 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

Now that you’ve successfully chased off that rotten Doomsayer, you can get back to what matters- finding a lovely restaurant to eat at with Jeanne and Barret- cost be damned! You may even sneak off midway and give her a good opportunity to tell him how she feels, if she hasn’t already by the time you meet up.

You spend about an hour exploring Rathalon and find three places of note. The first is Wilson’s Wacky Wheels, a restaurant that specializes in cheese wheels and other dairy related products. It’s not exactly classy or romantic, but it’s affordable and probably tastes really good. They don’t serve any alcohol.

The next place you find is a more upscale restaurant, probably used to wealthy merchants or the occasional noble in town rather than lowly adventurers. They have an excellent selection of wine (drinking age in Belfrost is 18, so you and your companions should be fine), as well as high quality foods, but the price...is a bit steep. If you don’t mind going all out for your friends though, it’s not a bad pick. It’s called Reynash’s.

The last eatery of note is somewhere between the previous two options, a small, family style restaurant that caters to both the poor and those who do okay for themselves. The food isn’t as cheap as Wilson’s, but it’s affordable and apparently cooked by the owners themselves. They only serve cheap beer in terms of drinks. It’s called the Harrison Family Diner.

As you’re exploring however, something suddenly rushes up at you! Quick, roll to evade!

1d20+4 (+4 for DEX)
>>
Rolled 3 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4643151
>>
>>4643151
>Critical roll
Yeah, we're not dodging that.
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
You’re unable to react in time a small figure, standing only just above your waistline and wrapped in a dark cloak, snatches one of your coin pouches and darts down the street, quickly ducking into an alley. The little shit just snatched fifty gold pieces off of you!

Although they had the element of surprise on you, all things considered they aren’t that fast- mostly due to their height. If you were to immediately pursue, you could probably catch them. Of course there’s always the chance you get lost in the maze of the city or run into a trap.

>Pursue the thief!
>Call for the town guard
>Let it go, it isn’t worth the risk (Specify what you’re doing next)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4643166
>Pursue the thief!
Hunt him to the ends of the earth
>>
>>4643166
>Pursue the thief!
TRACK THIS LIL' HALFING BASTARD DOWN!
>>
>>4643170
>>4643171
One of you gents roll me a 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX)
>>
Rolled 10 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4643173
>>
Rolled 3 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4643173
>>4643174
If we have to comb this entire copy and go door to door we fucking will
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
*Success* (BARELY, right at the dc)

You track the small cloaked figure down the street and into a dark alley, gaining on them fast before tackling them to the ground just before they reach the end and enter into a new street. In no time at all you have them pinned down underneath you, your knees on the ground to either side of their torso. They’re not very strong, and after a few moments of struggling they surrender.

”Damn it, this was supposed to be an easy score on a newcomer! Whatever, just take your fuckin money” he says as he returns the coin pouch. His voice is masculine, and with the hood falling down a bit as he’s flat on the ground, you can see he’s a male halfling, probably close to your age, maybe a little older.

”If you hurt me at all though, the Thieves’ Guild will be on your ass!”

>Punish him (What do you do?)
>Take the money and leave
>”Tell me more about this Thieves’ Guild”
>Call a guard over
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4643189
>”Tell me more about this Thieves’ Guild”
Yeah, friendo.
>>
>>4643189
>>”Tell me more about this Thieves’ Guild”
>>
>>4643189
>>”Tell me more about this Thieves’ Guild”
hey pal be cool
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
”Tell me more about this Thieves’ Guild”

”Are you a dumbass? The name’s pretty self-explanatory!” he answers mockingly, though one menacing glare from you is enough to quickly shut him up. ”It’s a network of thieves and bandits that moves throughout the city. It’s made up mostly of guys like me, with a few hideaways and informants scattered throughout the city. I ain’t tellin you anymore then that though”

>”You better give me something right now” (Intimidate)
>”Actually, I’m interested in joining” (Persuade)
>Let him go (Leave)
>Punish him (Specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4643220
>>”Actually, I’m interested in joining” (Persuade)
lie.
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

>>4643220
>”You better give me something right now” (Intimidate)
>Punish him
Grab a gold coin.
This is what you wanted? You, as a representative of the Thieves' Guild, have openly declared a challenge against me. It is only by my right of might that I have taken back what is rightfully mine. Fate is fickle, the vanquished and conquered may topple even the mightiest of foes. Ah, but you're probably bored of my explanation.
Call it in the air.
>He has the same roll, let him go
>He has a different roll, knock him out, steal his shit, and give him to a town guard saying he tried to steal 50 gold off us.
>>
>>4643264
Is this a vote to intimidate him for info and then punish him afterwards, or intimidate him THROUGH the use of said punishment?
>>
>>4643264
Support
>>4643270
We flip a coin and depending on which side it landed on is the choice
>>
>>4643279
changing my vote to this.
>>
>>4643279
I got that much, but he chose the intimidate for info command and the punish command, so I'm asking which order this is in or if you're planning to do the intimidating through the gold coin shtick
>>
>>4643288
Through the gold thing
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

Roll me a 1d20+7 (+6 for CHA, +1 for Intimidation). You only need a 12 or higher- it's a bit lower because this is a pretty frightening tactic
>>
>>4643288
gold flip
>>
Rolled 16 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4643302
tuff
>>
>>4643298
>>4643288
>>4643286
>>4643279
>>4643270
My idea was we do both as two separate actions, One is we intimidate for info and the second we punish him with the gold coin.
It's actually more fun to scare him though.

If he has the same number we rolled, we tell him we're going to let him go after he tells us what he knows.

If he doesn't, we beat him, steal his shit, and give him to a town guard.

Then we can think, "Now if I was a bunch of cowardly thieves, where would i hide?"
>>
>>4643264
>>4643302
He rolled different

It’s clobbering time
>>
>>4643305
TUFF E-NUFF
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
”You better give me something right now”

”Eat shit, asshole” he says, spitting on your helmet.

Calmly, almost eerily so, you pull out a gold coin from the pouch he handed back to you. ”This is what you wanted? You, as a representative of the Thieves’ Guild, have openly declared a challenge against me. It is only by my right of might that I have taken back what is rightfully mine. Fate is fickle, the vanquished and conquered may topple even the mightiest of foes. Ah, but you’re probably bored of my explanation” you finish as you prepare to flip the coin.

”W-w-wait! Stop!” he calls out, and you pause for a moment. ”Look, I can’t tell you where any of our hideaways are or how we get around, but if you really wanna get in contact with someone from the Thieves’ Guild, just flash this symbol in a crowded place” he says, showing you a gesture with his hands (top of pic). ”You’ll probably have better luck somewhere like the inn or the market square. If there’s a member of the Thieves’ Guild or one of our informants willing to work with you there, they’ll show you this symbol in return” he says, making another gesture with his hands (bottom of pic). ”Side note, you may wanna take off that dog tag when you do it. Doubt anyone from the Guild will trust you with that hanging around your neck” he adds.

”S-so no need for that coin thing, yeah?” he pleads.

”Heads, you walk out of here without any trouble. Tails, I beat you black and blue” you say as you flip the coin. The halfling watches in horror as it lands on tails, and you beat on him over and over until his form is black and blue, lying unconscious beneath you.

You search his person for any sweet loot, but all you’re able to grab of worth is his dagger. Even his dark cloak is designed for a halfling like himself, and wouldn’t fit on you or be easy to pawn off somewhere.

Afterwards, you pick up his body in a princess style carry and head over to one of the guards on the street you came from, explaining the situation and how this halfling tried to steal from you.

The guard gives you a nod and takes the halfling from you. ”I’m terribly sorry about that, sir. They’ve been slithering around like cockroaches recently. I’ll get this one locked up in the meantime” he says as he drags the unconscious body away, presumably towards the prison.

After all that was said and done, it’s probably around 1:30 pm. What do you do?

>Go to one of the places you discovered (Specify where)
>Try out the hand symbol you just learned at the inn
>Meet Jeanne and Barret at the Adventurer’s Guild (Timeskip to 6:00)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 35/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 1
Seduction: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 197
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

(Also apologies, forgot to write in the *Success* last post!)
>>
>>4643340
>Try out the hand symbol you just learned at the inn
Hunt these fuckers
>>
>>4643340
>>Try out the hand symbol you just learned at the inn
play it cool jack
>>
>>4643340
>>4643347
Easy there, killer. Jumping straight into the lion's den is a good way to get yourself killed. We should go prepare first. Maybe buy some more gear with our sweet, sweet loot, some potions, or a bag of holding so we're not carrying around our backpack all the time.
>>
>>4643364
Ok we aren’t going to go in guns blazing, we going in for intel. So we can find out where these worms lurk.
>>
>>4643361
>>4643372
That makes more sense. Make them praise the sun.
>>
Gonna call it here for the night. Got work and recording to do tomorrow, but after that I should be able to get some updates out later in the day.

Thank you all for playing by the way. This is my first ever qst and seeing so many of you here is very heartwarming! I'll do my best to keep things interested and moving forward at a good pace
>>
>>4643474
You're doing a great job. This is a really fun quest.
Have a good night.
>>
>>4643474
You're a legend m8
>>
So on my way to work I found out my dinky little car couldn't brave the snow and I'm kinda trapped between home and work. (I will be fine)

Question is, if you guys want I could try and get an update or two out, but I won't be able to draw anything with them. Would you prefer I wait til things are sorted out and post things as normal, or use my newfound free time right now to get some posts out without drawings?
>>
>>4643975
I'm sure I speak for everyone when I say not to worry about us and make sure you get back safely first! If you are bored though I'm cool with no drawings
>>
>>4643994

Ended up just walking home, just got back. Probably can't make it to work today anyways so update and drawings incoming!
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
You head back to the inn, making sure to take off your copper dog tag and stuff it into one of the pouches on your backpack first. It’s a little later in the day now, so a couple of drunkards and younger individuals have started to gather, but it’s still too early in the day for most people to be off work. You’d guess there’s probably about twenty individuals hanging out here right now, with only two or three of them actually drinking.

They’re not the most ideal circumstances, but nevertheless you flash the hand signal while lying low in the corner. Soon enough, you get the return signal back from a female halfling, maybe a year or two older than you, sitting down at a table and playing cards. She casually finds an opportunity to make it to the bar over the next minute, and you follow her there.

She speaks in a low whisper. ”Meet me out back. Wait a couple of minutes, so it doesn’t look suspicious” she says in a hushed tone. After a minute, she steps out, and you wait another ten or so before following suit.

The girl in question is fairly short, barely coming above your waist just like the halfling man earlier. She’s got long, red hair tied into braids and is wearing fairly simple clothes- probably a working class citizen, which aligns with the whole ‘Thieves’ Guild’ shtick.
”I don’t know how you could be hurtin’ for money with a crazy suit of armor like that, but who the hell are you and are you actually interested in doing a little job for me?”

>”My name is Herald, and yes”
>Give a fake name (Write what it is) and say yes
>”That depends, what’s the job?” (Specify whether or not you give a name and if it’s Herald or a fake name)
>”FOUL WHORE IN LEAGUE WITH THE ADVENTURER’S GUILD, I SHALL STRIKE YOU DOWN IN THE NAME OF CONQUEST!” (attack)

>Other (write in)
>>
>>4644007
In league with the Thieves' Guild* not the adventurer's
>>
>>4644007
>"My name is, uh... Dlareh, and that depends on what the job is."
>>
>>4644007
>”FOUL WHORE IN LEAGUE WITH THE *THIEVES' GUILD, I SHALL STRIKE YOU DOWN IN THE NAME OF CONQUEST!” (attack)
>>
>>4644031
This
>>
>>4644031
support
>>
>>4644031
Support, but use the name Guy Incognito
>>
>>4644260
>>”That depends, what’s the job?” (Specify whether or not you give a name and if it’s Herald or a fake name)
loooooool
>>
2 for Diareh, 2 for Guy Incognito

1: Diareh
2: Guy Incognito
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

I forgot to put in the dice part holy shit lol
>>
File: tegaki.png (12 KB, 400x400)
12 KB
12 KB PNG
”The name’s Guy Incognito” you explain, smooth as ice, and the halfling woman doesn’t seem to question it. Maybe she doesn’t realize what the word incognito means? Either way, you’re in.

”Okay Guy, and you’re really looking for work?”

”That depends on the job in question” you answer, taking a stance of indecisiveness early. It at least shows you have the forethought not to jump into something without knowing what it is.

”Alright then, I’ve got something in mind. One of the merchants that’s supposed to be in the square later tonight is selling a ton of jewelry. Most of it is fake or not worth notice, but he does have an Elven Circlet among his collection that’s rumored to be worth a lot of money” she explains.

You recognize the aforementioned object as what the Elf Merchants were wearing. Elves, as you know, have incredibly small numbers. They reproduce sparingly, and it takes up to one hundred years before an Elf is considered learned enough to leave their kind’s settlements. However, those that do exist tend to be incredibly intelligent, carry powerful, potent magic, and a great deal of wealth to go with it. When an Elf finally turns a hundred years old, they are given a circlet made of pure gold with a gemstone at the center to represent their adulthood, which they hold with them the rest of their lives before passing it onto their child. Outside managing to steal one from an Elf or finding a way to obtain one from a dead Elf with no heirs, they are incredibly hard to come by despite their high value.

”Honestly, it’s way outside anyone here’s price range, and putting it on display would probably cause an international issue, so the seller isn’t expected to have it on display. Rumor has it it’ll be behind the stall itself in a locked compartment somewhere. If it exists, and you can get it back to me, there should be a handsome reward”

”How handsome?”

”Well, it’ll take a bit to find a buyer on the black market, but theoretically once it sells, given your cut, it should be around a thousand gold pieces”

It’s quite a difficult and dangerous task, but it also carries promise of an intense reward. What will you do?

>”Consider it done. I’ll find you once I retrieve it”
>”Too risky for my blood, I’ll find other work from someone else”
>”YOU FOOL, YOU TOLD ME YOUR MASTER PLANS! I SHALL INFORM THE GUARDS IMMEDIATELY, HAHAHA!”
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4644322
We should find a way of tipping off the merchant, getting him to swap out the real necklace for a fake and we "steal" that one while he is "distracted". That way we gain props from the guild and the merchant, if it is identified as a fake... Well what do we know about elven jewelry?
>>
>>4644379
support
Maybe we should also inform our converted friends at the Barracks to aid us when we eventually discover the den?
>>
>>4644379
>What do we know about Elven Jewelery

Honestly? Not much. Herald doesn't know much about the world in general given his backstories, much less the intricacies of an ancient magical race thats mostly withdrawn from the world.

It would be hard to find a convincing fake for something so rare and valuable, but perhaps through magic or careful disguising you could make a serviceable replica
>>
>>4644379
+1 to this; maybe we can send Jeanne or Barret to tip off the merchant so that the Thieves' Guild doesn't see us there.
>>
>>4644379
>>4644424
>>4644438
Then how about something like this:
1. We agree to the theft
2. Go over to Jeanne and Barret and tell them to warn the merchant of what is going to happen and prepare some type of replica or something serviceable.
3. We go to the barracks and inform our converted sergeant friend about what we are doing and to ask him to aid us in arresting the thieves once we find their hideouts.
4. Profit
>>
Would you guys want to timeskip to Jeanne and Barret at 6:00pm or try to find them immediately in the city after agreeing? (Its around 2:00pm right now for reference)
>>
>>4644460
6
Let them finish their date
>>
>>4644424
That's good to know but what I meant was if it gets discovered as a fake we could just plead ignorance

>>4644448
I like your style I think we should go with this, obviously all related conversations should had in the most covert way possible. Maybe even go as far as flashing the man at the barracks the hand signal to see if he is in cahoots with the guild
>>
>>4644460
Find them asap, hopefully that could give the merchant some time to source a fake and we can "steal" it tomorrow some time
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

1: Find them ASAP
2: Timeskip to 6 and do dinner first

Either way will update after I grab dinner. Sorry for being slow today!
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”Alright, I’m up to the task” you lie, fully preparing to betray this woman and hunt down the Thieves’ Guild.

A thin smile finds its way on her lips. ”Perfect. Meet me back at the inn tomorrow night at eight. If you show up late, the deal’s off. This is a high heat situation, so you can’t blame me for being careful”

You nod your head in affirmation and watch as the halfling woman heads off on her own.

Deciding that your allies need to know first and foremost about what’s going on, you try to track down Jeanne and Barret. Rathalon is huge however, and you end up wasting an entire hour before finally finding Jeanne alone in the library, reading through some old, dusty tome.

Quickly entering, the old man behind the counter waves hello as you approach Jeanne. Hearing the sound of your armor, as well as the bell that rings when you open the library door, the young mage looks up. Once she sees you, she shuts the tome and sets it down on a nearby table, walking to meet you.

”Oh hey Herald, what’s up?”

>”Where’s Barret?”
>Explain what’s going on with the Thieves’ Guild and your idea
>”So, did you tell him how you feel yet?”
>”What were you reading just now?”
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4644823
>”Where’s Barret?”
>"Did you tell him yet?"
>>
>>4644827
this!
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
”Where’s Barret?” you inquire, first and foremost.

”I think he’s over at the military barracks” she begins. ”I tried to pull him aside to...you know… after you left, but right after you were gone he said he ‘had to train harder to live up to your expectations’ and darted off! Jeez, this is all your fault!” she exclaims with a pout.

”Sorry. Hopefully I’ll be able to give you a chance when we meet for dinner tonight” you offer.

”That might not be a bad idea. I’m counting on you to have a good place picked out when we meet back up!”

>”What were you reading just now?”
>Explain your plan with the Thieves’ Guild
>Talk/ask Jeanne something else (Specify)
>Talk to the old man at the counter (Specify)
>Search for a book on a certain topic (Specify)
>Head to the barracks to find Barret
>Meet up at the Adventurer’s Guild (Timeskip to 6:00)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4644910
>>”What were you reading just now?”
>>Explain your plan with the Thieves’ Guild
>>
>>4644910
>”What were you reading just now?”
>Explain your plan with the Thieves’ Guild
>Search for a book on a certain topic (Specify)
Conquest or Swordfighting.

I'd talk to the old man, but I can't think of a joke. Something to do with time, dust, and books.
>>
>>4644910
>"You want to hear about a book on paper I've been reading? Never mind... it's tearable."
>>
>>4644970
That's pretty good. We should use that.
>>
>>4644981
So is your vote with the previous plan or to talk to the old man and tell him a joke? Just wanna double check to make sure I'm counting right
>>
>>4644986
Previous plan.

>”What were you reading just now?”
>Explain your plan with the Thieves’ Guild
>Search for a book on a certain topic (Specify)
Conquest or Swordfighting.

Old men always have time to talk. We can try the joke later.
>>
>>4645021
this

also this quest is amazing, based QM
>>
>>4645021
This, and
>>4645048
T h i s
>>
>>4645048
I echo both this vote and this sentiment, what a blast
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

Rolling for the book you find
1: Conquest
2: Swordfighting

>>4645048
Glad you're enjoying it!
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”What were you reading just now?”

”Oh this?” Jeanne asks, picking up the tome. ”It’s a book on advanced magical theory. Barret’s enthusiasm was admittedly… a little infectious. I figured I should do some more studying too, so I talked with the wizard I heard ran this library” she says, looking towards the old man behind the counter.

”Thanks to him I was able to find this. You see, usually it takes months or even years to learn a single spell, but if you can manage to wrap your head around and understand this level of magical theory, it would be possible to learn new spells in a matter of days she explains, ”assuming you have a scroll or some other document about the spell to work back from”

It seems Jeanne is trying in her own way to grow stronger for the sake of your party. It’s funny how you simply ran into these two and teamed up with them on a whim a few days ago, but now you’re actually starting to feel a sense of camaraderie with them.

After she finished that, you explain to her about your run in with the thief in the street, the halfling woman you met, how she asked you to steal an Elf Circlet, and how you plan to replace it with a fake and eventually use your newfound convert friends to help you root out the Thieves’ Guild once for all.

Jeanne looks taken aback by all of this, but nevertheless impressed. ”So that’s why you didn’t have your dog tag on. You’re making big plans pretty fast, Herald- we’ve only been here a day and you’re already trying to root out a criminal organization. If you need my help, I’d be happy to oblige- and I’ll make sure to talk with Barret and explain everything to him the first chance I get after dinner tonight”

You give the mage a nod, satisfied to have her support. ”I’m thinking of picking up a book as well” you mention.

”Go right ahead. You’re allowed to read whatever books you want to your heart’s content- you just can’t take them with you. They’ve got to stay in the library, but otherwise they’re free game”

After a bit of searching, you manage to find a book about the philosophy behind Conquest and some famous examples of figures who embodied it.

>Browse the book quickly (15 minutes)
>Get a strong understanding of the book (2 hours)
>Read the entire book (6 hours)
>Leave and find Barret
>Leave and go somewhere else you found (Specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4645075
For reference it's ~3:00pm now
>>
>>4645075
>>Get a strong understanding of the book (2 hours)
we still have a meeting so we dont have six hours but we could spend 2.
>>
>>4645075
>Get a strong understanding of the book (2 hours)

Enough time to strengthen our knowledge and reassert our convictions.
>>
>>4645075
>Get a strong understanding of the book (2 hours)
We must CONQUER and SHATTER our IGNORANCE!
>>
>>4645075
Can we possibly read ⅓ of the book now (2h) and come back to finish it later? It's important to study the conquest to the best of our ability!
>>
>>4645101
Absolutely!

As of now seems like the vote is to spend two hours reading it, but I think I'm going to get to bed soon, so I'll post an update first thing in the morning.

In the meantime, would you guys roll me a 1d20+2 (+2 for INT) and take the best of two rolls since this is a subject you're well versed in?
>>
Rolled 5 + 2 (1d20 + 2)

>>4645110
smrt
>>
Rolled 19 + 2 (1d20 + 2)

>>4645110
>>
>>4645129
nice
>>
Just a reminder that QM said we can read the ENTIRE conquest book in two sittings and get all that knowledge!
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
*Total roll: 21*

You take your time intimately getting to know the contents of the book. The stuff regarding Conquest philosophy is pretty much all known to you already, but there’s a few pieces of information that stick out during your research.

*Knowledge*

You learn about the first king who formed the kingdom you currently reside in, Simon Belfrost. He founded this land over a thousand years ago, and it’s rumored he was a great and powerful warrior who valued Conquest deeply, allowing him to carve out the entire northern half of the original continent. The legend goes that he was so powerful that no one could defeat him, so he cleaved the continent in half and split it so that the human kingdom of Belfrost was on one continent and the orc kingdom of Krosh’tar on the other. He did this so that the orcs may one day grow strong enough on their own to present a reasonable challenge.

Of course, nobody quite knows the extent of how powerful martial fighters and mages were back in the day, but even most modern wizards don’t have such comparable powers- so you’re probably more likely to think that tale fictional than not, though there is a slight chance it could have been true.

You also learn that the current strongest champion of Conquest is the current general of the king’s army, Sir Groff. Apparently the current Belfrostian King, Frederick Belfrost, is more peace loving than his predecessors, and so has passed on his Conquest training and ideals to Sir Groff to handle in times of need instead. He took those teachings to heart and trained past human limits, becoming a fearsome and powerful Paladin of Conquest capable even of using rare, Conquest based magic.

The book states that in order to gain access to Conquest magics, one must both intimately understand Conquest and perform either enough feats or one large, incredible feat of Conquest, in order to gain access to them. In only two hours of reading though, you’re not quite able to grasp anything more concrete than that.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
*Abilities*

Inspired by tales of Sir Groff, as well as learning a bit more about ways to push your body past its limits, you discover a Conquest Technique! Unlike spells, Techniques are abilities that can be used once a day each and push your body past normal human limits.

*TECHNIQUE ACQUIRED! Right of Might*

Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Perhaps if you finish reading the book at some point you may find more techniques!

*2 hours later…*

After about two hours, you close the book and reassess what you’ve learned, feeling pretty good about your research results. You can actually feel yourself getting a bit smarter- it helps that this was a topic you understood well and that you did a particularly thorough job trying to understand its concepts.

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Study: 1)*

It’s around five in the afternoon now however. There’s not much time left before you’re supposed to meet back at the Adventurer’s Guild, but you might be able to visit one more place and do a little talking before you head on over.

>Talk to Jeanne or the old man (Specify who and about what)
>Go to one of the places you discovered earlier (Temple, Market Square, Arena, General Store, Blacksmith, Inn)
>Look for another book (specify topic)
>Head to the barracks and find Barret
>Return to the Adventurer’s Guild (Timeskip to 6:00)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 35/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (1/1 use left)

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 1
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 197
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)
>>
>>4645517
>Return to the Adventurer’s Guild (Timeskip to 6:00)
>>
>>4645517
>Return to the Adventurer’s Guild (Timeskip to 6:00)
>>
>>4645519
>Talk to the old man, ask him if we could borrow/buy the book to study it further. Maybe he has a spare copy or something.
otherwise
>Return to the Adventurer’s Guild (Timeskip to 6:00)
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
You make your way up to the old man at the counter. ”Hey, is there any way I could take this book with me?” you ask.

He gives you the coldest, most menacing glare you’ve ever experienced.

”I’ll...take that as a no then” you say, putting the book back in its space on the shelf.

Eventually you make it back to the Adventurer’s Guild right at six, as promised. Jeanne and Barret both arrive shortly after, coming from opposite directions funnily enough. Barret, you notice, is covered in a few bruises and scratches- suggesting he’s been training and working on his combat quite a bit. Thankfully it doesn’t seem he took any real, lasting injuries or damage.

Jeanne, on the other hand, looks quite pleased with herself. Perhaps she finally managed to grasp advanced magic theory? Nevertheless, the mood seems good right now.

”Hey Herald, have a productive day?” Barret asks.

”Quite. Converted a few people to my cause, did a little exploring, some book learning- all in all I’d call it a good day”

The blonde fighter simply offers a thumbs up in response. ”So uh, where are we headed?” he asks next.

>Take them to Wilson’s Whacky Wheels. It’s cheap as hell and a terrible spot for romance, but those dairy goods looked excellent.
>Take them to Reynash’s. It’s gonna empty your coin pouch a bit, but the fine wining and dining will be well worth it, and it’ll be an excellent place for Jeanne to set the right mood.
>Take them to the Harrison Family Diner. It’s a nice, modest place with solid food and some cheap beer if you’re hankering for a drink. It’ll do the job just fine.
>”Dinner will have to wait- I actually have a plan…” (Deal with the Thieves’ Guild stuff and the jewelry merchant first)
>Other (write in)

PS: If you pick a restaurant option, throw in what you want to order! As long as it’s well within reason for something the place would have, I’ll roll with it.
>>
>>4645697
>Take them to Reynash’s. It’s gonna empty your coin pouch a bit, but the fine wining and dining will be well worth it, and it’ll be an excellent place for Jeanne to set the right mood.

Meat, just shit tons of different meats. Protein is for champs. As for a drink, orange juice because we want to be healthy.
>>
>>4645723
supporting
>>
>>4645723
This, conquest isn't achieved using half measures. That being said I have herald down as more of an ale drinker maybe even a stout in the winter
>>
Sounds like Reynash's it is! Give me a little time to finish up some stuff and I'll get an update out in a bit
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
”We’re going to a fancy place called Reynash’s” you answer.

Jeanne’s eyes immediately light up. ”Ohhh, for real?! I’ve heard about this place- it’s supposed to be one of the best restaurants in the southern region of the kingdom! Can you really afford to treat us?” she asks, though she’s already got herself worked up and excited for it.

”Nothing’s too expensive for my allies” you respond.

Barret chuckles and wraps an arm around your shoulders. ”Hey man, you can just call us your friends. That’s what we are, right?”

You hold off on responding for now, and take your party members over to the fancy restaurant. Thankfully, the elven waiter informs you that there’s a table open, and you’re seated within a few minutes. You order yourself a nice stout and a huge steak- cooked rare. Barret gets his steak medium rare with a nice beer, and Jeanne orders a fancy stew with some expensive wine. All in all, the total runs you about forty gold pieces- an insane price for a single dinner for three people, but one you pay nonetheless.

*Gold: 157*

Eventually the food comes, and everyone spends some time digging in as they chat. The steak you order is absolutely delicious and the stout isn’t too bad either. You could order some other assorted meats if you’re really feeling hungry, but it’ll probably run you another five or ten gold.

>Order the damn meats! (10gp)
>Talk to Jeanne/Barret (Specify)
>Crack an epic, witty joke
>Go to the ‘bathroom’ to give Jeanne and Barret some alone time (Spy on them)
>Actually go to the bathroom to give Jeanne and Barret some alone time, you weirdo! (Leave the table for a bit)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4646011
>>Crack an epic, witty joke
what do you call a cow with no legs?
>>Order the damn meats! (10gp)
>>
>>4646018
support
kek

also add:
>Actually go to the bathroom to give Jeanne and Barret some alone time, you weirdo! (Leave the table for a bit)
when we are around halfway done
>>
>>4646011
>Order the damn meats! (10gp)
>Crack an epic, witty joke
Maybe something along the lines of, "I'm gonna have more meat inside me than a ....ah, wait, nevermind, there's children present."
>>
>>4646042
>>4646018
These ones are better.
>>
Roll me a 1d20+8 for the joke (+6 for CHA, +2 for Comedy)

They're already loosened up and in a great mood, so you only need a 12 or higher.
>>
Rolled 8 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4646050
>>
>>4646011
>Actually go to the bathroom to give Jeanne and Barret some alone time, you weirdo! (Leave the table for a bit)
I also vote for bathroom, if it's not too late
>>
Rolled 5 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4646050
GROUND BEEF
>Actually go to the bathroom to give Jeanne and Barret some alone time, you weirdo! (Leave the table for a bit)
when we are around halfway done.
this after joke.
>>
>>4646055
Nice roll!>>4646057

>>4646059
Going Order Meats -> Tell joke -> Go to bathroom
>>
Rolled 6 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4646064
my bad, forgot the command
>>
File: tegaki.png (7 KB, 400x400)
7 KB
7 KB PNG
You call the waiter over, a young man in a nice white dress shirt with a black vest overtop - all very fancy and noble-like. ”Excuse me, I’d like to add the sausage links to my order” you tell him, dropping ten more gold coins into his hand.

*Gold: 147*

”Of course sir, right away”

You wait a few minutes after he leaves to get food, when the conversation between Jeanne and Barret lulls a little, before whipping out your joke. ”What do you call a cow with no legs?” you ask your party members.

”Uhh, I don’t know” Barret responds, ”What do you?”

Ground beef”

*Success*

Jeanne and Barret can’t help but chuckle at your joke, though they try to keep themselves from laughing too loudly given the place you’re all at. ”Gods, you’re funny Herald” Jeanne comments, ”seriously, how’d you become such a comedian?” You can tell that if you keep cracking jokes like this, your comedy skill will likely improve soon…

”Thanks, I only started a few days ago. People always say it’s good to try new things...so I’ve been working on a couple of jokes” you answer. In a rare moment, you let a little bit about yourself and your thought processes out.

”New things...huh?” she says, looking over at Barret nervously. You figure now’s your queue. Unfortunately, the waiter drops the sausage links off right as you’re about to get up. Grabbing two of them and popping them into your mouth, you speak through stuffed cheeks. ”Excuse me, I’ve gotta go to the bathroom” you say, giving Jeanne a quick wink before slipping away. It’s all up to her now.

The bathroom is fairly nice, there’s a couple of toilets and sinks of course with a few mirrors on the wall- all very elaborate. You do however notice that you’re not alone in here. A tall, lanky man is snorting some sort of white powder off of the counter the sinks are built into.

”Oh shit, didn’t see you come in. You want some, friend?” he offers. You have no idea what the hell this stuff is.

>”Fuck it” (Snort the strange white powder)
>”What is that stuff?”
>”Nah, I’m good bro” (Pretend to take a shit)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4646294
>”What is that stuff?”
>>
>>4646294
>>”Nah, I’m good bro” (Pretend to take a shit)
>Other (write in)
tell him a joke while we poop.
>>
>>4646294
>”What is that stuff?”
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”What is that stuff?” you inquire.

”Oh, you’ve never had spirit dust before? You get it from crushing up spirit herbs, stuff usually used in medicine. It helps you concentrate really well and get a bunch of stuff done- doesn’t last long though. Oh and uh, don’t take it if you plan on drinking or have heart issues” he explains.

”Would it help me Conquest?”

”What?” the lanky man asks, clearly confused by what you mean. You think about his explanation- it sounds interesting enough, but perhaps it wouldn’t be wise to try something this new when you’re planning to mess with the Thieves’ Guild tonight. Perhaps you could forage for spirit herbs some other time and make your own...wherever and whatever ‘spirit herbs’ are.

Then again, even though you don’t know much, this does seem somewhat rare and upper class. Perhaps this will be a rare opportunity you’re missing out on if you don’t try it now?

>”Alright, give me some of that sugar” (Take the Spirit Dust)
>”I’ll pass” (Pretend to take a shit)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4646325
>>”I’ll pass” (Pretend to take a shit)
>>
>>4646325
>>”Alright, give me some of that sugar” (Take the Spirit Dust)
>Other (write in)
Tell a joke on Spirit Dust
>>
I'll close the votes in 20ish minutes. If there's no more by then, I'll tiebreak!
>>
>>4646325
>”I’ll pass” (Pretend to take a shit)
this guy is doing crack in the bathroom
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
”I’ll pass”

The man shrugs. ”Suit yourself” he says before sticking his face right back into the spirit dust. You just get inside of a stall and sit down, waiting for a couple of minutes.

During this time, you reflect on how crazy the last few days have been. You just went down to explore the forest for a little bit to see what was going on nearby Grayshire, and before you knew it you got roped into helping out some old man, going on a date with his friend’s daughter, and of course, meeting your two new party members and going on a quest with them through the mountains, which brought you here to Rathalon.

You expected your journey to be full of interesting encounters and lots of proselytizing in the name of Conquest, but you’ve already been through quite a bit in so short a time, and even made some...friends.

A smile creeps on your face as a warm feeling grows in your just, one you’re not quite familiar with. Is this...a sense of belonging? Companionship? Those are feelings you never expected to encounter again after what happened…

Shaking your head, you exit the stall after a few minutes- the tall man gone by now. Figuring you’ve waited long enough, you make your way back to the table and see Jeanne with her hat off, her and Barret both looking away from each other somewhat embarrassed. Still, by their blushing and the smile on Jeanne’s face, you have a good feeling things went well.

>”Did you two kiiiiiissss?”
>”What did I miss?”
>”Wew, that was a big one” (Munch down on some sausage links)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4646362
grows in your chest*
>>
>>4646362
>”Wew, that was a big one” (Munch down on some sausage links)
>>
>>4646362
>"So, *friends*, how's dinner?"
>>
>>4646362
>>”Wew, that was a big one” (Munch down on some sausage links)

It'd be a shame to waste such good food.
>>
File: tegaki.png (32 KB, 400x400)
32 KB
32 KB PNG
”Wew, that was a big one!” you explain before digging into your sausage links.

Jeanne and Barret can’t help but laugh at that, and it seems to ease the tension at the table as they get back to eating, chatting here and there with one another and yourself. ”So Herald” Barret asks, ”Where are you from?”

”I’m from a little hamlet you’ve probably never even heard of, there’s nothing there of note” you respond, having programmed yourself to react to this question by now.

”Oh come on, try me man! I might’ve heard of it before!”

”I highly doubt it”

”And why’s that?” he asks, pushing the question. He doesn’t seem to do so out of any malice, just genuine curiosity to hear more about you- but it’s enough to remind you of your purpose and why you became what you are now.

”I think I’m done eating” you state matter of factly, getting up from your chair. ”Jeanne, can you catch him up to speed on the plan? I’ll meet you both at the market square in fifteen minutes”

”O-oh, right! Yes sir” she says, quickly giving a salute. It’s oddly out of character for her, but you can tell she’s still a bit frazzled and probably acting weird to compensate.

You make your way out of Reynash’s and into the market square, the sun low in the sky now as it’s probably around seven in the afternoon. The square itself is still bustling with people, though it’s much quieter than it was when you went to verbally fend off that doomsayer earlier at noon. People are beginning to wind down and head home, and the stalls themselves will probably only be open another two or three hours, a few of them even already beginning to pack up- mostly the food related ones.

Eventually Jeanne and Barret make it over to you, standing at the ready. ”So, we’re gonna talk to the jewelry merchant and see if he’s got something you can use as a replica, right?” she asks. ”Elf Circlets are pretty rare and hard to replicate, but I bet if we could get some crown like object to use as a base, the old wizard at the library could use some illusion magic to make it look and feel like one- at least long enough for your plan to work” she informs you.

What do you do?

>Find the jewelry merchant and explain what’s going on to him
>You know what? Maybe some crime won’t hurt (Shift gears to actually stealing the Elf Circlet)
>”We’ve got a little bit of time to kill first” (Will privately roll for a random store)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4646412
>"Remember to explain him the plan and tell him to get his acting on track."
>Head over to the barracks and inform our converted sergeant friend if he can provide troops to arrest the thieves when we find their dens.
>>
>>4646362
>”Wew, that was a big one” (Munch down on some sausage links)
>”What did I miss?”
>>
>>4646420
+1 to this, good plan. Add in preaching it as a way to Conquest- he could get promoted for sussing out such a major theft before it happens
>>
>>4646420
>>Find the jewelry merchant and explain what’s going on to him
this
>>
>>4646420
Make sure to do the sign first in case some one spots us.
>>
>>4646420
>>4646428
>>4646445

Okay so just to check, plan is
1. Talk to Jewelry Merchant and give him the lowdown/ask for help
2. Go to the barracks and meet with Jeffrey and your other two converts potentially, see if they'd be willing to help afterwards
3. Visit the wizard to get your shit enchanted to look like an elf circlet
4. Tomorrow night meet with your contact. Use this to start building trust with the Thieves' Guild until you find their hideout
>>
>>4646449
yup
>>
>>4646449
yes
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
It takes you a little bit of searching, but eventually you find the jewelry merchant. He stands out, given that his stall includes a glass display with several fine pieces in it- and just like the halfling told you, the Elf Circlet is not among them. You notice he has two burly men standing nearby, likely in case someone tried to rob him outright.

You approach the man and inform him of the job you were given, how you plan to fool the Thieves’ Guild, and use this to find their hideout and root them out.

”I’m grateful you brought this to my attention- and that you didn’t take that job offer seriously!” he says, laughing for a moment before calming himself down and speaking more seriously. ”Don’t...don’t tell anyone I’ve got that, alright? Look- I can help you out. Getting rid of the Thieves’ Guild would be a huge relief, for me and everyone else here. I’m just not sure how I can help you” he says.

That’s when Jeanne steps in. ”Actually, if you can give us anything that resembles a crown or circlet, we know someone who can help us the rest of the way”

The merchant thinks on this for a moment before sighing. ”Well, I’ve got a bronze circlet with some opals in it, but it’s still quite a pricey piece. Then again, if this will really help get rid of the Thieves’ Guild once and for all, I suppose I could part with it. I can’t give it to you for free entirely- but I can at least give you a huge discount. Eighty gold should be enough that I won’t lose too much on it” he informs you.

>”You realize we’re trying to help you, right? Work with us” (Haggle for a different price- specify price)
>”Alright, deal” (80gp)
>”That’s too rich for my blood. We’ll figure something else out”
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4646476
>”Alright, deal” (80gp)

Imagine the shekels we will gain after routing out these shits
>>
>>4646476
>”Alright, deal” (80gp)
>>
>>4646476
>>”Alright, deal” (80gp)
thanks for the discount!
>>
>>4646476
>"Alright, deal."
Conquest is Conquest, especially when it's economical.
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”Alright, deal” you say, handing over the eighty gold coins in exchange for the bronze circlet with opals.

*Gold: 67*

”Thanks, and again, sorry I have to charge you for this. Just gotta run a business, you know?” he explains, and you simply nod in affirmation.

You and your crew head away from the stall to examine the circlet more closely. It is indeed made of bronze and has three opals inside of it- it’s probably worth a good bit more than you paid. If you truly wanted to be evil you could just sell it on your own and forget this whole Thieves’ Guild thing...but no, you’re too invested in this now.

”Will it do the job?” you ask, looking up at Jeanne.

”Yeah, I think so. The old man should be able to work with this just fine”

With that, you make your way over to the barracks next. They’re a series of long, wooden buildings with an iron fence around the whole establishment. There’s a large yard out front with wooden training dummies as well, probably for practice- but nobody’s really out training at this hour.

You head inside and speak with a grizzled old woman behind a desk. ”How can I help you?’ she asks in a monotone voice.

”I’m looking for Jeffrey”

”Ah, he’s probably in his room winding down for the night” she explains, giving you instructions for how to get to his room. You follow them to the tee, and soon enough knock on the door.

It opens after a few moments, and you see Jeffrey in more casual attire. The interior of his room from where you’re standing looks very bland- a single bed with a small little nightstand. Even still, the fact that he even has his own room instead of sleeping in a communal one gives you enough information to realize he’s of at least some importance.

You go over the plan with him, explaining all the details and what you hope to do, and the longer you go on, the more a wry grin starts to form on his face until you finish. ”Ballsy...I like it. The Thieves’ Guild would usually be Town Guard crap...but I and some friends can help you out if it gets down to it. We’re a lot better equipped and trained than them, and it’d be a good chance to try out this whole ‘Conquest’ thing you got me excited about. Just let me know when you actually find the bastards and I’ll see what I can do”

It seems you’ve got Jeffrey’s support, and probably that of your other converts. It’s not quite the force you were hoping for, but it’ll definitely be a boon to you. What do you do?

>Try to push for more support
>Talk to the Town Guard about the plan
>Head on over to the library
>Return to the inn to get drinks/rooms
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4646539
>>Head on over to the library
>>
Also heads up probably gonna call it for the night here. Tomorrow will be busy but I'll try to get a handful of posts in after work if possible.
>>
>>4646539
>Thank him and head on over to the library

>>4646565
You're a legend QM, this has more SOUL than I've ever seen
>>
>>4646590
Definitely, reminds me of goblin quest
>>
>>4646539
>Push for more support

Was tempted to say talk to the town guard bit they may well have people working with the theives guild/being paid off etc.

Also (I know it's a bit late now) but that merchant had some cheek asking us to pay for the jewelry! He should be paying us for our help all things considered
>>
File: tegaki (2).jpg (9 KB, 273x154)
9 KB
9 KB JPG
>>4646539
>Head on over to the library
>Flash the thieves' symbol at the library before we talk, to make sure nobody's eavesdropping.
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”Thanks Jeffrey”

”Hey, no problem at all! We’ll all be better off if we can get rid of the fuckin Thieves’ Guild” he answers with a hearty laugh.

With that, you take off to the library next. It’s probably around eight at night or so, and the sun’s finally set. With the sky dark, not many people are in the library, which is lit only by faint candles placed sporadically throughout the building. You flash the Thieves’ Guild signal just to be safe, and nobody responds, save for a raised eyebrow or two out of confusion. Relieved, you approach the old man at the counter.

”Hey, I heard you could help us make this look like an Elf Circlet?” you inquire, setting the bronze circlet with opals onto the counter. ”We’ve got a plan in motion to take down the Thieves’ Guild, but to that end I need to build trust with them” you explain. Jeanne nods her head in agreement, looking up at the old wizard with hope in her eyes.

”Hmmm...I don’t really see how that’s my problem” he answers. ”All I care about in this town are my books, and if anyone tried to do something to them...hohoh...I would eliminate them without a trace” he says, and despite his jovial tone you can tell that last part was deadly serious.

”But this could be huge for Rathalon!” Jeanne chimes in, ”Won’t you reconsider?” she asks, but the old man doesn’t seem like he’ll budge anytime soon.

What will you do?

>Intimidate him into helping
>Persuade him to your cause
>Offer something (Specify how much gold and/or what items)
>”Forget it, we’ll have to figure something else out” (Leave)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4647323
>Persuade him to your cause
Hear me out--what if those thieves steal those books? Or new book shipments? Or the people DELIVERING those books?
>>
>>4647323
>"Sir, do you honestly think these thieves are going to stop with an elven circlet once they've gotten it? They've gotten blatant enough to try and rob a man in full-plate in broad daylight and almost got away with it too. If you don't help us CONQUER the thieves' guild that's your own choice and I'll respect it, but don't be surprised when they try to steal your books as well. Also I'd like to make a 25 gold donation to the library, not a bribe I swear by CONQUEST, but because it helped me learn more about CONQUEST and for that I am grateful."
>>
I'll give it another 30 minutes for votes, tiebreaking if there aren't anymore by then!
>>
>>4647354
>This, seeing how attached to the books he is, maybe we can convince him without a donation.
>>
>>4647371
>>4647354

Going with persuade without payment based on the threat of book fuckery. Roll me a 1d20+7 (+6 for CHA, +1 for Persuasion). You need at least a 20 or higher to succeed, as he already told you if anyone would mess with his books he'd simply eliminate them without a trace.
>>
>>4647358
supporting this!
>>
Rolled 17 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4647405
Come on bookman, you know it makes sense
>>
Rolled 13 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4647405
Big money!
>>
Rolled 15 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4647405
>>
File: tegaki.png (11 KB, 400x400)
11 KB
11 KB PNG
”Okay, hear me out- what if those thieves steal those books?”

”I would simply eliminate them without a trace” the old man retorts matter-of-factly.

”But what about new book shipments? Or harming the people who deliver the books? Then it’d be hard to get more…” you say, slowly pointing a finger towards your head in a ‘think about it’ gesture.

*Success*

The old man’s eyes widen with sudden realization. ”No… I need more books. Alright strange metal man, I shall cooperate with you and aid in your plan!”

You can’t help but feel pretty good for managing to convince an indifferent, powerful old wizard to side with you. In fact, you’re starting to develop quite the silver tongue.

*SKILL INCREASE! (Persuasion: 2)*

The old man slowly lifts his arm and suddenly opens his palm, his hand only inches away from the bronze circlet with opals. ”GRAND ILLUSION” he shouts, and Jeanne’s jaw drops as an enormous blue, magical circle forms in front of him, the size of an entire person, with four smaller magical circles entrapped within it. Even without knowing much about magic, you can tell this is some powerful fuckshit.

In only a few seconds, the bronze circlet with opals is transformed into a gold circlet with a large, ruby gemstone- indistinguishable from the Elf Circlets you saw on the merchants in the mountain. When you touch it, it weighs and feels like gold- and looks completely real to you.

”Wait a minute” Jeanne says, grabbing the circlet from you for a moment and feeling it for herself, ”This feels like the real thing- did you use alteration magic?”

The old man scoffs, ”Oh please, like I want to send the economy into shambles. No, it’s just an incredibly powerful illusion spell that alters the way the human mind and senses interpret the object” he says casually, as if that’s just some normal everyday thing. You suddenly feel really glad you didn’t try to intimidate this guy. ”I set it to hold for a week before wearing off” he informs you.

With the circlet enchanted, you stick it into your backpack, tucked away for now. All you’ve gotta do is deliver it tomorrow night to that halfling woman and you’ll be set.

”Now get out of here, the library closes in a half hour!” the wizard says, shooing you away. What do you do?

>Talk to the old man (Specify)
>Talk to Jeanne and/or Barret (Specify)
>Head to the inn (Can get boarding here)
>Head to the adventurer’s guild (Can get boarding here)
>Go somewhere else (Specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4647428
Does Jeanne know any tracking/finding spells that would let us get the circlet back after Thieves' Guild is dealt with?
>>
>>4647451
The only spells she currently knows are

Major Spells: Fireball, Lesser Heal
Minor Spells: Firebolt, Light
>>
>>4647428
>>4647456
>Head to the adventurer’s guild
>>
>>4647428
>Go to the inn

Bed time! We helped out the landlord recently so he may even give us something extra
>>
>>4647428
>Head to the inn

Its all going as planned
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
You decide it’s probably time to wind down for the night, so you and the rest of the Super Conqueror Bros head back over to the inn where you slew giant rats earlier, and where you stayed on Gerald’s money the night prior.

Late at night now, you arrive back to a bustling scene- at least fifty or more people crammed inside- shouting, drinking, singing- you name it! Some are gambling with one another, others are engaging in arm wrestling contests, and you can even see a bard in the corner strumming on his lute and giving a nice ambience to the otherwise rowdy atmosphere.

You approach the innkeep, who’s rapidly putting out drinks and shouting orders to the kitchen in the back. Once you and your companions seat yourselves, he gives you a small smile and makes his way over. ”Hello friends- thanks again for the help earlier. What can I do ya for?”

>Buy rooms (5gp for you, your allies will pay their way)
>”Considering our help earlier, could we get free rooms for the night?” (Persuade)
>Buy a drink(s) (1gp per)
>Speak to/make a request of the bard
>Gamble
>Challenge someone to an arm wrestling contest
>Converse with patrons (Any specific kind of person you’re looking for?)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 35/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (1/1 use left)

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 67
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze circlet with opals enchanted to look like an Elf Circlet with ruby gemstone (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 23/30
Str: 4
Dex: 5
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 17/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 5
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2
>>
>>4647549
>”Considering our help earlier, could we get free rooms for the night?” (Persuade)
>>
>>4647572

If there's no other votes in 10 minutes then I'll go with this
>>
>>4647546
>”Considering our help earlier, could we get free rooms for the night?” (Persuade)
We're going to ask the bard to play with us. Happy patrons means more gold in your pocket.
>Speak to/make a request of the bard
How are you at duets?
>>
Roll me a 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Persuasion). You need at least a 20 or higher to succeed, as the innkeep believes he's already compensated you fairly.
>>
Rolled 20 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4647689
>>
Rolled 95 (1d208)

>>4647689
>>
>>4647692
Beautiful.
>>
File: tegaki.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
”Considering our help earlier, could we get free rooms for the night?”

The innkeep frowns at this. ”While I am grateful for your assistance, I believe you and your friends here were already adequately paid” he responds, and for a moment your companions believe that will be the end of it.

”You’re right, we were fairly compensated for slaYING GIANT R-”

The innkeep quickly puts a hand over your mouth, desperation written all over his face. ”Okay okay! Fine, but just for tonight, and that’s it!” he says, slowly removing his hand from your face to reveal the smug grin that lay underneath.

*Success*

”Hey, I can’t believe you did that man!” Barret comments, but he doesn’t actually seem too upset about it, just a little in disbelief. Jeanne on the other hand can’t manage to stifle her laughter.

”You’re a strange one alright, but you know how to get what you want” she adds.

With your rooms for the night settled, collecting the keys from the innkeep, you make your way over to the bard. He doesn’t stop playing even as you approach him.

”Hello there, knight! Do you have a request for me?” he asks.

”Actually, I was wondering how you are with duets”

He snickers in response. ”As a matter of fact, I’m spectacular at them- but I only perform with the ladies. Of course, if you’re interested, I’d be happy to compete with you, if you think you can take me. Whoever gets the most applause wins~”

>”You’re on, buddy!” (How much gold do you bet? Max the bard is willing to go is twenty)
>”Alright, how about a request then?” (Name one)
>”Nevermind…” (Do something else: specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
Also heads up, I've got a Twitter account set up if you want to interact there!

https://twitter.com/HeraldQm?s=09
>>
>>4647706
>"You're on, buddy!" (10 gold)
>>
>>4647716
support
>>
>>4647715
>>4647716
Not too shabby.

>>4647715
Nice! I don't have a twitter though.
>>
>>4647715
>>4647886
Probably the only good reason to get a twitter account.
>>
Roll me 1d20+4 (+2 for INT, +2 for Flute). This guy is an experienced musician who actually knows legitimate songs, so you'll need a 20 or higher to beat him compared to your limited experience.
>>
Rolled 6 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4648368
HERE WE GO, ONE TWO THREE FOUR, DANANAANA
>>
>>4648518
https://youtu.be/G44xTr8D_bw
>>
Rolled 8 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4648368
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
”You’re on, buddy! Ten gold pieces!” you say as the bard stops playing. Standing up, he walks a few steps forward and claps a few times to get everyone’s attention.

”Listen up, everybody! This little knight and I are going to have a little competition! He’s going to play something, and then I am. Clap based on how much you enjoy the performance, if you’d please” he exclaims before gesturing to you. ”Go on- knock ‘em dead out there” he says in a mocking tone as you step up to the challenge.

You play a simple but relatively pleasing melody. It’s a bit slow tempo, and you don’t quite keep time with your beats perfectly, but it’s...nice. Nobody boos you at least or has an outwardly negative reaction, but when you finish you get a relatively quiet response, only a little light clapping.

The bard barely holds backs his laughter as he shoves you out of the way. ”What a performance, am I right? I suppose it’s my turn now though” he says, stepping up as he plays an actual song proper, even accompanying it with rich, smooth singing.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hvvjiE4AdUI (The first minute and 12 seconds of this song basically)

The bard strums his last note with great emphasis, and you watch as the crowd erupts in applause, some patrons even whooping and whistling in praise. As the bard turns around and walks back over to you, you simply drop ten gold coins into his palm without argument.

*Failure*

*Gold: 57*

What do you do?

>Talk with the Bard/make a request (Specify)
>Retire and go to bed for the night
>Order some drinks to cope (1gp a pop)
>Speak with some patrons (Looking for anyone specific?)
>Arm wrestle
>Gamble
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4648726
>Order a drink to cope (1gp)
>Retire and go to bed for the night.
>>
>>4648726
>>Retire and go to bed for the night
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
After losing your little competition, you head back over to the bar and order a pint, noticing that Jeanne and Barret are no longer around. They must’ve headed to bed early, probably tired from everything that’s happened today. Without much delay the innkeep slides the drink over to you and you guzzle it down.

It’s not enough alcohol to really get you buzzed or drunk, but it’s enough to help you loosen up a bit and cope with loss. Sometimes in this world, you get Conquested. That’s something you understand very well.

After finishing your drink, you head up to your room and get cozy in bed, pulling the blanket tight over your form. These last few days, and today in particular, have been a rollercoaster of emotions and activities- and you reflect on everything that’s happened once more. Of course, the question that Barret asked you at dinner brings your mind to the past, and you think back to those memories as you drift off into slumber...

[?/?]
>>
File: tegaki.png (4 KB, 400x400)
4 KB
4 KB PNG
...

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k70iKGjr-Zs

[?/?]
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
"Don't look at me like that, child"

[?/?]
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
"If more people simply understood the truth of this world, then such tragedies would not happen"

[?/?]
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
You wake up in a cold sweat, shaking as the memories wash over you.

You are a Herald of Conquest, one who bears a flag and a message that you are willing to deliver at all costs.

Crawling out of bed, you grab your banner pole laying against the wall tightly and steel yourself, taking deep breaths to calm yourself down and remember what’s going on. You are a Herald of Conquest- you set out into the woods and met a merchant named Gerald. You followed him back to the town of Talmuth, where you met with his friend, a blacksmith named Drake, and his daughter Trina. You became an adventurer and met your new friends Jeanne and Barret, forming a party to escort Gerald through the mountains to Rathalon.

You and your party are all Copper rank adventurers, and currently you’re working on a plan to oust the Thieves’ Guild from this city. Beyond that, the paperwork for your quest yesterday should be ready to turn in, if you so choose to. Doing so would allow you to take up a new quest as well. Of course, you did tell Jeanne and Barret that you were going to train every morning from now on, but whether you actually stick to that or not is up to you.

Once you feel you’re ready, you make your way down to the bar and meet up with your friends, the innkeep handing you your complimentary breakfast.

”Yo, Herald!” Barret waves to you with a toothy grin and Jeanne gives you a small wave as well. ”So, we gonna do that training like you mentioned yesterday?” he asks, but Jeanne quickly chimes in with her own question, probably to try and avoid training.

”Well, what about our quest? It should be ready to turn in, and we can figure out what we want to do next!”

What do you do?

>Train (Specify how)
>Go to the Adventurer’s Guild
>Visit somewhere else in town (Specify where)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 40/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (1/1 use left)

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 56
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze circlet with opals enchanted to look like an Elf Circlet with ruby gemstone (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 30/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2

Barret's DEX went from 5 to 6 as a result of his training yesterday.

Jeanne's INT went from 5 to 6 as a result of her research into advanced magical theory.

You lost 1 gold coin for buying the drink last night.

Everyone healed up to full health after sleeping for eight hours.
>>
>>4648887
>>4648895
>Train
"Let's all run a few laps around the city. No skipping the leg day!"
>>
>>4648895
>Train

Everyone do some squats push ups burpees and sit ups.

Herald and Barret should do some conditioning (take a few blows to the torso on the limit of what is comfortable) so they get used to being hit and toughen up. No armour of course
>>
>>4648874
>>4648876
>>4648880
That's pretty gnarly.

>Train (Specify how)
Light sparring
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Like I said yesterday- if we are to remain a party, then we’ll be training every morning from now on”

Jeanne lets out a guttural groan. ”Uuuuuugggghhhhhh” she says from her stomach, already sounding exhausted before she even lifts a finger. Barret, on the other hand, looks pretty excited.

”So what are we gonna do first, bossman?” he asks.

”We’ll start with some simple physical training, build our cores up. Fifty squats, fifty pushups, fifty sit ups. We’ll increase the number every few days”

Jeanne looks absolutely mortified, but Barret simply nods in agreement. ”Keepin it light to start, huh?”

”YOU CALL THAT LIGHT?!” she shouts in exasperation, but you ignore her.

The three of you head out towards the barracks, it still being pretty early, probably around six in the morning you estimate. People are starting to wake up and get to work, but largely the streets are quiet and you reach the barracks in minimal time. There are already soldiers out here training, but there’s a little section civilians are allowed to use- though nobody else is there- at least not yet.

You and Barret complete the exercises with ease, but Jeanne struggles with the pushups and situps in particular. The squats are difficult for her, but at least she manages those- with the pushups and situps, she struggles to get past ten or twenty each. Inevitably, you and Barret have to coach her through it, pushing her and at times Barret helping her with form until she finally gets through it, falling on her back exhausted afterwards.

”I…huff...want…huff...to die” she comments, breathing heavily, but you ignore her.

You instead focus your attentions on Barret, picking up two wooden practice swords from the wall, tossing one of them to him. ”Take your armor off, we’re sparring” you say, doing the same yourself. Jeanne actually forces her head up to see what you look like underneath, but whatever they see apparently disappoints them.

”You just look like a normal guy” Barret says, ”I thought you’d be...I dunno, more… unique looking? N-no offense of course!” he says, quickly backstepping. You simply shrug off his comments.

How do you want to spar with him? You could keep things light with your hits- that way neither of you would take actual damage to your Health pools, but you’d also be working towards upping your CON much slower. You could on the other hand go all out, which would work CON up faster and also contribute a little to strength, though you’d both suffer varying amounts of damage to your Health pools.

>Keep it light
>Go all in
>”Actually, let’s train in a different way” (Specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
Either way to clarify, training is something that gradually ups stats over several days or training exercises, but it's also a reliable way to up certain stats over time compared to waiting for an exceptional circumstance
>>
>>4649171
>Keep it light
>>
>>4649171
>>Go all in
>>
>>4649171
>Keep it light
Working on form and proper control is always the first step in good fighting technique
>>
>>4649171
>>4649272
Nevermind. Friends speak with their fists.

>>Go all in
>>
>>4649171
>Keep it light

>"No one expects an average guy to do what I have done, that's proof of improvement."
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

It's about half and half so I'm gonna roll to see which way you're going

1: Keep it light
2: Go all in

Also heads up, I'm going to be fairly busy Saturday AND Sunday. I should still probably be able to post a little tomorrow but not much at all Sunday, so I'll try to crank out a couple of updates tonight to make up for it.
>>
Someone roll me a 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX) to hit. You need a 16 or higher to hit him.

Someone else roll me a damage in case you hit. Damage with training sword is 1d4+1 (+6 for STR, -5 for Training Weapon)
>>
Rolled 18 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4649369
>>
Rolled 3 + 1 (1d4 + 1)

>>4649369
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
Rolled 20 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

”No one expects an average guy to do what I have done, that’s proof of improvement”

”You know what, that actually makes a ton of sense” Barret responds, getting lost in thought for a moment. While you appreciate that he seems to understand what you were getting across, you can’t help but feel a little irritated that he thinks so deeply on it- perhaps searching for further meaning that doesn’t exist.

”Concentrate!” you shout, ”Losing focus can mean death in combat!” you say as you rush forward. Barret hurriedly tries to roll out of the way, a style of evasion you notice he relies on often in combat, but seeing it coming you had prepared to feint him and actually strike where you predicted he was going to roll- estimating correctly.

Your strike finds purchase as a cracking sound rings out from the wooden instrument, actually sounding pretty painful.

Barret’s Health: -4 (26/30)

”H-hey!” Jeanne calls out, ”Isn’t that a little overkill for sparring?!”

You and Barret both just smirk at each other. This is a bond between men- and between friends. To give any less than your all would be an insult to the other, and you both understand this well.

Despite the blow you just dealt him, he pushes off of the foot he just landed at, jumping off the ground at a slight angle as he goes to thrust the sword towards your midsection.

Roll to evade! 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX)
>>
Rolled 20 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4649392
>>
>>4649392
>>4649401

Okay, so as I iterated before, crits are not a thing in this system, but considering the moment and that you both rolled 20s, I'm gonna do a special little thing for this combat. This may be a recurring thing if it somehow happens again, it may not
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
As Barret jumps, thrusting towards your midsection, you pour all your strength into rapidly swinging the sword back upwards, Tsubame Gaeshi style, and just barely manage to catch his thrust in time. For a few moments that feel like eternity, your swords are locked together.

”Not bad, Herald. I’m surprised you managed to keep up with my speed!”

You grin. ”Impressive improvisation there, using the force from my blue to push yourself towards the opponent for a surprise attack. Your swordplay isn’t half bad either”

After a bit, you both push off of one another, minorly scraping each other’s arms as you jump a fet inches away from one another.

Herald’s Health: -1 (39/40)

Barret’s Health: -1 (25/30)

>Attack Barret
>Do something special (Specify)
>Try to advise or teach him something special (Specify)
>”Alright, let’s call it here” (End spar)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4649416
from my blow*
a few inches away*
>>
>>4649416
>”Alright, let’s call it here."
>>
>>4649416
>Do something special (Specify)
Two-handed forward sword spin roll. Basically meta-knights neutral air attack.
>>
I'll give it 30 more minutes and if there's no more votes I'll tiebreak.
>>
>>4649447
this
>>
Sorry I got distracted with something for a moment!

Roll me 1d20+2 to hit! (+4 for DEX, -2 for new, untested attack method). You need a 16 or higher to hit!
>>
Rolled 12 + 2 (1d20 + 2)

>>4649510
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
Rolled 10 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

Seeing all the rolling around Barret is doing, you get an idea for a new technique you want to try. Getting yourself into a proper stance with your forward knee bent down, you leap into the air and roll forwards, gripping your sword with both hands as you fully flip, heading straight towards Barret!

Caught off guard by this strange new attack, Barret barely manages to roll out of the way as you strike the ground, dirt and grass flying up from the force of your blow.

”Holy shit, what was that?” Jeanne asks, surprised.

Barret, on the other hand, has no room for questions or small talk. Clearly in order to keep up with you, he’ll need to focus and give his best effort. He rolls once more to a position behind you and tries to charge towards your back!

Roll to evade! 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX)

(I have no idea how to draw this I'm no artist lol, did my best)
>>
Rolled 19 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4649524
>>
>>4649524
lel You did great.
>>
>>4649536
As did you. Hell yeah!
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
Barret tries to thrust at your back, but you easily sidestep the blow, causing him to falter forward and nearly trip, though he quickly turns his near-stumble into a full on roll. The more you spar with him, the more you get a feeling for how he fights- especially after asking him about it yesterday. He relies heavily on mobility, rolling around to reposition himself. He’s not quite as strong as you, though he does have a little bit of muscle on him.

Despite the strength he does have however, he mainly attacks by using all of his body weight and thrusting forward. Considering the fact that he told you he was self taught, this was probably a bad habit he formed while training as a kid or young teenager to compensate for a weaker body at the time that’s stuck with him- and hopefully something you can help him break over time. It may be functional, but it’s far from efficient.

As he stands in front of you, you’re given a small window of time to counterattack or try something fancy again. Or you could just call the sparring match here for now and move on with whatever else you’ve got planned today.

>Attack Barret
>Try the forward flip attack again
>Do something special (Specify)
>Try to advise or teach him something special (Specify)
>”Alright, let’s call it here” (End spar)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4649555
>>Try to advise or teach him something special (Specify)
Be like water
Basically, next time he comes charging, flip him
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zVWVPaXaouo
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
”Barret” you call out, ”You’re too tense. You need to be more like water. If you keep rushing at people with your whole weight behind it, an experienced opponent will make it your downfall. You’ve gotten away with it this long because of your speed, and likely the less intelligent enemies you’ve faced, but if you continue fighting this way then it’ll be the end of you”

Barret lowers his training sword for a moment. ”I...I’m sure I can improve and all, but I don’t quite understand what you’re saying. Be like water? Too tense? Isn’t it better to be tense, to be more alert?” he asks.

You shake your head. ”Awareness comes from the mind, and is increased when your calm. Here- I’ll show you. Try charging straight at me like usual, except this time I’ll know your coming. You’ll see what happens against an experienced opponent”

He clutches his sword tighter and nods. ”Alright, here I come!” he calls out before charging forward. He’s still really fast, and if you didn’t know he was charging at you and hadn’t set up the situation beforehand, with your speed you probably wouldn’t have been able to pull off this maneuver- but since you did have those things, you’re able to instruct him properly.

Right before his sword finds purchase, you grab his wrist and control the motion and weight behind his body, using it to flip him straight on his ass. He doesn’t sustain any serious damage from this, but you knock the wind out of him as he drops his sword.

huff...holy shit” he says, lying there for a moment before grabbing his sword and picking himself back up.

”You see? Like water”

>Continue the spar (Attack)
>Continue the spar (Try something special: Specify)
>Give other advice (Specify)
>End spar
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4649572
>Continue the spar (Attack)
>”now try again with this in mind”
>>
Roll me a 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX). You need a 16 or higher!

If you make it, also roll a 1d4+1(+6 for STR, -5 for Training Weapon)
>>
Rolled 9 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4649601
>>
>>4649605
Not just water, but a river.
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
Rolled 19 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

You go to strike at Barret, and while he’s still somewhat tense, you can tell he’s taken your advice to heart and is trying to loosen himself up. He lithely rolls out of the way of your strike, though this time instead of thrust with all his weight, he tries to slash at you. His slash is a little clumsy, but with time you’re confident he’ll be able to break his bad habit.

Roll to dodge! 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX)
>>
>>4649595
Ah shit forgot to add the one liner, please forgive!
>>
Rolled 9 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4649608
>>
Rolling 1d4-1 for Barret's Damage (+4 for STR, -5 for Training Weapon)
>>
Rolled 1 - 1 (1d4 - 1)

ffs can my two brain cells please rub together
>>
File: tegaki.png (8 KB, 400x400)
8 KB
8 KB PNG
Barret is starting to learn what you’re teaching, but breaking old habits is hard and you easily bat away his strike with one of your own.

”Good- now keep trying with this in mind” you say. He takes a deep breath and tries to concentrate more.

>Attack
>Do something fancy (Specify)
>Try to advise or teach him something special (Specify)
>”That’s enough for now” (End spar)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4649626
>”That’s enough for now” (End spar)
Good job. That's probably enough for today. Think about what I've said and your own experiences. Know your strengths and overcome your limitations.
In time, you will become an even greater warrior.

>Other (write in)
How about we go to the Guild and turn in our quest?
>>
Starting to get tired so might leave it here for the night. Will post first thing in the morning, but after that over the next two days may only update sporadically. Will do my best to keep things moving until Monday!
>>
>>4649645
Thanks for running! Only 100~ more posts until 1000!
>>
>>4649645
Thanks for keeping this quest going, it's dope.
>>
>>4649647
Ooo, does something special happen at 1000 posts?

>>4649648
Thanks for continuing to play! Having a ton of fun running for y'all
>>
>>4649649
Only the exultation of knowing your quest is highly praised, read, respected, and adored.
>>
>>4649626
A suggestion on our next sparring session with Barret:

Barret is currently throwing haymakers without a proper set up. In order for them to land against an experienced opponent with good timing he will have to either

1.lead with a feint to draw their guard/counter away from his intend target

2.make the haymaker part of a combination to once again lead the opponent into a trap of sorts, for example throwing 2 or 3 lighter shots towards the head then one haymaker towards the torso

His smaller size will of course mostly be a disadvantage to him but if we also work on footwork and timing (think lots of side stepping/circling creating angles so we aren't fighting a heavier opponent head on) we can negate a lot of the weight disadvantage

Being a counter fighter would suit his attributes well for example when an opponent attacks he sidesteps left, roundhouse to the stomach to lower their head, sword to the back of the neck

This should be practiced very lightly at first so Barret has some room to relax and try new things.

Also Jeanne could perhaps join and just work on footwork to aid her evasion, even looking for windows for more tactical strikes (eye pokes for example)
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Good job. That’s probably enough for today” you inform him. ”Think about what I’ve said and your own experiences. Know your strengths and overcome your limitations. In time, you will become an even greater warrior” you say, laying your training weapon back up against the wall as you begin putting your armor and gear back on.

”Of course!” Barret answers with a satisfied smile, laying his own training weapon down and putting his own gear back on. There’s a lot less bells and whistles with Barret’s set up, so he gets his gear back on long before you do- taking a while for you to get the plate armor on, the huge backpack and your banned pole strapped around, your sheathes, your buckler...etc. etc.

Once you’re all suited up and finished with training, it seems that about an hour had passed, making it around seven in the morning. ”Let’s head back to the Adventurer’s Guild and finish up with our last quest, maybe look for more work”

”Sounds like a good idea” Jeanne says, still looking exhausted but having recovered a little bit from taking it easy during the time you spent sparring with Barret. ”This place is way bigger than Rathalon, so there’s bound to be new jobs in”

You head inside the Adventurer’s Guild and see about a dozen other people already here. Thankfully it seems the first big rush doesn’t start for at least another hour or so, giving you a bit more time to settle in. You speak with the lady behind the counter, the same one you did before yesterday, and finish up the paperwork for the Giant Rat quest before heading over to the questing board.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
The goblin quest and the bounty are still up there, but some group must’ve taken the escort quest for the doctor, and there are a few other new ones that catch your attention as well. The jobs you see include:

A goblin cave a day’s travel from Rathalon. There’s rumored to be hobgoblins among them, so care is suggested. Each pair of goblin ears brought back will net you ten gold pieces from the Guild, and hobgoblin ears will net you fifty a pair.

The next quest is an alive or dead bounty for a bandit known as Jay Trawn, and the reward is five hundred gold pieces. It’s warned that his crew, the Thieves’ Guild, is fairly large, and that he himself is adept with a crossbow and knife.

After that you see a quest asking for a letter to be delivered to someone named Gertrude in Yesmir. You know that getting to Yesmir would be at least a week’s travel or more, but the offer is a hundred gold pieces and you’d be in another new location.

The next job is someone looking for a group of adventurer’s to try some new, experimental rituals on. It warns that the effects are designed to be positive, but that it’s still in the early formulation stages and may turn out pretty badly- though death at least is unlikely. The reward is fifty gold pieces for each test subject that participates, with a minimum of one required.

The final quest of note is from some sort of explorer. Apparently they found an old tomb two days travel to the north from the town, but are worried about traps or potential monsters or bandits. They don’t offer any gold reward, but say they’ll be willing to give the group any treasure that’s found- they’re just interested in the research and potentially cultural artifacts.

What do you do?

>Pick the goblin quest
>Take on that bandit quest
>Choose the letter quest
>Grab the guinea pig quest
>Become tomb raider
>”None of these are promising” (Leave)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4649939
This place is way bigger than Talmuth*

>>4649810
He hasn't thrown any punches yet, unless by haymaker you're referring to his sword strikes or just using it as a general term for attack. Otherwise sounds like a good plan if you wanna try for it next time you guys train/spar!
>>
>>4649943
>Take on that bandit quest
>Ask what Barret and Jeanne think of doing the rituals job. Would they be willing to participate?
>>
>>4649943
>Pick the goblin quest
We should finish what we started back in the forests of Grayshire. Who know how many more have splintered off since then?
>>
>>4649943
>Pick the goblin quest
They had it good for too long
>>
>>4649943
>Pick the goblin quest
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
You grab the goblin quest off of the board and stare at it for a moment. It’s time to finish what you started in the forest near Grayshire- these green little bastards have had it good for far too long.


You approach the counter and set the paper down, the girl behind the counter reading it. Once she realizes what it is, however, she pales. She looks to your dog tags and speaks up, sounding worried. ”Are you sure this is the quest you want to take? A lot of beginner adventurers have died trying to get this done...but all the more capable ones say it’s not worth their time. It’s been a real problem for a while now- the quest has been up there a whole month”

Jeanne looks worried upon hearing this information, but Barret speaks up first. ”We’re more than capable of handling any challenge! Together, the Super Conqueror Bros are unbeatable!” he claims with a wry grin, which causes Jeanne to smile in response.

She takes a deep breath before speaking. ”Yeah, I think we can do this”

You simply nod in affirmation. ”This is the one”

Reluctantly, the girl at the counter stamps the quest and slides in down under the counter, giving you directions for where to go. If you were to leave now, you would probably arrive at around six in the evening, just before the sun goes down- assuming you don’t stop. Of course, you are also supposed to meet that female halfling tonight in the tavern at eight, and she said she’ll bail if you don’t show since it’s a high heat job. That means you’ll likely have to set out tomorrow or stop with the Thieves’ Guild for now. Or, perhaps you could ask one of your party members or a third party to deliver the circlet for you- though that may look suspicious and cause trouble...

What will you do?

>Head straight to the cave
>Visit somewhere else in town (Specify where)
>Talk to/ask the girl at the counter a question (Specify)
>Speak with Jeanne and Barret (Specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4650058
>Talk to/ask the girl at the counter a question (Specify)
>Make a pun about their deaths.
NO, that's just crazy. Ask if any adventurers have come back so we can ask them more information about the quest.

>Visit somewhere else in town (Specify where)
>Library
May as well finish off the book. Ask Barret and Jeanne to come with.
Barret needs inspiration and proper learning, being an autodidact means knowledge of the mind as well as the body.

>Investigate the arena
We have to try this at some point.
>>
>>4650075
>Talk to/ask the girl at the counter a question
We should make a joke though to lighten the mood.
"A goblin horde threatens a town. Three adventurers arrive and slay them all but one. The last asks, "Who are you?"
They say, one at a time
"Super" Jeanne
"Conquerer" Us
"Bros" Barret.
>>
>>4650058
Here is what I say:

We go hunt the goblins tomorrow, for today we should go finish our book and meet the thief for the elf thing.

Considering the worried look on her face, I believe we can't use the normal run and gun so its time for some tactical gameplay
>>
>>4649944
By haymaker I meant fully committing to the strike
>>
>>4650058
>Ask the girl at the counter for more info on the goblins

Then I say we head to the library and finish our study, maybe explore a little before we meet the thief.

Perhaps we could take out these goblins tomorrow then take on the quest to kill the leader of the theives guild. That should coincide nicely with us turning up with the guys from the barracks to clean house
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
”Have any of the adventurers come back? What can you tell me about them?”

The girl behind the counter looks unsettled, but she does her best to answer. ”One girl did. The poor thing...she was absolutely traumatized. She had left all perky with a party of four, but she was the only one who came back. She had a thousand yard stare and said she was done adventuring, even handed in her bronze dog tag. That was about a month ago- I think she’s since been taken in at the temple. They have her do some light cleaning work and otherwise keep watch over her and take care of her there. She’s still capable of speaking, but most of the time she just has a dazed look in her eyes and seems disconnected from the world” she informs you.

”As for the goblins themselves, it’s hard to get an accurate read on numbers since nobody has cleared the whole cave, but from the report she gave and what other info we have, there’s estimated to be at least two dozen goblins, with four or five hobs. Apparently someone is leading them, but nobody knows who that is- whether it’s another hob or something even stronger”

Jeanne and Barret both seem sad to hear this, and it seems they might be starting to have second thoughts.

You thank the woman for her time and head over to the library to CONQUEST some KNOWLEDGE! The old man doesn’t pay you any mind, and aside from a few patrons seated or browsing for books quietly, there isn’t much else going on. What do you do?

>Hunt down that book on Conquest and finish it (4 hours)
>Search for a book on a different topic (Specify)
>Talk to someone (Who? What about?)
>Reading can wait- you should head to the temple and talk to that girl who went on the goblin quest
>Other (write in)

(Heads up, my original idea for the book system was if you just browse you roll for study -5, if you read for 2 hours you just roll for study, and if you read the whole book you get a +5. Since you partially read the Conquest book, I think I will just lower it to a +3, or else it would become much smarter mechanically to try and crank out multiple rolls and game the system)
>>
>>4650247
>>Hunt down that book on Conquest and finish it (4 hours)
We're a herald of conquest, damn it, not DILLY-DALLYING
>>
>>4650247
>>Hunt down that book on Conquest and finish it (4 hours)

>Talk to someone (Who? What about?)
Tell the wizard this joke
>>4644970

Then afterwards we should go talk with the girl in the temple.
>>
>>4650247
>>4650266
this
>>
>>4650247
>Finish the book

>Ask the wizard if he has any tips for dealing with hobgoblins
>>
Someone roll me a 1d20+6 (+2 for INT, +1 for Study, +3 for Finishing Book)

>>4650266
>>4650293
>>4650382

This is all fine and good but it's a ton to write in a single update, so forgive me if this takes some time to get all figured out.

Also someone roll me 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Comedy) for the joke. The old man doesn't seem to have a sense of humor, so you'll need at least a 25 to make him laugh.
>>
Rolled 8 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4650448
>>
>>4650448
It's not a problem, take your time!
>>
Rolled 12 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4650448
For joke
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
You go to take out the book on Conquest you read a bit of yesterday. It’s still in the same spot on the shelf you left it in before, but as you pull it out your friends move to speak up.

”If you’re gonna spend a bunch of time reading, I think Jeanne and I are gonna head out for a bit” Barret says.

”That’s fine, just meet me in front of the temple at noon” you respond, to which they both nod in satisfaction. As they leave, however, just out of the corner of your eye you see them reach for one another as they hold hands before turning the corner. Ah, young love.

You sit down at one of the tables and spend the next four hours pouring over the rest of the book. While you don’t gain much new information, having done such a solid job grasping the main concepts beforehand- you do come across a few new things, all in the information department.

*Total Roll: 14*

*Knowledge*

You’re reminded once more of the God of Conquest, Gnon. He is mostly depicted in religious texts as a large, looming man in full, obsidian-black armor wielding a giant great sword made of similar material. When people accomplish great feats of Conquest and dedicate them in his name, he sometimes deems them fit to gain a portion of his power, which is how people can obtain Conquest Magic or other feats, though this is apparently a rare boon. Largely, given the nature of his philosophy and beliefs, he prefers watching his followers and the sapient species of this world in general Conquest things through their own strength and power rather than through that of the Gods.

Also, through various historical texts, you almost certainly get confirmation that the legendary tale about Simon Belfrost couldn’t have been true, as the Kingdom of Belfrost is not the only one on this continent- unless of course since Simon Belfrost lived the original Kingdom had shattered. To learn about that you’d need to delve more into history. The book mentions at least three other countries on the continent in one way or another: The Kingdom of Ferrolin, the Kingdom of Guthmar, and the Kingdom of Halcyon.

You also see the image and description of a figure that’s very familiar to you, one that haunts your dreams…

Silas Moonsorrow, a mysterious knight of Conquest in dark armor that serves as one of Sir Groff’s Lieutenant Generals. It speaks of his many deeds fighting with the other kingdoms or putting down rebellions, including one in the hamlet where you were born, which was razed to the ground as a warning to everyone in the kingdom not to question the authority of the King. You clench your fists tightly, shaking for a moment before you take a few deep breaths and calm yourself.

Outside of that, the rest of what you read is either already known to you or currently beyond your grasp, so you close the book and put it away. It’s already around 11:30 AM once you finish, and you’ll need to meet up with your allies soon.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
Before you leave however, you approach the old man.

”Wanna hear a joke about a book on paper?” you ask.

”Oh, the History on the Processing of Lumber? Good read!”

”...Nevermind, it’s tearable” you answer, trying to finish your joke.

”Well that’s just your opinion! I found it quite riveting!” he responds.

*Failure*

Your execution was on point, the target was just something else. Still, you feel if you had just timed it and changed your tone a bit more, you might have been able to elicit some laughter from him. Either way, it’s good experience- and you can feel that you’re very close to being even funnier.

Putting your career in comedy aside for the moment however, you head over to the temple and make it shortly before the agreed upon meeting time, though you’re surprised to find Jeanne and Barret early and already waiting there for once.

”Hey Herald!” Barret calls out, waving to you.

The temple itself is a grandiose marble building with large columns holding it up in the front and throughout. The entrance is a large set of wooden double doors with various religious iconography and phrases from a whole slew of different languages engraved on it, and upon entering you’re greeted by the sight of a pastor speaking with a couple of peasants near an altar towards the back.

The walls are lined with various sculptures and images of all kinds of Gods, with townsfolk praying at various different ones. There are a couple of men and women who work at the temple doing various cleaning or performing religious rituals for its patrons. There’s also a small desk set up off towards the side with someone in long cloths that you’d guess is the healer you heard about the other day.

It doesn’t take long for your eyes to land on a woman in a thin, black robe, mindlessly sweeping between the pews. The dead look in her eyes and the general demeanor with which she carries herself is enough to clue you in on her probably being the person you’re looking for. What do you do?

>Speak to the pastor (Specify)
>Visit the healing area
>Ask about one or more Gods (Pastor, townsfolk, or the workers?)
>Talk with the ex-adventurer
>”Maybe we should come back another time” (Leave)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 39/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (1/1 use left)

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 56
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze circlet with opals enchanted to look like an Elf Circlet with ruby gemstone (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 25/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2
>>
>>4650563
So what do you lads think? Should we go to the healer to talk about the poor girl's affliction, the pastor to talk about the black sheep in his flock, or straight to the girl, saying nothing until she speaks and then saying "Goblins" ?
>>
>>4650570
Hmm it's a tough one, but I think we ask the pastor what happened to her and tell him we are going to smite those little green turds
>>
>>4650582
support
>>
Crack down on coursework has been tough boys, I probably won't be able to update until later tomorrow or on Monday, pls forgive!
>>
>>4650916
Take all the time you need, man--good luck on the classwork!
>>
>>4650582
Support
We can also ask pastor to tell her that goblins are gonna be dealt with, it could make her feel less shit. It's not much, but at least she'll know the justice was served.
>>
>>4651470
Oh man how cool would it be to march back to town with 5 goblin heads on those spears we took a while back
>>
>>4651479
We can also write "CONQUESTED" on the entrance to their cave. Could help us gain some recognition.
>>
>>4651491
In the name of Gnon
>>
>>4650563
>>4650582
Supporting this!
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Realizing that, given what the girl at the Adventurer’s Guild said, she might be hard to communicate with- you decide to make your way towards the pastor to speak with him about what happened. You patiently wait a few minutes for him to speaking to the townsfolk he’s with about some religious rites or others, and after they disperse he approaches you.

”Ah, adventurers I see. How may I help guide you on this blessed day?” he asks.

”Actually, we’re here about her” you say, nodding your head subtly towards the girl mindlessly sweeping the floor. The pastor’s expression immediately changes to one of sorrow and pity. ”What exactly happened to her?”[/blue you ask.

”Ah...it’s a tragic tale really” he begins, speaking quietly so as not to disturb the townsfolk present and praying. ”I don’t know the full scope of the incident, but from what the Guild told me, and from what little I’ve learned taking care of her this last month...it wasn’t pretty” he says, gesturing for your group to follow him into one of the rooms down a hallway. ”It’s a delicate subject, so let’s speak in my office”

You and your party members are led into a small room crammed to the brim with religious texts and scrolls. Towards the back wall is a desk piled with various documents, which the pastor takes a seat at. The Super Conqueror Bros sit on a few chairs arranged in front of it.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
”Her name is Mary” he informs you. ”She used to adventure with her party, the Legend Seekers. I don’t know much about the details, but there were three of them aside from her- two men and another woman. Apparently they went to the cave for the quest, and one of their members, the one with the sturdiest armor who was best at taking hits, fell into a pit with wooden pikes covered with...excrement. He was trapped and soon died of disease. After that arrows whizzed at them from the darkness before they had a chance to light their torches, and all of them were struck and weakened. The goblins finished off the other male before dragging her and her friend back to their cave to...do unspeakable things” he says, tears starting to fall down his cheeks.

Your party members look visibly uncomfortable, and Jeanne especially fidgets in her seat. ”Apparently after three days, Mary found an opportunity to fight back while there were only weaker goblins around, and gather her stuff. She had been...used...for three days and nights, and when she went to recover her friend in another room...she was already dead. Heartbroken, that poor girl ran as fast as she could, somehow avoiding any lethal traps, and returned to the Adventurer’s Guild. She quit right then and there and was recommended to join us here, where we’ve since taken care of her” he explains, finishing his story.

”Like I said, I learned most of this from the Guild themselves. Soon after returning, she stopped speaking almost entirely, and no longer seems all there. We’ve done our best to take care of her, but our healers can only recover physical wounds- her mind is long gone, I’m afraid”

By now Jeanne is sobbing, and tears are starting to leak from Barret’s eyes as well. It was quite an emotional story, and even you find yourself clenching a fist in anger.

”We’re going to make those green bastards pay for what they’ve done” you comment, almost spitting out the words.

”While I normally do not promote notions of violence and revenge, it would put my heart at ease to know that others may be spared the tragic fate she suffered” the pastor replies.

>Talk more to the Pastor (Specify)
>Talk to Jeanne and/or Barret (Specify)
>Speak with Mary
>Visit the healers
>Learn about the Gods (Pastor? Allies? Townsfolk in the temple? Which Gods?)
>”Thank you for your time” (Leave)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]

(Managed to find some time to update, but updates will still be sparse until late tonight/tomorrow)
>>
>>4651738
>”Thank you for your time” (Leave)
>>
>>4651738
"We appreciate the information pastor. Once we have wiped them from existence hopefully that may help put that poor girls mind at ease. Any blessings you can bestow upon us would be greatly appreciated, otherwise we shall be on our way"
>>
>>4651738
Ooh! I didn't read that last bit properly, learn about the gods too. Could be useful
>>
>>4651738
>Learn about the Gods (Pastor? Allies? Townsfolk in the temple? Which Gods?)
>"Pastor, are there any gods I can beseech for aid in my quest? Perhaps gods related to killing goblins? Conquest? Goblin Conquest? Oh, what about gods of CHANCE?"
>>
>>4651738
>”Thank you for your time” (Leave)
>Visit the healers
>>
>>4651833
Changing to
>Learn about the Gods (Pastor? Allies? Townsfolk in the temple? Which Gods?)
The ones Barret and Jeanne worship. Gnon seems like a hands-off kind of one, read, an asshole.
>>
>>4651820
Changing to support this (sorry I keep changing!)
>>
>>4651820
support

I believe we need to buy some more equipment relating to trap discovery/removal. clearly, these guys are not just some stupid goblins and something of higher intelligence is controlling them. We need to be careful and immaculate.
>>
changing
>>4651755
to
>>4651820
as well
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
You wait a little for everyone in the room to dry their tears and calm themselves down before speaking.

”Pastor, are there any Gods I may beseech for aid in my quest? Perhaps Gods related to killing goblins? Conquest? Goblin Conquest? Oh, what about Gods of Chance?”

Jeanne and Barret look worried for a moment at the sudden bombardment of questions you throw the Pastor’s way, but the old man simply chuckles, answering you in stride. ”I can tell you’re excited. The God of Conquest, Gnon, doesn’t really offer aid like most other Gods. He prefers to watch over the peoples of this world and see them accomplish feats of violence and strength through their own power- though if one can perform a great enough feat or a series of feats he deems worthy in the name of Conquest and himself, he may bestow boons upon them.”

”As for killing goblins, there is a demi-god named Castor” he explains. ”Castor was once an Elf that lived a long, long time ago, who ascended to demi-god status after slaying every single goblin in the Elven Lands, or so the legend goes- and hence why goblins do not plague their territory” he explains. ”The demi-gods are truthfully not as powerful or as well known as the major Gods, so if he would grant you aid or how much is not well known. You could always try to beseech him.”

”As for a God of Chance, there is Milla, the Halfling Goddess of Fortune and Opportunity. She grants boons quite frequently, but just as much will she grant banes- as her nature dictates. I’d say if you want to plead with her for aid, it’s worth giving her the most dignified and worthy offering you can so you can obtain the former and avoid the latter” he informs you.

”What about you two? Do you worship any Gods?” you ask, turning to your allies.

Barret is the first to speak up, ”Yup! I worship Anera, Goddess of the Harvest.”

”I uh, don’t really pay much attention to religious stuff” Jeanne sheepishly admits, probably embarrassed to say as much in front of the pastor, though he doesn’t seem fazed. ”I mean, Imeus, the God of Knowledge, came up a lot at the Academy, but I wouldn’t really call myself a worshipper of his or anything”

>”Can you tell me a little bit more about the Gods and Goddesses as a whole?”
>”Are there any Gods of _” (Specify Domain)
>Talk to Jeane/Barret/Pastor (Who? What about?)
>”Thank you for your time” (Attempt to beseech a God for aid. Who? (Don’t worry, I’ll walk you through how the offerings and whatnot work if you choose this before you jump into it))
>Visit the healers
>Speak with Mary
>”I appreciate your assistance” (Leave)
>Other (write in)

(Image is the general symbol for Religion as a whole in this world)
>>
>>4652046
>"Are there any Gods of Strength or Combat, who could aid us?"
>”Can you tell me a little bit more about the Gods and Goddesses as a whole?”
>"Do the Gods also have Gods?"
>>
>>4652046
>Beseech castor

And any God of not falling into pits full of spikes
>>
Alright finally got all my stuff finished, but since we're only at two votes and they're split down the middle, I'm gonna give it another hour and a half before closing the votes. If there aren't anymore by then, I'll tiebreak.
>>
>>4652092
support
>>
>>4652046
>”Can you tell me a little bit more about the Gods and Goddesses as a whole?”
>”Are there any Gods of _” (Specify Domain)
Leader of the gods
>Beesch Castor
>>
>>4652073
>>4652092
>>4652327
>>4652393
Alright, gonna do my best to work this all in.

>Tell me more about the Gods
>Are there any Gods of Strength or Combat? Is there a leader?
>Beseech Castor

Give me some time to write this up and I'll get it posted
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”Can you tell me a little bit more about the Gods and Goddesses as a whole?”

The pastor smiles at your question, nodding affirmatively. ”Of course, I’d be happy to- though I find it strange you don’t know at least this much” he admits.

”Spent my whole life training and studying to become a Herald of Conquest. Didn’t learn much else” you answer with a shrug.

”Very well then. In the beginning, there was nothing but inky blackness, save for one living creature- an ancient being known as the Titan Apoth. He was all that existed, and he felt a great sadness knowing that he was all alone. So, he broke a piece of himself off and created the first God: Baeyar, the God of Life. Baeyar was lonely however, and asked if he could have another piece of Apoth to create a brother for himself. Apoth obliged his offspring, and thus the Hadis, the God of Death, was born. Apoth created the stars and the planets to please his sons, and they were pleased. Baeyar picked the planet he loved the most, our world of Crest, and filled it with plants, animals, and of course the sapient species of our world”

”Baeyar was surprised to find that his creations did not last as the Gods did, and as such beseeched his brother Hadis to create a realm for the mortals' souls to rest. As time went on though, more things needed to be maintained. The growth of plants, the concept of travel, the way the ocean and tides moved, so on and so forth. It was much too taxing for the two Gods and their father to handle, and the mortals souls expired too quickly and were not strong enough to take over, so the two brothers broke off more and more pieces of Apoth to establish new Gods over new domains. The more the sapient races progressed and created new concepts, the more those concepts needed to be governed”

”At last, there were finally enough Gods and Goddesses to keep Crest functioning, but by then it was too late. Baeyar and Hadis had taken too much of their father Apoth’s body to create their siblings, and there was nothing left. Now the Gods and Goddesses continue to govern the forces that keep our world stable” he says, finally finishing the story.

”Demi-gods are mortals who performed deeds so extraordinary in life that the Gods deem fit to give them a small portion of their divinity, so that they may continue to serve as an example to other mortals even in death” he adds in after the fact.

(Unlike the other Gods, who resemble mortals since they were born after mortals were created, Baeyar and Hadis are represented by a glowing golden orb and obsidian orb respectively)

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
”Is there a leader among the Gods?” you ask.

”The Gods all work towards maintaining their own domains- there are none that stand above the others, though arguably Baeyar and Hadis, being the first Gods and the Gods of Life and Death respectively, hold more relevance to all life than the other Gods of more specific domains” he answers.

”Are there any Gods of Strength or Combat?” you inquire next.

”Combat falls mostly under Gnon’s jurisdiction, though there are a few tangentially related demi-gods like Castor. For Strength, there is Gaynor, the God of Gains. He handles the domains of muscle building and self-improvement, as well as inner strength of spirit”

”I see, thank you for your time. I think I’m going to beseech Castor for help, is there anything I should know?”

”Most Gods have specific offerings or rites to properly worship or ask them for help, though demi-gods, being neither full Gods or as well known, are a bit trickier. The best advice I can give you is that they were once mortals- appeal to the things you feel they would value in life. Considering Castor, trophies from Goblins or objects of importance to Elf culture may be of value to him, but truthfully I would not know”

”I understand, thank you for your time” you say, getting up from the chair and signalling your friends to do the same. The pastor waves you off as you exit his office and enter back into the main hall. There are countless stone sculptures of various Gods, each with bowls in front of them. You see townsfolk offer things like money or food, and are surprised to see those offerings disappear in a flash of light after entering the bowls.

Eventually you come upon the statue of Castor- thankfully they all have their names engraved on the wall next to the statues. It’s a stone figure of what looks to be an elf warrior, holding a sword upwards with one hand and a goblin’s head in the other. The question now is...what will you offer?

(Explanation for clarity since you chose to beseech a demi-god: All of the main Gods have their own rules towards what offerings you need to give them and/or what rituals to perform, but demi-gods are a bit more free form. Usually when you beseech a God, based on a list of standard offering choices, you get better or worse rolling opportunities for the chance at a boon, but these will be unknown to you when you ask for aid from a demi-god until after the choice is made. Also in the case of Gods and demi-gods, you can just pray without an offering, but that has the lowest chance of success. Have fun!)

>Offer something(s) to Castor (What?)
>Pray to Castor (No offerings)
>Beseech a different God (Who?)
>”Perhaps I’ll try this later” (Do something else: specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 39/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (1/1 use left)

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 1
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 56
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze circlet with opals enchanted to look like an Elf Circlet with ruby gemstone (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Goblin Spear x5 (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 25/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2

(Also realized I wrote thank you for your time twice last post like a dingus)
>>
>>4652460
>Offer something(s) to Castor (What?)
>Offer GOBLIN SPEAR
>>
>>4652553
How many? 1, all 5, or somewhere inbetween? (Not closing the vote yet but just felt it good to clarify)
>>
>>4652553
This, but make it all 5 goblin spears
>>
>>4652571
ALL 5, BABY. RIDE OR DIE
>>
File: tegaki.png (10 KB, 400x400)
10 KB
10 KB PNG
Reaching into your backpack, you produce all five of the goblin spears you gathered the other day and place them into the stone offering bowl. Just like with the other shrines you saw earlier, there’s a flash of golden light one moment, and the next they’re gone.

Roll 1d100, taking the best of 3 rolls from different people. (Good offering, therefore you get Bo3 for the chance at a boon)
>>
>>4652652
AVE CASTOR
>>
Rolled 67 (1d100)

>>4652652
Gimme Dat boon
>>
Rolled 32 (1d100)

>>4652652
Ave Castor
>>
Rolled 47 (1d100)

>>4652682
>>
File: tegaki.png (28 KB, 400x400)
28 KB
28 KB PNG
*Total roll: 67*

As soon as the flashing light dissipates, you fall to your knees and clasp your hands together, closing your eyes as you beseech the demi-god of Goblin Slaying for aid.

Castor, I seek your aid. Give me the strength to cleanse the goblin cave!

For a moment that feels like eternity, there’s nothing but darkness and silence. Until…

Those critters are smart! You think you’ll be able to kill goblins? you hear clear as day in your head, nearly opening your eyes in surprise but stopping yourself just in time before you accidentally sever the connection. You did not expect to hear something back, but then again, religious stuff is all new to you. You take a deep breath before responding, even though you’re not actually speaking out loud.

Yes. I will destroy those vile scum for what they’ve done.

You feel a faint warmth begin to flow over your body.

Ah yes, a bold one indeed. A Herald of Conquest, no? I watched you tear apart that offshoot tribe in the forest a few days ago! Don’t think this cave will be so easy- those goblins you faced were outcasts- the dumbest, most foolish of their kind! Yet still...watching that grand slash where you took down five of them in a single blow...it got me so excited! Very well, Herald of Conquest, I shall give you my blessing. If you continue to slay goblins for me, perhaps one day I’ll even give you the opportunity to become my champion! he says, laughing boisterously.

You feel a surge of energy flow through your body, likely the blessing taking hold of you.

*BLESSING ACQUIRED! Bane of Goblins*

Bane of Goblins: You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

(You can only hold one blessing at a time. Some have time limits, some, like this one, don’t- but gaining a new blessing removes the old one. Boons are larger and more permanent gifts from Gods, but those are acquired through great deeds and garnering a God’s attention)

You start to feel your connection with Castor fading, and so decide to ask him one last question.

Any advice?

He responds in a much deeper, colder voice.

Rip and Tear, until it is done

And with that, your connection is severed. You pick yourself up off the ground, looking at your companions.

”Did it work?” Barret asks.

”Yeah, it did”

>Leave the temple (Where do you go?)
>Speak to Mary
>Talk to someone (Who? About what?)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 39/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (1/1 use left)

Skills:
Comedy: 2
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 6 (1)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 56
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze circlet with opals enchanted to look like an Elf Circlet with ruby gemstone (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 25/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/2
>>
>>4652729
>>Talk to someone (Who? About what?)
Healers.
How much would it cost to heal me and Barret?
>>
>>4652757
Oh yeah, for reference I should add it since it's difficult to find an in character way to explain it.

It's 1 gold per HP healed. Not terribly expensive, but it's also worth considering that you can only do this in town at the temple
>>
>>4652759
Thanks for that. The healers should heal us both up.

Maybe ask for their opinions on Mary, but they might say the same things as the pastor. I do want to talk to Mary, but like above, she probably won't say much or worse, start ranting, crying, and go hysterical. Fuck.

After healing, off to the arena. We should come back and play our flute to Mary, telling her of how we killed all the goblins.
>>
>>4652729
>Talk to healers and get the party healed up
>Talk to Jeanne and Barret about Goblins
>>
>>4652759
>>4652846
>>4653000
We're supposed to be fighting goblins tomorrow. The little damage we have from training should heal during tonight's rest.
>Ask the healers if they have any healing items to sell.
>>
>>4653179
Support

Just sleep it off, could even have a 2 hour nap before we meet the thief later
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

Tiebreaking!
1: Ask healers to top you off
2: Just ask if the healers have some healing items
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
The Super Conqueror Bros make their way over to the table where two healers in thick, white robes are sitting, their hoods over their heads.

”Hello, children of the Gods. Do you require our services?” the one on the left asks.

”Yeah, just for me and my friend here” you say, gesturing with a thumb towards Barret behind you. ”We’re not that hurt, just need some topping off”

”Very well then” the same one says, leaning over and holding out their hands as they start to glow green. One is pointed at you, the other at Barret. You barely notice any difference since you were hardly hurt, but you can see Barret’s visible bruises and scratches start to disappear before the glow stops.

”That will be six gold pieces, please” the one on the left asks again, though this time the one on the right holds out a hand to collect. You reach into your pouch and produce the currency for them.

*Gold: 50*

”Thanks, Herald” Barret says, looking grateful that you were willing to drop some money to heal him up from the training you did earlier.

”It’s not a problem- we’re a team, after all. We look out for each other” you respond.

Barret and Jeanne both smile warmly at this, and you can’t help but feel satisfied with your action, even if you probably would’ve both healed up in time for the mission tomorrow. Besides, this way you’re absolutely primed to investigate the arena, if that was your intention.

By now it’s around noon. What will you do?

>Speak to someone (Who? About what?)
>”Do you have any healing items as well?”
>Investigate the arena
>Visit the tavern and inn
>Browse the general store
>Head to the market square
>Go see the blacksmith
>Return to the Adventurer’s Guild
>Spend some time at the barracks
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4653513
>”Do you have any healing items as well?”
>>
>>4653557
Support

Need to stock up as I think this cave will be tricky.

Can we get by on Jeanne's light spell to see where we are going for the duration of the quest? Or do we need torches too?
>>
>>4653620
right, we should also prepare for the shitspike pit
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Do you have any healing items as well?” you ask the healers.

This time the one on the right speaks up. ”Indeed. Here are some of the items we have available…”

Healing Potion: 25gp a pop - Consuming one will heal the user for 2d4+2 health
Scroll of Lesser Heal (5 available): 50gp a pop - Allows a one time use of the spell ‘Lesser Heal’ without knowing it or using a Major Spell Slot.
Scroll of Greater Heal (2 available): 150gp a pop - Allows a one time use of the spell ‘Greater Heal’ without knowing it or using a Major Spell Slot.
Emergency First Aid Kit: 10gp a pop - Restores someone with 0 health who hasn’t died yet to 1 health and stabilizes them.

>Purchase items (Specify)
>Attempt to haggle (What do you want to buy and for what prices?)
>”Nevermind” (Do something else- what?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4653634
For sure. Maybe walk with our banner pole out in front of us dragging on the ground (or giving it the occasional poke if we are going for a more stealthy approach) feeling out for traps/pits
>>
>>4653655
How much do the spells heal exactly? Couldn't find the info.
>>
>>4653655
I think we should each buy a healing potion, not before asking if we get a discount for buying several. Won't hurt to mention that we intend to use them smiting the goblins that hurt the poor girl sweeping the floor
>>
>>4653691
Apologies!
Lesser Heal is 3d6+INT, Greater Heal is 6d6+Int.

>>4653620
Jeanne's Light spell is indefinite- it doesn't go out until she wants it to. It's more than enough light for a cave, but it is also bright and very noticeable, which may make you an easy target in the cave for the goblins hiding in the non-lit areas. A torch is a slightly stealthier approach, though to be honest any light you bring is going to make you stick out probably. You'll have to be strategic.

>>4653700
Jeanne and Barret have Gold, but the amounts are not visible to you. They will only spend money for things they want and for their own lodging at Inns and the like- it is not a factor in your available resources (the downside of doing quests with a party and splitting the profits). You might be able to convince them to buy items for themselves, but these items will never count as part of your own inventory

Going to leave the vote up for a bit since I have to study for a written exam later tonight, apologies friends!
>>
>>4653655
>>4653700
Supporting this then

>>4653708
>After that arrows whizzed at them from the darkness before they had a chance to light their torches, and all of them were struck and weakened.
That made me think goblins didn't have a problem aiming in the darkness, but I suppose that was just blind shooting or a trap then?
>>
>>4653719
Goblins indeed don't have trouble shooting in the darkness- they have darkvision and can see in shades of grey and white, hence why they usually stick to caves and dark, cramped places. The light would just make you stick out particularly well
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
”I’ll take one healing potion then” you say, handing the healer twenty five gold pieces before turning to your companions. ”You may want to buy one each yourselves, just to be safe”

*Gold: 25*

”Not a bad idea” Jeanne answers, ”That way I can focus more on using my Major Spells for damage rather than healing you goons up” she says, chuckling to herself. Her and Barret both hand over some money and obtain their own healing potions.

The Super Conqueror Bros make their way out of the temple and into the bustling streets of Rathalon, packed with townsfolk moving to and fro, busy as ever. You take a moment while on the steps to gauge the parties thoughts.

”So, how do you two feel about this goblin quest? Are you up to the task?” you inquire.

”I’ll be honest, after hearing what the girl at the Guild and the pastor had to say, I’m a little nervous. After hearing what happened to that poor girl Mary though...I’m more fired up than I’ve ever been! Besides, we’ve got you on our side Herald- we can’t lose!” Barret responds.

”It seems these goblins have some sort of mystery leader running the show, and are well armed and have their cave trapped. We won’t be able to win trying to be stealthy since we’ll need light to see in their cave, so we should focus on being careful and thorough about checking for traps, as well as use our resources sparingly. It might even be worth stopping part way through our exploration to leave and camp nearby before continuing our attack, if necessary” Jeanne answers, practical as ever.

What do you do?

>Investigate the arena
>Visit the tavern and inn
>Browse the general store
>Head to the market square
>Go see the blacksmith
>Return to the Adventurer’s Guild
>Spend some time at the barracks
>Do some research at the Library
>QM, I’m getting BORED HERE! (Fast forward to 8:00 PM at the inn to meet with the Halfling woman)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4653835
I think we should visit the general store and buy some materials to secure a perimeter around our camp if we need to take a break from clearing the cave incase the goblins follow us (think trip wires, tin cans/bells to use as alarms etc)
>>
>>4653835
>>4653869
this and
>Send Barret to blacksmith/market to find himself a shield.
We know that the goblins have bows and I doubt he can evade everything.
>>
Not updating yet, but just wanted to clarify- every creature, including your allies, that's capable of dodging has a number an enemy needs to reach to hit them when rolling to attack.

Clarifying because this is a change since during the Giant Rat quest, Jeanne and Barret rolled to evade. The number by the way, is 10 + DEX. So for Barret, an enemy needs a 16 or higher to hit, and for Jeanne, an enemy needs a 13 or higher to hit. Only you, the Herald, roll to evade.
>>
>>4653890
>>4653869
Sounds good, but Barret seems more like an agile/counter-striker. A shield might slow him down. Maybe he should have his leather armor looked at, a chain-mail shirt if he doesn't have one, some thicker pants, and some better boots and gloves.
>>
>>4653869
>>4654061
+1 to these-
>Buy odds and ends for the camp
>Get Barret some thicker padded armor and some mail if he doesnt have any
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”Barret, head to the blacksmith and get yourself a shield”

The blonde fighter looks a little confused about your order. ”I don’t know, I think a shield would slow me down, boss man…”

”Fine, then get yourself some chainmail, it’ll protect you better”

Once again, he seems averse to this advice. ”Chainmail is all fine and good, but it’s pretty expensive...it’ll cost basically all the money I have, and even then it might not be enough” he informs you.

Do you push Barret to buy chainmail?
>Yes (requires rolling)
>No

Regardless of your decision, you part ways with your two companions for now, agreeing to meet up at the inn a half hour after your transaction with the halfling woman takes place.

With that, you make your way towards the general store. The shop here has a much cheekier name than in Talmuth: ‘Ye Olde General Shoppe’, which isn’t how anyone talks or spells words anymore. Probably meant to be tongue and cheek to stay hip with the kids. It’s a large, brick building nestled between other stores and businesses on a busy street deeper towards the heart of the city.

Upon entering you see rows upon rows of various shelves and displays containing all kinds of wares from rations to adventuring gear, to everyday household supplies and even various trinkets and toys. Several human attendants in green aprons roam around the store, helping customers out with various questions or needs. It’s not only much larger than Boggins’ Bargains, but also a great deal busier- there must be at least thirty or forty customers in here right now!

Squeezing your way in between products and people alike, you finally make it to the counter, where you’re greeted by a short, stout figure with a long beard- the first dwarf you’ve seen since starting this adventure! They usually live further up north in the kingdom, so it’s a surprise to see one down here in the southern region.

”How can I help ye lad?” he asks in a thick accent.

>”What are your prices for…” (Name goods you’re interested in)
>Talk about something (What?)
>”What would you recommend for a trip to a goblin cave?”
>”Anything you recommend for an up and coming adventurer?”
>”Nevermind, I’ll come back later” (Leave: where do you go?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4654101
>Yes (requires rolling)
We're going against at least two hobs, an unknown amount of goblins, and any number of traps. Every little bit helps.

>If we fail the roll
Have the blacksmith look at your boots and armor and buy some gloves at least.

>”Anything you recommend for an up and coming adventurer?”
>”What would you recommend for a trip to a goblin cave?”

>Tell a joke
Why don't you see humans asking dwarves out? Because they don't want people to mistake them for their beard.
>>
>>4654124
Just a heads up, new gloves and boots won't give any mechanical bonuses, but they'll be a nice roleplay touch! Apologies for this by the way, want to make as many things and decisions as meaningful as possible, but also don't want to overcomplicate the system. Figured I should let you know ahead of time so nobody's let down.

Also the girl at the Guild mentioned four or five, so your point is that much more valid!

Also gonna wait an hour or two before updating as a heads up!
>>
>>4654101
>>4654124
This, but
>If we fail the roll for Barret, offer to throw in a few coins from our pocket to fund his chainmail.
>>
>>4654124
>>4654166
Sounds like we've got a winner! Roll me 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Persuasion). You need a 16 or higher to succeed. On one hand, he doesn't want to spend all the money he has (and your few coins won't help much- Chainmail is like 500gp). On the other though, he's learned by now to trust your orders.
>>
Rolled 19 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4654276
>500 gp
What the hell? Has he been saving his entire life? Crazy.
>>
>>4654293
In his defense that's exactly what Herald did to get his plate armor! And who knows, maybe you can ask him?
>>
Oh fucking shit also roll 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Comedy), almost forgot about the joke at the end, apologies! You need a 20 or higher to make him laugh- beards are srs bsns to dwarves
>>
>>4654295
Still, at least we got the head to toe treatment. He won't even get a helmet.

Yeah, let's ask him.
>>
>>4654296
I'll roll if no one else will.
>>
>>4654326
Go for it! Sorry for the delay with this and the update, brain machine broke
>>
Rolled 4 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4654328
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Barret, listen to me. There’s a reason I spent my whole life saving for this armor. Once you’re dead, that’s it. This goblin cave will be our toughest challenge yet- and your gold won’t do you any good if you’re dead” you say to your party member.

He pauses for a moment before giving you a knowing nod. ”You’re right, Herald. If we’re gonna do something crazy, then I need to go all in- no holding back!”

You flash him a small grin, though it’s unfortunately hidden by your helmet. ”That’s the ticket”

*SUCCESS*

[1/2]

(I better figure out how to draw chainmail)
>>
”Anything you would recommend for an adventurer?” you ask the dwarf first.

”Aye, there’s some basic essentials. A bedroll, waterskin, and rations if yer gonna be travellin. You’ll also want a crowbar to help you deal with pryin stuff open- it’s more useful than you’d expect! Can also make a nice improvised weapon in a pinch. Let’s see...tinderbox to start a fire, of course. Some chalk never hurts to help keep track of where you’ve been- assumin there’s walls to make marks on. A lantern’s smart also- can hook it to yer belt so you can free up your hands instead of usin torches. Oh, and if you can afford it, a spyglass is great for scouting!” he finishes.

”What about for a trip to a goblin cave?” you ask him next.

”Hmm, I’d normally suggest a ten foot pole to check for traps, but I’m sure yer little flag pole there” he says, nodding to your banner pole, ”would do just fine. I’d also say a climbing kit would help- there might be little cliffs and ledges you’d wanna climb up or down, and it’d be helpful to have the rope and pitons for climbing, and the boot tips, gloves, and harness can be real life savers if ye got time for safety!”

”Let me just get ye the prices on all that…”

General Shoppe prices:
Rations (1 days worth) - 1gp a pop
Crowbar - 2gp
Tinderbox - 1gp
Pack of chalk - 1gp
Lantern - 20gp (requires flask of oil, each flask keeps it lit for 1 hour)
Flask of oil - 1gp a pop
Spyglass - 100gp
Ten foot pole - 5gp
Climbing Kit - 25gp

As you ponder what to buy, a mischievous idea forms in your head.

”Hey, wanna hear a joke?”

The dwarf exhales from his nose with a wry grin. ”Sure, hit me with it”

”Why don’t you see humans asking dwarves out?” you ask.

”I dunno, why?” he responds, still in a pretty good mood.

”Because they don’t want people to mistake them for their beard!”

The dwarf’s expression rapidly melts into one of anger. He speaks in an eerily calm tone, though you can feel his hatred through his words.

*Failure*

On the bright side, you learned a little bit more about what not to joke about- and that’s enough to increase your understanding of comedy as a whole!

*SKILL INCREASED! (Comedy: 3)*

”You think it’s funny to joke about beards, human?!”

>”I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to offend you” (Make purchases - what do you buy?)
>”Yeah, I do think it’s funny” (???)
>”Uhh, I think I left my Barret running” (ABSCOND!)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 40/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (1/1 use left)

Skills:
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 6 (1)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 25
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze circlet with opals enchanted to look like an Elf Circlet with ruby gemstone (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Health Potion x3 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)
>>
>>4654384
>”Yeah, I do think it’s funny” (???)
>”I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to offend you” (Make purchases - what do you buy?)
I'll take the
Crowbar - 2gp
Tinderbox - 1gp
Pack of chalk - 1gp
Flask of oil - 1gp a pop x2
Rations (1 days worth) - 1gp a pop x6


lmao Damn that went from 0 to 100 quick.
>>
>>4654380
He could just wear it underneath his regular armor. Maybe Barret gets lucky and Jeanne finds him Elven chainmail, light and almost magical.
>>
>>4654417
Just need to double check since in this case those options are mutually exclusive (if the ??? goes well you can still make purchases)

Which prompt are you going with?
>>
>>4654466
>”Yeah, I do think it’s funny” (???)
Balls to the wall. You don't step back from a dwarf and we don't step back from a challenge.
>>
>>4654469
I like your style! Gonna leave the vote up another hour or so before closing it to update
>>
>>4654388
>”Yeah, I do think it’s funny” (???)
double down,
>Tell another joke
"Ever hear of the Dwarf so tough that under his beard He had another fist?
>>
>>4654502
Yes.
>>
>>4654502
I'm braindead, what's the punchline?
>>
File: Chuck.jpg (46 KB, 474x632)
46 KB
46 KB JPG
>>4654534
its a throw back to Chuck Norris jokes.
>>
>>4654547
Ahh I love it! Gonna close the votes in 20 minutes!
>>
>>4654384
>>4654417
This seems reasonable. Supporting!
>>
Alright, roll me a 1d20+7 (+6 for CHA, +1 for Intimidation). You need a 25 or higher to succeed.

In honor of your steep balls and the ramifications of this decision should you fail, I will give you guys advantage and take the best of 2 rolls. Good luck!
>>
Rolled 8 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4654593
>>
Rolled 14 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4654593
BEARDS. ARE. FUNNY
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Yeah, I do think it’s funny” you retort as the entire shop goes silent.

You didn’t realize it before, but the dwarf’s negative reaction seems to have garnered peoples’ attention, and with your response, all eyes are on you. For a moment, everything is silent- until…

”You...RACIST! GET THE FUCK OUT OF MY SHOP, AND NEVER COME BACK! YOU’RE BANNED FROM HERE! BANNED!!! DON’T MAKE ME GET THE GUARD!” he shouts before descending into a sea of what you assume are Dwarven swear words.

*Failure*

Not wanting to deal with the hassle of the guards, you quickly duck out of the shop as the door slams shut behind you. Yeah...looks like Jeanne and Barret are gonna have to do the shopping. Or you’ll have to use the market square. Or figure out a way to make it up to that guy. For now though, you’re shit out of luck.

It’s a shame too, because some of those items sounded really helpful! Nevertheless, it’s not worth dwelling on. You stood your ground and lost- that’s how it goes sometimes with Conquest. The question now is… what’s next?

>Go somewhere (specify where)
>Man QM, I can’t believe you’d do this to us! (Timeskip to 8:00pm at the inn)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4654611
>Go to the MARKET SQUARE
>>
>>4654675
this
>>
Feeling pretty tired so gonna update this in the morning and keep the votes open until then. As always thank you guys for participating!
>>
File: HfJQaxnm9w.jpg (35 KB, 500x250)
35 KB
35 KB JPG
>>4654380
Attached two examples from drawception, hope they are of any help.

>>4654611
>Go to the market square, find another place to buy supplies for goblin caving.
>Reflect on your hard life as a comedian and remind yourself to never joke around the dwarves again.
>>
>>4654943
Appreciate this! I think I might be able to manage the Kermit one!

Also writing the update now
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
Well if the dwarf is gonna be a little bitch about a joke, you’ll have to head to the merchant square to find some gear! Jeez, comedy’s going to die if people keep getting offended over everything!

As you make your way towards the square however, you hear your name being called out by an unfamiliar male voice. ”Herald! Heeeeraaaaaald!” you hear from behind you, getting closer and closer.

Turning around you see a lanky man wearing a white toga and leather shoes running towards you, a satchel hung around his shoulder at the waist. In his outstretched hand is what appears to be a letter.

You stop and wait for him to reach you, the man taking a few seconds to catch his breath before speaking. ”I was told you went by Herald rather than having a proper name- but that I’d be able to find you because of your plate armor and that massive flag” he says, looking towards your banner pole. ”Anywhere, I have a message for you- here!” he says, handing you the letter.

Looking it over, it seems to be from Trina!

”If you want to send a message back to her, you can head on over to the Messenger’s Guild located here in Rathalon. There’s one in every major city, you know” he states. ”I’ve got to get back on the road, but take care!” the messenger says before darting off somewhere.

You flip the letter over in your hands a couple of times as you approach the market square. Do you want to look at this now, or save it for later and focus on the shopping you need to get done?

>Open the letter and see what it says
>Focus on the market square (Attempt to find weapons and gear)
>Focus on the market square (Will private roll for store)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4655119
No problem! If you wanna practice drawing/look for more doodle examples like these, check out Drawception.
>>
>>4655129
>Find some gear

Interested in the letter but we can't woo a fair maiden if we are dead
>>
>>4655129
>Focus on the market square (Will private roll for store)
Let's leave the letter for now and focus, we can read it later tonight, before going to sleep.
>>
I'll give it 20 minutes before tiebreaking between trying to focus on 'gear' shops and privately rolling for what store you run into.
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

1: Gear focus
2: Private roll for a store!
>>
Alright lads, roll me 1d100- taking the best of 3 separate rolls!
>>
Rolled 18 (1d100)

>>4655213
>>
Rolled 89 (1d100)

>>4655213
>>
Rolled 33 (1d100)

>>4655213
Here comes 100....
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
*Total roll: 89*

Stashing the letter into your backpack for now, you head into the market square proper to find some gear. That Doomsayer is up on his box again, preaching about how the end is nigh, but you can always deal with him later. For now, it’s time to focus!

Pushing your way past crowds of people and searching various stalls, you eventually stumble upon a stall advertising itself for ‘Specialist Adventuring Gear’, ran by a tough looking lady. You noticed that she appears to be lazily swinging something around in her hand- a grappling hook! You’ve been looking for one of those for a while now.

As you approach she looks you up and down, her eyes landing on your copper dog tag as she scoffs. ”Kid, my gear might be too much for you to handle, but a sales a sale. What are you looking for?” she asks.

>”I’m interested in _” (Name items)
>”Got any recommendations?”
>”You’re right, I’m just a noob” (Leave)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4655281
>”Got any recommendations?”
>"Why do you say it might be too much to handle?"
>>
Will leave the vote up for 20 minutes before updating! Gonna try and move things along fast while I've got time today so we can get through all the shopping stuff
>>
>>4655281
>"We are off to clear the goblin cave and expect it to take a few days. We are interested in securing a perimeter around our camp and also navigation the cave itself. Any recommendations?"

Maybe we should tell her a dwarf joke too...
>>
>>4655281
>>4655289
This, but first introduce ourselves properly. We're no kid, we're the Herald of the Motherfucking Conquest.
>>
>>4655292
and the dwarf joke too.
>>
Give me your dwarf joke and then roll a 1d20+9 (+6 for CHA, +3 for Comedy), then I'll update!
>>
>>4655322
I met a dwarf blacksmith a while ago. He was a small arms dealer
>>
Rolled 14 + 9 (1d20 + 9)

>>4655329
Rolling
>>
Working on the update!
>>
Rolled 17 + 9 (1d20 + 9)

>>4655322
"Why did the dwarf leave tavern?"
"Because they raised the bar!"
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
”Why do you say it might be too much to handle?”

She snorts in response. ”You’re only copper rank, kid. This is highly specialized gear for experienced adventurers” she answers.

”Trust me when I say that violence and I are no strangers, and I’ll be just fine”

You actually seem to catch her attention with that, and she nods in return, giving you a little more respect. To lighten the mood however… why not try a dwarf joke on someone who won’t be such a little bitch about it?

”You know, I met a dwarf blacksmith a little while ago” you start.

”That so?” she asks, seeming a little confused as to where you’re going with this.

”Yeah, he was a small arms dealer”

*Success*

She can’t help but laugh at your joke, and her serious demeanor breaks into a more amicable, friendly one as a smile finds its way onto her lips. ”Alright alright, you’ve got jokes, funny man. Very well- what can I do you for?”

”We are off to clear the goblin cave, and expect it to take a few days. We are interested in securing a perimeter around our camp and also navigation of the cave itself. Any recommendations?” you ask her.

She thinks to herself for a moment before nodding her head. ”Got a simple alarm system that relies on bells and tripwire that should be easy to set up. As for navigation in a cave, I’ve got these” she says, reaching under the counter and pulling out a handful of differently colored, glowing rocks. Some are yellow, some are pink, and others blue. ”They’ll glow faintly in the dark- great for leaving a trail in the dark where chalk won’t be as nifty. Aside from that, you might want something like this” she says, lightly swinging the grappling hook in her hand, ”for pulling yourself up crevices and climbing. It’s actually useful in all kinds of situations, but you need a bit of dexterity to get the most out of it. Here, I like the cut of your gib, so I’ll give you a little discount…”

Specialist Adventuring Gear prices:

>Alarm system - 10gp
>Glowing rocks - 1gp per 5 rocks
>Grappling hook - 15gp

>Make purchases (Specify)
>”Do you have _” (What are you looking for?)
>”No thanks, sugar tits” (Leave, where to? Search for another shop or go elsewhere?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4655349
>"Hold on, sweetheart--can I test that grappling hook first? Buyer's remorse and whatnot."

Also it's a bit scummy, but could we observe the alarm system and maybe try to craft it later? Might save us some gold if we finagle it ourselves.
>>
>>4655349
>>4655366
Support.
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Hold on sweetheart--can I test that grappling hook first? Buyer’s remorse and whatnot”

”There’s uh, not really anywhere to test it in the square. Maybe you could swing around on some shops or houses but...that probably wouldn’t go well” she says thinking to herself for a moment.

”Alright, tell you what- I’ll lend you the grappling hook, free of charge for now” she begins, ”but I want a cut of the money you get from this quest of yours. 25% for me, and you can split the rest among your party members evenly” she offers. It’ll probably be a much bigger cost to you later than now, but you will have the grappling hook for free. And you could always never pay her-

”And don’t try to scam me either, bud. I’ll let the Adventurer’s Guild know about our arrangement ahead of time so they’ll set the money aside for me, if you agree”

Shit.

>”Alright, that’s acceptable”
>”Nevermind, I don’t need to test it”

”Can I take a closer look at that bell system?” you ask next. She obliges and hands you some of it- it’s usually bundled together to make travelling easier, so she just unwinds a small bit. It’s essentially made up of wooden stakes tied together by a thin, metal wire with bells dispersed intermittently.

If you had the metal, the wood, the time, a forge, and the experience to craft these things, you could probably make it for about 6gp worth of materials- or less if you skimp a bit and do something more ‘economic’ like tin cans instead of bells and string instead of metal tripwire, though it may not be as functional or stay connected as well.

>Make purchases (What?)
>”Do you have_” (Specify)
>”I’ll see you later” (Leave. To where?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>buy grappling hook and 5gp worth of glowing rocks

I feel like we are going to get lost in the cave guys, and the grappling hook/climbing supplies sound essential too (especially if we end up in a pit trap) Maybe we skip the alarm and take it in turns to keep watch?
>>
>>4655404
Support
Also I rather not have 1/4 of our shekels taken away so better to buy it upfront now
>>
>>4655391
>buy hook, alarm and 5gp of rocks.
>"I'm sorry, I didn't catch your name..?"

25% is a fucking joke, no thanks.
>>
>>4655391
>>4655404
Support. No way she's getting 25% of the profits--we're adventurers, but we're not THAT stupid. As for the alarm system, we can probably whip that up ourselves with three people putting our heads together. We just need to make sure we test the grappling hook out before we head to the caves.
>>
Speaking of testing the grappling hook, we can ask our thief "friend" about it, maybe we'll learn a thing or two.
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
”Nevermind, I don’t need to test it. I’ll buy the grappling hook and five gold pieces worth of rocks” you say, handing over twenty gold pieces to the woman. She gives you a wry smile.

”Pleasure doing business with you~” she answers in a sing-song tone.

*Gold: 5*

”I’m sorry, I didn’t ask your name?”

She rolls her eyes at the question, but returns a smile your way, showing she’s not as annoyed as she may want you to believe. ”It’s Caitlyn” she informs you, and looking closer, just around her neck you see a Silver dog tag.

”Hey buddy, my eyes are up here” she chuckles.

With that, you depart for the moment, satisfied with your purchases. Your money is at an all time low, you only have just enough to stay at the inn one more night. If only you were one rank higher- Bronze rank and higher adventurers are allowed to stay at the Adventurer’s Guild free of charge- though it is communal living and there’s no complimentary breakfast, meaning you’d need to get food somewhere or use a ration.

(You only need to eat one meal a day to stay fed. If you don’t eat a meal by the end of the day, you automatically consume a ration. If you have no rations and haven’t eaten, you get hungry. If you go another day without eating, you become starved (half health), and if you go another day after that you die of hunger)

It’s around 1:30pm by the time you finish everything. What will you do now?

>Continue shopping around (Private roll for what you find)
>Intervene with the Doomsayer’s preaching (How?)
>Head somewhere else in town (Specify)
>Okay QM let’s go I wanna kill goblins you stupid fuck (Timeskip to 8:00pm)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 40/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (1/1 use left)

Skills:
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 2
Goblin Slaying: 6 (1)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 5
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze circlet with opals enchanted to look like an Elf Circlet with ruby gemstone (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Glowing Rock x25 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Health Potion x3 (in backpack)
Letter from Trina (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)
>>
>>4655551
>Intervene with the Doomsayer’s preaching (How?)
>Let's test our new grapple hook.
If the guards show up we'll say we're his doom that he talked about.
>>
>>4655551
>Let's go kill some goblins!

Although it is tempting to sneak up behind the doomsayer and pull his trousers down
>>
Also, unrelated, but humans are well capable of surviving without eating for about a week.
>>
>>4655574
It's a trade off against having a friend who can shoot fireballs out of her hands ;-)
>>
>>4655572
support
>>
>>4655551
>Let's find some place to practice our hook--preferably somewhere legal. Maybe the area outside of town?
>>
>>4655551
>>Other (write in)
spend time reading that Conquest Book.
>>
>>4655574
what >>4655579 said. I understand basic human biology, but this is a fantasy system with mechanical benefits and disadvantages, and I oversimply some things to make them work in the system.

>>4655572
>>4655583
Just to clarify, do you intend to throw the grappling hook at him, or use it to like pull him from off the box?
>>
>>4655616
rather not throw it at him.
>>
>>4655616
We intend to grapple onto him and pull him off of the box. We're testing our aim and seeing how well the hook can hold onto... "things".
>>
>>4655551
>Intervene with the Doomsayer’s preaching (How?)
Play our flute. Pied Piper. Show them conquest means to conquer not just the body, but the mind and spirit as well.
>>
>>4655700
If we are going to do this I agree that hearts and minds is the best approach. Maybe play the flute and humiliate him with a joke?

"Only yesterday this man was depressed and miserable! But in only 24 hours he has managed to turn it all around, now he is miserable and depressed!"
>>
>>4655708
That's a pretty good one. I'm down with that.
>>
Okay okay, so flute and joke- gotcha.

Roll me 1d20+4 (+2 for INT, +2 for Flute) to play. A 15 or more will be enough to impress the crowd.

Roll me 1d20+9 (+6 for CHA, +3 for Comedy) for the joke. A 15 will make the crowd laugh, a 20 will humiliate Doomsayer into leaving.
>>
Rolled 5 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4655724
floote roll
>>
oh shit
>>
Rolled 19 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4655724
WITNESS ME (FLUTE ROLL)
>>
Rolled 19 + 9 (1d20 + 9)

>>4655724
And THIS IS TO GO FURTHER BEYOND! WITH A JOOOOOKE
>>
>>4655756
THE DICE MESSIAH!!! Writing update!
>>
>>4655754
>>4655756
jesus christ
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
This Doomsayer dare show his face back in the square again? Oh no, as a Herald, this is a matter of PRIDE now! It’s time to CONQUEST!

You stroll up to the box where the Doomsayer is preaching, not even waiting for him to finish his long and droll speech about how life is meaningless and nothing matters and we’re all just specs in the grand scheme of things blah, blah, BLAH!

You whip out your silver flute and start playing a sick beat- and by sick I mean it sounds like it has an illness and should’ve rested for another day or two in your head before coming out.

The crowd looks visibly displeased with the sound, but it’s enough at least to cut the Doomsayer’s speech off and gather everyone’s attention.

*Failure*

Grinning from underneath his hood, the Doomsayer tries to take advantage of the situation to make a fool out of you!

”Hey everyone, did you hear about that flautist that could play on tune? Neither did I!” he says. His comedic timing is horrible, amateur at best really, but your bad flute playing was enough to get a few chuckles out of the crowd at his remark.

Stashing your instrument away for now, a mischievous grin forms on your face as you think of a splendid comeback.

”Only yesterday this man was depressed and miserable! But, in only 24 hours, he has managed to turn it all around- now he is miserable and depressed!” you retort, your timing and tone perfect as the crowd erupts in raucous laughter- maybe even a bit too much considering the quality of the crowd.

*Success*

You barely notice it because of the hood shrouding most of his face, but the Doomsayer turns beet red and steps off the box, storming away into the city streets. That’ll show him what’s what!

Satisfied with your work, you decide it’s time to give this grappling hook a test drive. The question is, where do you go?

>There’s a solid wooded area an hour or two out of town to the west. Not a proper forest, but enough to test the verticality on this thing!
>There’s a rock outcropping a few hours north that would be perfect for testing on difficult terrain- you can also train your balance a bit.
>The city streets are right here, and the buildings offer ample room for navigating with this thing. Just don’t get caught by the town guard…
>The grappling hook is not important, let’s go somewhere else (Specify)
>QM PLEASE I JUST WANT TO TURN THE CIRCLET IN WHY ARE WE DOING THIS (Timeskip to 8:00pm)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4655771
considering the quality of the joke, not the crowd*
>>
>>4655771
>The city streets are right here, and the buildings offer ample room for navigating with this thing. Just don’t get caught by the town guard…
let's climb a roof and take in the view for a few minutes
>>
>>4655771
>The city streets are right here, and the buildings offer ample room for navigating with this thing. Just don’t get caught by the town guard…
If they catch us we can tell them it's for a science experiment.
>>
Alright, roll me a 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX). No DC, this is just to gauge how well you do.
>>
Rolled 2 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4655873
>>
>>4655878
You once had the midas touch, oh how the mighty dice roller has fallen :(
>>
Rolled 8 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4655873
Here goes...
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
Looking around, you duck into a backstreet where there aren’t too many passerby at the moment and spot Reynash’s- a perfect place to try out your new grappling hook!

Pulling the coil out of your back and swinging it a little, you see a wrought iron lamp with glass panes laying just above the doorway, and a little ledge onto the second floor of a building not far past it.

You calculate the maneuver in your head- you’ll swing the grappling hook up to the lamp, climb onto the sign for Reynash’s, and jump onto that landing! Perfect, this’ll be a cinch!

*Total roll: 6*

You throw the grappling hook towards the lamp- and accidentally smash it into the glass, shattering it onto the street below just in front of the door. The sound causes a few people to turn their heads, and quickly you roll up your grappling hook and abscond into an alley.

SHIT SHIT SHIT

Well hey, at least you learned what not to do, yeah?

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Acrobatics: 1)*

Fortunately the second try goes much better. Once inside the alley, you quickly toss your grappling hook up towards the roof of a building, and the iron finds purchase!

You spend about thirty seconds climbing up the building, which is extremely difficult in full plate armor- if you didn’t have as much STR as you do, this task would likely be impossible- but nevertheless you manage.

Once up, you can get a good look from up to several streets away. The building you’re on isn’t high enough to survey the entire city, but the view from up above is pleasant and informative nevertheless.

For example, you can see the Adventurer’s Guild from here- pleasant!

For another, you can see the town guard gathering in front of Reynash’s. Informative!

What now?

>This one’s all you guys. What’s the next move?
>>
>>4655897
>Go see why all the guards are over at Reynash's
>>
I'll leave this open another 40 minutes, and if there's no other votes I'll go with >>4655901
>>
>>4655897
>>4655901
Supporting this. What's all the commotion?
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
You decide to investigate what’s going on in Reynash’s. What could those guards possibly be investigating? Ha...hahaha

Your fears are confirmed as you lean over the edge of the roof you’re on, about two buildings away from Reynash’s, and listen in.

”So you’re saying a vandal smashed your restaurant’s lamp?” one of the three guards present asks.

”Of course, can’t you see the glass everywhere?!” you hear the annoyed shouting of the elf waiter you saw yesterday, holding a broom now as he starts to sweep in front of the door. ”I don’t know why they’d do this, but when I find them, I’ll sue! Sue them for all they’re worth!”

”Calm down, Reynash. We’ll do our best to find the culprit” another guard chimes in, putting his hands up in a calming motion. Ah, so the elf isn’t just a waiter- he’s the owner.

Whelp, the question now is what to do about this. At least no one’s seen you yet!

>Fess up that you did it on accident
>Blame it on someone else (Who? What do you say?)
>Get the fuck out of dodge (Go somewhere else. Where?)
>Maybe it’s time to lay low for a while… (Timeskip to 8:00pm at the Inn)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4656023
>>Get the fuck out of dodge (Go somewhere else. Where?)
The tavern. We don't have to explain SHIT if we don't get caught.
>>
>>4656023
>>Get the fuck out of dodge (Go somewhere else. Where?)
go read Book.
>>
>>4656060
Do you mean the Conquest book? You already finished that, so there are no further bonuses to be gained- though you could always look for a book on another topic or a more specific aspect of Conquest!
>>
>>4656064
i was hoping we could look around the library
>>
>>4656100
Understood, not a problem!

Gonna leave the vote up another 20 minutes or so before tiebreaking
>>
>>4656048
>>4656105
I'll change my vote to library--knowledge is power!
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
It’s time to skedaddle. This was a learning experience, and you’ll make sure not to forget this lesson anytime soon as you toss your grappling hook to another nearby building’s roof and swing yourself down into the alley, slamming your feet against the wall before yanking your hook back down and leaving the area.

Speaking of learning, maybe it’s time to hit the books. You got quite a bit of knowledge the other day from studying up on Conquest, and you learned a whole lot about the Gods earlier today from the pastor- both times having benefited from your studies.

You enter into the library, the smell of books familiar to you by now. Once again, it’s relatively quiet, only a few townsfolk perusing the books or reading at tables. In the far corner you can see Jeanne pouring over some large, arcane tome, but she seems deeply into her research.

The old man, as usual, is standing behind the counter. What will you do?

>Search for a book on a specific topic (Specify)
>Peruse the shelves (Will privately roll for a few random books you find, which you can choose among)
>Talk to the old man (About what?)
>Bother Jeanne (About what?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4656140
>>Search for a book on a specific topic (Specify)
Goblins and the nasty traps they make.
>Bother Jeanne (About what?)
Quickly ask what she is reading. Encourage Her studying.
>>
>>4656170
support
>>
>>4656170
>>4656231
Sounds like we've got a course of action! Will update first thing in the morning tomorrow lads. Good night and thanks for sticking with this quest!
>>
>>4656170
+1 for for goblins and their traps
>>
>>4656140
>>4656170
support and
>Ask Jeanne if we can sit with her

library is mood
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
First and foremost, you quickly make your way over to Jeanne to check in on her. She hears the sounds of your plate armor and looks up as you approach, giving a small smile and a little wave.

”What are you researching?” you inquire, curious as to what that huge book could possibly be about.

”This? I’m just going over the various schools of magic and some of the basics again, thinking about what kind of magic could be helpful moving forward for us. Now that I understand advanced magic theory, I can learn spells in a matter of only a few days, as long as I have a scroll or book about the spell to work with” she informs you.

”The question now is where to focus my efforts”

You nod and give her a gentle pat on the head, smooshing down her brimmed hat a little. ”Good work- keep at it”

Her smile widens a little as she’s filled with pride, and you make your way over to the shelves to search for someone more useful in the short term- a book about goblins and their traps.

Eventually you find your way to one Deckard Cain’s tome, a researcher of various monsters and creatures of all different kinds. This seems to be his book on goblins, and it looks like it could be of great use to you- if you’ve got the time to spare.

Currently it’s about 1:45pm. You would hypothetically have just enough time to read the entire book if you immediately headed over to the inn afterwards, but that would take up the rest of your free time.

>Browse the book quickly (15 minutes)
>Get a good understanding of the concepts (2 hours)
>Read the entire book (6 hours)
>Look for another book (Specify topic)
>Browse the shelves (QM picks three books to choose from)
>”Never mind reading is stupid” (Leave. To where?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4656754
>Read the entire book (6 hours)
let's do it, since we are done with everything else
but before that...
>Open the letter
>>
>>4656754
>>Read the entire book (6 hours)
We should stay a while and lis-er, read
>>
>>4656754

Whoops, forgot about the letter--changing
>>4656786
to
>Open Letter
>Read Entire Book
>>
>>4656766
+1
>>
Give me a 1d20+8 (+2 for INT, +1 for Study, +5 for Reading the Whole Book)
>>
Rolled 13 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4656898
>>
>>4656905
a 21, nice! Update might take me a little bit of time as a heads up!
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
You pull the book out of the shelf and tuck it under your arm, heading back to the table Jeanne’s at to take a seat across from her. Before you delve into your studies however, what about that leader Trina sent you?

Setting your pack down beside the chair for a moment, you rustle around and produce the letter, using your dagger to cut it clean open. The faint, faded smell of some perfume or another pours out. It’s pleasant- citrus, maybe?

Your eyes scan over the letter’s contents themselves now.

Dearest Herald,

By now you should have arrived in Rathalon with Gerald. It’s only been a few days, but I already feel myself missing your company. I know you’re a busy man with your work as a Herald, but I do hope you’ll write to me every now and then!

As of writing it’s been two days since your departure. In that time I’ve mostly been working with my father and trying to find more instruments. The bard at the tavern’s helped me out a little, but no luck yet. I told him you were a musician yourself, and he said he’d love to play with you some time!

Do you think you’ll come back to Talmuth any time soon? I’d love to go on another date with you the next time you’re in town. Until then, I’ll be waiting.

Sincerely,
Trina Smith


You tuck the letter back into your backpack for now to focus on your studies. Perhaps you should find some time soon to write her back? Unless you’ve become disinterested, of course. There’s plenty of fish in the sea, after all.

[1/4]
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
With the letter out of the way, you crack open the book on goblins and get to work learning a thing or two about what you’re going up against.

*Total roll: 21*

*Knowledge*

First and foremost, goblins are born stupid. They usually die pretty early on while they’re still inept. They’re small and weak, and incapable of higher intelligence. The main advantages they have on their side however, are the ability to learn from mistakes and their nimbleness.

Their small, lithe bodies allow them to move quicker than most creatures naturally can, and that only increases further with training or evolution. Furthermore, possibly more than any other creature in Crest, they learn from their mistakes.

Book learning and higher concepts may escape them, but once a goblin slips up or sees another goblin do so once, they’ll never make the same mistake. If they see someone use a weapon or a tool, they may not be able to recreate that tool, but they’ll be able to use it almost immediately.

Goblins also have the advantage of numbers. They can breed with nearly any other mammal in Crest, though the spawn will always be a full-fledged goblin no matter what. This may explain their intense sexual drive and desire to do untoward things to travelers.

Another unique thing about goblin learning is their ability to evolve. When a goblin manages to survive long enough, train, learn, and adapt… they can change their form. The time this takes ranges on how quickly they gather information and experience, but on average a goblin that manages to live for a year will become a hobgoblin.

A hobgoblin, unlike a normal goblin, is now capable of higher learning like sapient species such as humans. Additionally, they are much larger- roughly around six foot on average- and have a higher density of muscle mass.

Hobgoblins usually become the leaders of goblin clans, barring an even stronger authority, and can acquire knowledge and even learn other languages at an astonishing rate.

Usually, becoming a hobgoblin is as far as a goblin goes, but through extraordinary experience and endeavors gathered over the course of five or ten years, a hobgoblin may become a rare creature known as a goblin behemoth.

Goblin behemoths have strength on par with ogres, though they are a bit shorter in stature, standing at around ten feet tall instead of fifteen. They have incredibly high muscle mass and intelligence, and can even give silver or gold ranked adventurers trouble.

A goblin behemoth however, also garners a lot of attention, given their size and the threat they pose, so they will rarely if ever leave the territory of the goblin clan, which is usually a large cave of some kind.

(Pictured is a goblin behemoth)

[2/4]
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
In terms of traps, goblins, hobgoblins, and even goblin behemoths will keep things relatively simple.

Although hobgoblins and goblin behemoths have the intelligence for truly cunning traps, they realize that the bulk of their clan are still relatively unintelligent and untrained goblins, and know that more often than not those goblins would just fall into traps that are too hard to understand.

Knowing that, they tend to stick with a few basics. The two main staples of goblin traps are spiked pits and pitfalls.

A pitfall is simply a hole, usually five to ten feet deep and five feet wide, dug into the ground and covered with leaves or other terrain to hide it over a thin cloth, so that an unsuspecting victim will step on it and subsequently fall into the pit.

A spiked pit is the same as a pitfall, but with sharpened stakes along the bottom. This can prove fatal, or at least cause grievous injury, so they’re usually used sparingly. This is because goblins prefer to enslave sapient creatures, either for labor or for breeding, whenever possible. As such, spiked traps usually occur more once adventurers have begun to show up at their doorstep.

A clan with several hobgoblins or a goblin behemoth may have the intelligence to improve upon this trap by having the goblins line the stakes with their feces, so as to spread disease to any who fall within the spiked traps, further increasing the lethality. A victim who lacks a strong constitution or doesn’t get aid quickly will likely die within the day.

Occasional goblins may set up simple rope snares designed to snag around a victim’s foot and suspend them in the air, but more often than not this is avoided due to lack of materials.

*Abilities*

Learning about goblin traps has started to give you some ideas of your own…

*TECHNIQUE ACQUIRED! Simple Trap Construction*

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

You’ll need a shovel to dig the pits, wood of some sort to make stakes out of for spiked pits, and a rope with something to tie it around nearby for snares.

*6 hours later…*

You close the book, having finally finished your comprehensive research on goblins. You notice that Jeanne has actually disappeared by now, likely finished with her own research and headed elsewhere.

Tucking the tome back into its place on the shelf, you head over to the inn for your meeting with the halfling woman.

[3/4]
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
You enter the inn and tavern right around eight in the evening, and are once again greeted by the sight of many townsfolk gathered in raucous shouting and conversation. Some are gambling, most are drinking, and a few are listening intently to the bard’s tune.

You, however, are here on another mission.

Soon enough, you spot the halfling woman with braids in a corner of the tavern and ease your way over there. Her expression changes to one of relief upon spotting you.

”Oh good, you showed up, Guy. I was beginning to worry that you’d bailed on me after hearing about the jewelry guy freaking out about something being stolen” she informs you. Seems the store owner listened to your advice and played along!

”Anyway, you got what I asked for?” she asks you, and you pull out the enchanted circlet that’s been made to look like an elven one. Her eyes widen with glee.

”Perfect! Here” she says, pulling out a pouch. ”Two hundred and fifty gold pieces. I can probably find a buyer over the next three days. After that, I’ll give you the other seven hundred and fifty I promised you. Sound good?”

>”Of course. I’ll meet you back here at the same time in three days” (Take the 250gp)
>”Hell no. You’ll get the crown when I get the full coin”
>Other (write in)

[4/4]
>>
>>4657008
>”Hell no. You’ll get the crown when I get the full coin”
"Probably" doesn't mean payment.
>>
>>4657008
>”You’ll get the crown when I get the full coin."
>"I can sell this trinket myself for much more than what you're offering, so don't try to screw me over, my friend."
>>
>>4657008
>"Oh sure you will. I have a better idea, you give me 350gp and introduce me to your higher-ups at the guild. I have proven myself a compitent thief and I'm done with dealing with small fry such as yourself"

Remember the mission lads, take out the guild
>>
>>4657073
Also time is of the essence, the crown will turn back to its true form in a few days.
>>
So we are literally getting screwed over by a thief who's trying to underpay for item worth much more than 1k?
>>
>>4657077
It's a fake and will be exposed as one in a few days, if we can get a few hundred and write the rest off "as a token of fealty to the guild" I say we are off to a flying start
>>
>>4657095
So what if it's fake? If we let them fuck us over, they'll think we're gullible and won't introduce us into the guild so easily.
>>
>>4657073
Support
>>
>>4657008

Switch this vote
>>4657011

to THIS vote
>>4657073
>>
>>4657077
>>4657095

I should clarify because it's getting heated in here, while there is a chance this shady character might try to cheat you, 1000gp is well beyond anything most people would have on them, and finding a buyer for such a rare and likely illegal to own object would take a bit of time for context, just to weight the perspectives both ways.

Also will update later tonight after the Nintendo Direct!
>>
>>4657073
Gonna go with this for the update after the direct unless opinion significantly changes!
>>
>>4657211
down with this.
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”Oh, sure you will. I have a better idea: you give me three hundred and fifty gold pieces and introduce me to your higher-ups at the guild. I have proven myself a competent thief, and I’m done dealing with small fry such as yourself”

”W-what?! Listen here fucker, you just completed one job, you’re not that big of-” the halfling starts to say, but she’s cut off as you slam your hand hard into the wall beside her, pressing her into it as you glare menacingly.

”T-this isn’t how things work! A-and I don’t have that kind of money!”

Your head drifts closer and closer to her face as your force of will spills out, a menacing aura pouring from your form.

”LISTEN!” she practically shouts in fear, causing a few people in the tavern to stare in your direction. You remove your hand and back up a little, giving her some space. Slowly, the crowd’s attention goes back to their own affairs.

”D-don’t hurt me…” she says, sounding like a scared child now. ”I...I don’t know where to find the higher ups. I do know someone who does, though” she offers. ”Finley. He’s a human like you- usually snoops around the merchant square for easy pickins in the afternoon. He’s got some business tomorrow, but the day after he should be back to his antics. He can help you find the higher ups”

You give her a solemn nod and start to walk away. ”W-wait!” she calls out. ”I promise I won’t cheat you, really. I just don’t have all the money right now- I’ve got to find a sale. Please… I need this!”

>Give her the circlet for 250gp and return for the rest of your payment in 3 days, assuming she doesn’t cheat you
>”No”
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4657341
Shit, if I was truly evil, I'd make her work for it. And by work for it, I mean take her into one of the inns rooms for the night.

>Give her the circlet for 250gp and return for the rest of your payment in 3 days, assuming she doesn’t cheat you
>>
>>4657341
>"Finley the human, huh? And I'm just supposed to track this human down out of the merchant square crowd and ask him NICELY to introduce me to the higher ups? You've got quite an imagination. Tell you what--you fucked up this deal tonight, but you can get your circlet TOMORROW for 250gp if you help me meet with this friend of yours. No more bullshit or I'm walking."
>>
>>4657358
I assume you mean the day after tomorrow since tomorrow is goblin hunting day
>>
>>4657362
Yes, of course. I didn't forget, I was just making sure you were paying attention! Goblin Day!
>>
Will give the vote another 20 minutes before tiebreaking!
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

1: Stick to the og plan
2: You're gonna take us to Finley in 2 days time, and then we'll pay you!
>>
OG plan it is! (Give me a little bit, I need to finish one last assignment for classes and then I'll get the update done for you guys)
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
You hand over the circlet and take the 250gp from the halfling woman, letting her know that she better return here with the rest of your money in three days time. She nods emphatically, fear still prevalent in her eyes, as she scurries away somewhere else.

*Gold: 255*

It’s around 8:15pm now, and as before the tavern is still as boisterous as ever. People arm wrestling, people gambling, the bard in the corner playing music. There are three new things of note that come to your attention, however.

It seems Jeanne and Barret are currently at the bar, Jeanne nursing a pint of ale while Barret sits at the counter, likely broke now with the advent of his new purchase- a fresh suit of chainmail, which fits his body quite well.

At one of the tables with a few other townsfolk is the dwarf from Ye Olde General Shoppe, several finished mugs at his side as he currently downs another. He seems in a much better mood than he was earlier- you could try to make amends with him now if you want, though it might be more trouble than it’s worth.

Lastly, you see Caitlyn at another table, arm wrestling with some fairly brawny looking dude- though she just manages to clutch a win right as you look her way, the townsfolk nearby responding with raucous cheering. What will you do?

>Approach someone (Who? What do you say?)
>Let’s arm wrestle someone! (Caitlyn or a random?)
>Gambling time, baybee!
>Let’s just retire for the night and prepare for the journey tomorrow (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4657438
So many good options! I want to do them all!

>Approach someone (Who? What do you say?)
Jeanne and Barret.
Looking good! How much did that baby set you back?
And if we can sneak it in, how did you have so much money anyways?
Jeanne, did you splurge on something too?
>>
>>4657446
Also, let them know what happened with the halfling and ask if they're ready for goblin slaying tomorrow.
>>
>>4657446
>>4657459
support, maybe sugar over the whole menacing part and say we 'persuaded her' into telling us about the meetup.
>>
>>4657446
>>4657446
Let's go with what this anon said. We don't need to inadvertently start a pub brawl just yet.
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
Your friends are the most important thing to you, first and foremost. You didn’t really have much companionship of any kind after Silas hit your village, and over the last few days they’ve made quite an impression on you.

Making your way over to the bar, you raise a hand in greeting and call out to your party member. ”Looking good! How much did that baby set you back?” you ask with a wry grin, though the helmet unfortunately hides the expression from your peers.

”Everything I had…” Barret mumbles in a sorrowful tone. ”Five hundred gold pieces...hurk...I’m gonna be sick” he says as his face falls forward into his arms on the bar.

Jeanne puts a hand on his back to comfort him. ”There there, you’ll make the money back eventually!” she says in a vain attempt to cheer him up.

”Wow, five hundred gold, huh? How did you have so much to begin with?” you ask, but Barret’s in such a stupor that Jeanne ends up answering for him.

”Him and I both lived in the capitol, though he was from a poorer part of town. Barret’s always been a great guy- helping others whenever he can, even if it was a detriment to himself. When he finally set off to become an adventurer, everyone in the area he lived in took up a collection to send him off- that’s where most of that money came from” she informs you.

”A little bit of that is also from us spending a few days harvesting those wolf leathers for the blacksmith back in Talmuth, of course” she adds in at the end.

”I see. What about you, Jeanne? Splurge on anything?”

”No, I’m saving my money in case I come across any useful scrolls so I can learn new spells. Gotta save up for that!” she informs you.

”Oh please, like you need to worry about money” Barret calls out, though after a brief moment his head shoots up from within his arms as he looks at Jeanne with a panicked expression. ”Oh shoot, I didn’t mean-”

Jeanne’s expression wasn’t exactly one of anger or frustration. Rather, she seemed hurt by his accusation, devastated even. ”I told you I don’t want to rely on my family…” she says, her tone much quieter as both her head and the tip of her hat droop forward solemnly.

”Whatever, I’m going to bed” she says, leaving her seat and heading up the stairs.

”Oh Jeanne, I’m sorry- I didn’t mean it like that!” he calls out, but she’s already out of sight. ”Uuuuggghhh….”

>Buy the poor boy a drink (1gp)
>Offer some comforting words to Barret (What do you say?)
>Yikes- you’ll come back later! (Do something else in the bar. What?)
>”Maybe I should head to bed too” (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4657539
>Buy the poor boy a drink (1gp)
>Offer some comforting words to Barret (What do you say?)
Light, [i]light[i] punch on the arm.
You know what you got to do.
>>
>>4657553
>Other
What was that about? Hopefully he tells us a bit about Jeanne and then

>Offer some comforting words to Barret (What do you say?)
Light punch on the arm.
You know what you got to go do.
>>
>>4657566
Leaving the vote up another 20 minutes and if uncontested I'll go with this!
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
”What was that about?”

”Oh...Jeanne’s from a pretty well off family. Big deal in the kingdom. She’s never really liked all the attention and prestige that comes with nobility stuff though- she’s always wanted to prove herself by her own merit” he says, picking himself up a little.

”Even when we were kids, she was always like that. A lot of people look down on her and think she doesn’t understand what hard work is, but she’s never been one for doing things the easy way” he continues with a chuckle.

”If she wanted to, she could’ve spent her entire life doing nothing and living in the lap of luxury, but she chose to learn magic and set off to make a name for herself”

”Nobility, you say?”

”Yeah, she’s the general’s daughter- y’know, that big guy- Sir Groff?’

Oh shit.

”Uggghhh, I just feel so bad about bringing that up. I know she would never resort to using her family’s money, I was just frustrated after spending everything I had. I just had to open my big, dumb mouth- and only a day after we started dating!” he says, though his face quickly turns red after that last part- probably mentioning it by accident.

”Uh, I mean, uh-”

”It’s okay man, I already know” you tell him.

”R-right. Guh, what am I gonna do now?” he asks.

You give Barret a light punch on the arm, the clinking of metal ringing out as your fist meets chainmail. ”You know what to do” you tell him.

”Wait, I do?”

You smirk. ”Come on man”

”No serious-”

”You really need me to spell it out for you?”

”N-no, I know what you mean! You’re right!” he says, getting up from his seat and heading upstairs, a look of slight confusion on his face. Heh, works every time.

The question now is...what do?

>Chat with the innkeep over a drink (1gp. About what?)
>Time to head off to bed (5gp)
>Speak with the bard again (What do you say?)
>Attempt to make amends with the general shop owner (How?)
>Arm wrestling action!
>Gambling action!
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4657675
>Attempt to make amends with the general shop owner (How?)
Buy him a drink, of course!
>>
>>4657675
>”Yeah, she’s the general’s daughter- y’know, that big guy- Sir Groff?’
Oh shit.

>Arm wrestling action!
>Gambling action!

>>4657679
Yes! Another joke on top of it as well.
>"Ever hear of the toughest Dwarf? So tough that under his beard he had another fist."

>Arm wrestling action!
>Gambling action!

PLEASE let Caitlyn still be arm wrestling and the guys gambling after we try to smooth things over with this guy.
>>
>>4657675
That is wicked chainmail by the way, Hearld QM.
>>
>>4657707
Thanks, I just went with >>4654943 's example!

Gonna leave the vote up and update again first thing tomorrow morning. Good night guys!
>>
>>4657539
Re-reading that along with the picture really bums me out. Good writing and drawing, QM.

>>4657711
Good night!
>>
>>4657706
lol this!
>>
>>4657675
>Catch up with Barret before he goes to Jeanne
>Offer him 125gp for now, cause we are a TEAM.

Mfw nobody offered to split our coin with Barret after we made him spent *everything* he had.
>>
>>4657897
This is more of a quick action, btw. Do it and get back downstairs for the other activities.
>>
Yeah let's grab Barret quickly and offer him some gold to tide him over till we start making bank from questing.

>Buy the dwarf a pint "no hard feelings?"
>>
Lot of stuff here so for the sake of smoother updating gonna go
>Split new gold with barret
>Attempt to make amends with the shop owner

and go down the last as things are resolved. Will update after breakfast!
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
Wait, what’s this feeling in your chest? Is that...empathy? EWW!

”Wait, Barret!” you say, stopping him before he heads up the stairs. ”Here...take this” you say, handing him 125gp. His eyes widen as a smile curls up onto his face.

*Gold: 130*

”Are you serious, Herald? That’s a lot of money!”

”Take it- you deserve it”

A single tear falls from Barret’s eye as he nods emphatically. For a moment he starts to head up the stairs, before quickly turning around and wrapping you in a hug.

”Thanks man” he says quietly before leaving and heading upstairs for good this time.

And they say Herald’s heart grew three sizes that day!

You make your way over to the table where the dwarf is and plop down on a seat next to him. As he turns his head to look at you, his joyous expression is replaced with one of scorn.

”Oi...what do you want?” he asks, practically spitting the words.

You raise a gold coin in the air. ”Wench- a drink for my friend!”

Soon enough, a human woman takes the coin from your hand and replaces it with a pint of ale, which you place down in front of the dwarf. ”Just wanted to apologize for earlier. No hard feelings, yeah?”

*Gold: 129*

He grunts, taking the drink in his hand and finishing it in one go before slamming it back down onto the table. ”What do you want?”

>”Can you unban me from the store please?”
>”Just wanted to do right by you. I’m sorry about what happened earlier”
>”To prove dwarf jokes are funny!” (Try the dwarf joke listed in the earlier responses)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4658203
>>”Just wanted to do right by you. I’m sorry about what happened earlier”
Apologies usually go better without strings attached--also we can totally prove that dwarf jokes are funny later.
>>
>>4658203
>”To prove dwarf jokes are funny!” (Try the dwarf joke listed in the earlier responses)
We're gonna prove that we can make this dwarf laugh or die (inside) trying.
>>
>>4658203
>Just wanted to apologize for earlier

Also does anyone know any good human jokes? Self depreciation can be quite disarming
>>
Aw come on, we won't fumble the roll this time. He's fucking drunk!
>>
>>4658232
May I suggest human's tendencies to associate things as faces?

"You could draw two dots and a line on a rock and a human would think it's a friend!" (idk hard to come up with human jokes)

Either way gonna leave the vote up for another 40 minutes before tiebreaking!
>>
>>4658252
What do you get if you mix human and and (insert name of animal from crest) DNA?

Banished from the kingdom
>>
>>4658259
Lol good human joke!

Quick update i actually have to go do something so update will be a bit later than initially planned. Apologies!
>>
>>4658252
Humans associate things with faces because they have faces. Dwarves, elves etc are just the same, lol.
>>
Rolled 1 (1d3)

>>4658305
Yeah I was pretty hard up to think of something and didn't think about that like a small brain.

>>4658259
Seems workable if that's where the tiebreaker goes

Finally home and seems there's no more votes so I'll tiebreaker!

1: Dwarf joke
2: Just apologize
3: Self deprecate
>>
Alright lads roll me 1d20+9 (+6 for CHA, +3 for Comedy). You only need a 20 this time as the dwarf is lightened up a little by the alcohol, but if you fail again... I shudder to think of the consequences!
>>
>>4658324
>>4658331
hey can I vote now to apologize?
>>
>>4658332
It's a tough one but since nobody rolled yet I'll allow it. Writing the update now!
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
”Just wanted to do right by you. I’m sorry about what happened earlier”

The dwarf scoffs, but you can tell you’ve got his attention. ”If that’s the case, why did ye make a big stink about standin by that joke?” he asks you.

”Truth be told, I’ve only been telling jokes recently, and I though you’d burst out into laughter- like it was some kind of test or prank. You’re the first dwarf I’ve ever met, and I honestly didn’t mean to insult you or your culture” you answer.

”Well, maybe you should think about that next time then” he says.

Nodding your head, you start to leave to go test your luck at arm wrestling when the dwarf suddenly turns his body around to face you, calling out. ”Wait!”

You stop and look his way.

”Yer unbanned from the store. Just try not to say some stupid shit again, aye?”

”Understood”

With that matter resolved peacefully, it’s time to test your luck at arm wrestling! Who do you plan on challenging?

>Caitlyn
>Tough looking dude
>Scrappy newcomer
>Wait let’s just gamble instead
>No wait actually let’s just go to bed and get the story moving (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4658349
>Caitlyn
>>
>>4658349
>>Caitlyn
>>
I think it's time to test out our right of might skill...
>>
>>4658382
Agreed.
>>
>>4658372
>>4658381
Caitlyn it is!

>>4658382
Only applicable when dealing damage I'm afraid lads!
>>
Roll me a 1d20+6 (+6 for STR). You need a 20 or higher to beat Caitlyn!
>>
Rolled 13 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4658424
We gon win
>>
Rolled 18 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4658424
TOWER OF POWER
>>
>>4658434
>>4658438
I respect your spirit and resolve so I'll retroactively give advantage and take the higher roll
>>
>>4658440
Just to clarify, QM--for rolls you just take the first roll, correct? I keep forgetting to check.
>>
File: tegaki.png (12 KB, 400x400)
12 KB
12 KB PNG
Your issues with the dwarf settled, you make your way over to the silver ranked adventurer you met earlier in the merchant’s square, still revelling in her victory over the tough looking guy.

”Hey, I’ll take a piece of that action” you say, pushing the former combatant out of the way to sit across from Caitlyn, arm posed and ready for wrestling.

”Oh, it’s you! Thanks again for your patronage earlier, but don’t think I’ll go easy on you” she responds with a wry smirk.

You scoff, ”Wouldn’t dream of it, cupcake”

With that said, the two of you lock hands as a third party calls the start of the match, both of you pushing. You have to admit, despite her appearance, she’s strong. You’re surprised to find yourself actually start to lose ground as your arm falls closer and closer towards the table.

”Is that all you got, copper rank? Come on, I expected more!” she gloats teasingly, but you persevere and hold your ground.

Grunting, you give one enormous exertion of strength and CONQUEST and turn the match around, suddenly slamming her hand opposite of where yours was about to touch the table at the last second.

*Success*

The crowd erupts in cheers https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TokB-6JBSro

Caitlyn stands up from her seat, and for a second you’re not sure what to expect. You follow suit and get up from yours.

She flashes you a toothy grin. ”Not bad, not bad at all she says, eyeing you up and down. ”We should get to know each other better- come find me sometime around the merchant’s square or the Guild” she adds in, waving you off as she heads out of the tavern, presumably to do her own thing.

With your arm wrestling supremacy established, you head on over to the tables where people are gambling. It seems there’s two kinds of games going on.

First is a game called Coin Toss, where you call heads or tails and if you’re right you win, and if you’re wrong you lose. The other is blackjack, plain and simple.

Which are you interested in?

>Coin Toss
>Blackjack
>Actually, let’s just go to bed (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4658462
Yup, normally unless specified otherwise I just take the first roll, but I respected your guys spirit and decided to make an exception this once!
>>
>>4658469
>Blackjack
Good stuff all around.
>>
>>4658469
>Blackjack
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
You decide you’re in the mood for cards at the moment, stepping up to the table where someone is currently playing as the dealer.

To keep things simple they’re doing one on one games against the dealer instead of playing as a group in casino style. This means there’s a line you have to wait for before it’s your turn to step up to the plate, but it quickly comes to your turn.

A gruff man, hair slicked back by grease, grunts as you sit yourself down at the table.

”Minimum bet is five gold pieces, max is fifty he says without even looking up at you.

>Make a bet (How much?)
>”Nevermind” Go to bed (5gp)
>”Nevermind” (Do something else)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4658533
>Make a bet (How much?)
5 GP
See how he operates and if he is cheating
>>
>>4658533
>>Other (write in)
play flute instead
>>
Will close the vote in 20 minutes to keep things moving along
>>
>>4658533
>>Make a bet (How much?)
50 GP
He cheats, we break his arms
>>
>>4658533
>”Nevermind” Go to bed (5gp)
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

Seems we're betting!

1: Minimum (5gp)
2: Maximum (50gp)
>>
File: Blackjack.jpg (18 KB, 301x463)
18 KB
18 KB JPG
”I’ll go with the minimum” you say, sliding five gold coins onto the counter.

The man across from you scoffs, ”Petty change. Whatever man” he responds as he starts dealing the cards. You make sure to keep an eye on him closely the whole time, and are relieved to find out it doesn’t seem like he has any tricks up his sleeve. Still, you’ll keep watch all the same.

You’re dealt a King and a Two to start- not the best if you’re being honest. The dealer has a Nine with his other card still face down.

>Hit
>Stay

(Vote will only be up 20 minutes!)
>>
>>4658606
>Stay
>>
>>4658606
Hit- Conquest is all about risk
>>
>>4658606
Hit
>>
>>4658606
hit
>>
>>4658615
convincing argument
hit
>>
File: Blackjack2.jpg (21 KB, 442x435)
21 KB
21 KB JPG
You tap your hand twice against the wooden table to signify you want to hit. The dealer obliges, sliding another card over your way.

This time it’s a Seven, which brings your total up to 19. A pretty strong position, and likely one you’d want to stay in. Only a Two or an Ace would prevent you from breaking at this point.

>Hit
>Stay

(Ended early because it was pretty unanimous for Hit. Will keep up another 20 minutes unless there’s another similarly unanimous vote)
>>
>>4658640
stay!
>>
>>4658640
>Stay

big dick time?
>>
>>4658640
>Stay
>>
File: Blackjack3.jpg (21 KB, 390x446)
21 KB
21 KB JPG
This time you lightly wave your hand over your cards to signify you’re staying. With a nod, the dealer flips over his facedown card- a Three. Seeing as how he’s under 17 total, he takes another card.

Unfortunately for him, he draws a King and busts at a total of 22, making you the winner! Without complaint, he hands over five gold coins your way, along with the original five you put up to bet.

*Gold: 134*

”No big deal” he says, ”Just pocket change anyways”

You’ve confirmed for now that he isn’t cheating, but you can tell he’s a little bored with your low stakes gambling. Thankfully no one is in line behind you yet, so you could probably play another game or two if you wanted.

>Play another game (What do you bet?)
>Do something else (What?)
>Go to bed (5gp)
>Other (write in)

(Another 20 minutes on the vote!)
>>
>>4658668
I'm torn between
>Play another game (What do you bet?)
25
or
>Other (write in)
Challenge the bard again.
>>
>>4658668
>>Do something else (What?)
>>4658668
bust out that flute
>>
>>4658693
Just for reference, would you be playing it for fun, trying to earn money, or to challenge the bard?
>>
>>4658693
Yeah! Challenge the bard!
>>
Going with challenging the bard! Also now that gambling is officially over I'll give more time than the 20 minute voting rounds from here on out
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
Satisfied with your meager earnings, you make your way over to the bard, who’s wearing a new fancy outfit of some kind. He seems like a bit of a vain fellow, but you have to admit that he plays a damn good tune.

He finishes his current song right as you approach, and instead switches to a lighter, simpler tune so he can engage you in conversation.

”Oh? Back again, strange knight? Are you here to make a request, or to lose more of your gold to me?” he teases with a wry grin, ”I kid, I kid! You’d have to be stupid to challen-”

”I challenge you to a rock off”

”Are...are you serious? I whooped your ass last time!”

”Give me one chance to rock your socks off!”

”Very well- but I’m a busy man, and I don’t have time to play childish games with you night after night. I’ll only accept if you’re willing to take my maximum bet and put up twenty gold pieces!” he counters with a smug expression.

>”Yeah I’ll take that action!”
>”Uhh….I think I left my Barret running” (Abscond! What do you do?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4658697
i was thinking for fun, BUT im down for this 1000%
>>
>>4658737
>>”Yeah I’ll take that action!”
"Conquest is all about risk" - Anon
>>
>>4658737
Why don't we make it interesting?
I win, you teach me your magic tricks and 20 gp.

You win, I give you 40 gold pieces.
>>
>>4658761
Magic tricks? He doesn't know any magic
>>
>>4658761
>maybe we ask for a lesson since he doesn't know any magic
>>
>>4658739
>>4658761
Will go with the the upped ante bet with the caveat of music lessons instead of magic, will leave up to a vote for another hour though since that's quite a bit of gold to bet for a pretty hard dc to make and I want to give more people a chance to vote.
>>
>>4658776
>>4658860
>>4658867
Yeah, nah, it was a diminutive play on words about his abilities as a musician. Seeing as how he kicked our ass last time, maybe should have used a different line, sort of like "I win, pay me to learn from you"
>>
>>4658880
All good! I just thought you might've been under the impression they were like DnD bards with magic and wanted to clear things up
>>
Alright, it looks like we're going with the 40gp bet where if you win you get 20gp and music lessons whenever you want from the bard. Roll me a 1d20+4 (+2 for INT, +2 for Flute). You need a 20 or high to beat the bard. Good luck guys!
>>
Rolled 18 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4658933
I'll try my 'BARD'est. Ha ha ha oh boy
>>
>>4658936
You're a fluter Herald!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J56VVtlZCGE
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”Why don’t we make it interesting? I win, you teach me your musical magic and pay me twenty gold pieces. You win...I’ll pay forty you offer.

The bard’s eyes practically pop out of his skull at that offer- that’s no small sum for one song- especially one that in his mind will clearly outdo yours in this little competition. ”I don’t know if you’re brave or foolish, errant knight, but I’ll accept your offer. Just don’t come crying to me when I take you for all you’re worth!” he says.

With that, he stops his playing and stands up, getting the crowd’s attention. ”Excuse me everyone! Just like last night, my little friend here is going to have a competition with me! We will each perform a song, and when we are finished, please clap based on how much you enjoyed it! This time, I’ll be the one starting us off” he calls out into the crowd.

Some of the faces recognize you from last night, one of them even poking his buddy with an elbow and pointing up at you with a chuckle- probably expecting you to make a fool of yourself again.

The bard starts strumming away at his lute, playing a series of well-connected chords that form a melody ending with loud applause and cheering from all around the crowd. Flashing you a smug smile, he takes a few steps out and simply gestures for you to step forward. ”Go on, break a leg” he teases as you pull your flute out and stand in front of the crowd.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-q_-4s_dDac

Taking a deep breath, you close your eyes and begin to play. It starts off slow, but you try new, experimental things with the flute you’ve never played before- and it’s working. Soon enough you’re not just playing a song, you’re telling an entire story with the notes you string together.

The guy who chuckled at you earlier’s jaw is hanging agape, and the bard looks stunned as you continue to play, putting a pep in your step by kicking and dancing with your feet as you go, even twirling once or twice- just really putting on a show for the crowd.

By the time you finish, there’s only a brief silence before the crowd absolutely erupts in applause and cheering- marking you as the clear victor of this bout.

*Success*

”How...how did you...did you hustle me?” the bard asks, but before you get the chance to answer, a more sincere smile than any he’s given you thus far appears on his face. ”Alright, well played, Knight. Here’s your coin- and I can spare about an hour to teach you any night you’re here between five and ten in the evening” he informs you as he drops the gold into your hands.

*Gold: 154*

With this newfound experience, your mind flooded with new ideas on how to play your instrument, you can feel your experience with the flute growing.

*SKILL INCREASED! (Flute: 3)*

What will you do?

>Talk to someone (Who? About what?)
>Go to bed (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4658957
>Talk to someone (Who? About what?)
Random woman
Did you see me whip that bard's ass just now?

Try to flex that seduction a bit. A little bit of light flirting.

Or, probably better,
>Go to bed (5gp)
and
>Other (write in)
Start a return letter to Trina.
>>
>>4658957
That song was beast. Thanks for finding it.
>>
>>4658977
Glad you like it! I was desperately searching for a good flute performance to get the update out lol.

Probably gonna call it here for the night and resume updating in the morning. Thanks again everyone for reading and playing!
>>
>>4658957
>>Other (write in)
>Start a return letter to Trina.
love this idea
>>
Oh yeah if you guys plan on writing a return letter, specify for me what you'd like to say! You can choose to write out a whole letter if you'd like, or you can just give me a few quick key points and I'll fill in the rest for y'all
>>
>>4659009
"My divine Trina,

I hope this letter finds you well. Much has happened since last we met.

Two adventurers joined me on the quest to escort Gerald here to Rathalon. We nearly accosted an Ogre, though Gerald was none-too-keen about me Conquesting one, so off we went. After arriving in town, the adventurers and I have banded together to form the party of Super Conqueror Bros!

Jeanne, a master magician-in-the-making, and Barret, a fighter with the speed and reflexes of a lion. We slew giant rats as our first official team quest and came out victorious!

Great news! I have new followers in the way of Conquest! The preachings and teachings will bear new fruit and slowly, the way forward will reveal itself to all.

A plot thickens behind the scenes of this town, but as to not give too much away or put you in any danger, I will only say it will change this place.

Just now, as I write, I finished playing a dazzling performance for the inn's captive audience, in competition against a highly talented bard no less!

Tomorrow I go with my party to conquer a goblin cave. Here is a glowing rock which we will be using. When you gaze upon it, know I will be reminded of you, as the ruby hue guides my path, so too do thoughts of you guide me on my journey.

Yours,
HERALD OF CONQUEST"

And give her a pink glowing rock.

If it's too much for a woman we just met, or long, edit it to make it more concise and approachable.
>>
>>4659133
its basically a summary of what has happened, support on my end
>>
>>4659009
>>4659133
This anon hit it outta the park. And gotta echo what >>4658977 said--sick song, QM.
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
Noticing that it’s gotten pretty late, you head over to the bar to get yourself a room, slapping five gold coins down on the table.

*Gold: 149*

The innkeep gives you a nod as he reaches onto the wall and grabs a key for you, sliding it over the counter as he picks up his payment. ”Rest well, Herald” he calls out with a friendly smile as you make your way up the stairs.

Before you sleep proper however, you feel that it’d be good to start writing your letter back to Trina. You worry for a second that you don’t actually have anything to write with, but upon checking the nightstand by your bed, you’re relieved to find some envelopes, a stoppered bottle of ink, a quill, and some parchment. Lucky you- normally you’d have to get stationery from a general store or use the ones available at a Messenger’s Guild.

You set about writing your letter, largely recounting your adventures thus far for Trina back in Talmuth, before finishing with placing a glowing, pink rock in the envelope. It makes the letter bulge out slightly once closed up, but it should be alright. You’ll just have to stop by a Messenger’s Guild whenever you have the chance to get someone to deliver it for her.

*Glowing Rock: 24*

The time now nearing midnight, you tuck yourself into bed and drift off into a peaceful sleep…

You wake up the next morning, feeling rather refreshed. Having spent the last few days focusing intently on studying at the library and learning your instrument, you can feel your efforts pay off as your mind feels a bit clearer, a bit sharper even, today.

*ATTRIBUTE INCREASED! (INT: 3)*

It’s 8:00AM sharp when you head downstairs and receive your complimentary breakfast- this time a nice stew with a glass of water to go with it. A bit simpler, but you can’t complain. You take a seat next to your companions.

”Good morning Herald!” Jeanne calls out to you, though you can tell she’s still not really looking at Barret. Perhaps she’s still upset? You told him he knew what he had to do!

”Y-yeah, morning” Barret calls out after her. His mood seems a bit better, but you can tell he still feels awkward about what happened.

What do you do next?

>Train! You said every morning, after all (How? What do you do?)
>Drop your letter off at the Messenger’s Guild. After all, there’s always the chance you don’t come back from this quest
>Head straight to the goblin cave. It’s pretty far, and the sooner you arrive, the more time you’ll have
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 40/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (1/1 use left)

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 6 (1)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 149
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze circlet with opals enchanted to look like an Elf Circlet with ruby gemstone (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Glowing Rock x24 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Health Potion x3 (in backpack)
Letter for Trina (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 30/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 3/3

(Not an error, Jeanne now has 3 spells available to her! This is actually my bad, I forgot to change it earlier when her INT hit 6, since Major Spell slots equal half of INT rounded down, assuming one has the ability to use magic)
>>
>>4659715
>Train! You said every morning, after all (How? What do you do?)
Let's spar with Barret to warm up for the day and practice swordsmanship, but without actually beating the shit out of each other today.
>When we're done, drop the letter off at the MG and meet up with J&B just outside of town, on the road leading to the goblin cave.
>>
>>4659803
Yeah let's do this, with an emphasis on footwork and evasion. Very light almost shadow boxing with a partner,we don't need any injuries
>>
>>4659803
+1 to this. Gotta get SWOLE
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”We’ll start the morning the same as we will every day- with training” you inform the party, to which Jeanne’s expression immediately sours.

”Uggghhh, I’m still sore though!” she whines.

”No complaining!” you respond as the three of you make your way towards the barracks. You keep the basic training the same as yesterday- fifty pushups, fifty sit ups, and fifty squats. You and Barret complete the training with ease, but Jeanne still struggles. She does a little bit better than yesterday, but seems she’s still got a long way to go.

”We can’t afford to get ourselves beat up before the quest, so we’ll keep the spar light today Barret. Armor stays on, and we keep the strikes light- focus more on our footwork” you say.

”Sounds like a plan, Herald! Though I gotta admit, I think my footwork is pretty fine as is” he says, doing a combat roll to the left and another to the right to prove his point.

You shake your head, ”You’re fast and your rolls work well, but you need to have better footwork as a whole. Footwork doesn’t solely have to do with speed- it’s about balance and the power you can put behind your strikes as well” you explain as you lightly spar back and forth with him using the training weapons.

You spend about an hour total before training is finished up. You and Barret are starting to sweat, and Jeanne looks exhausted- but you feel as though you got a good workout in.

”Alright, I’ll meet you guys by the eastern gate in a bit- I just have to drop something off real quick”

”Sure…huff...take…huff...your time” Jeanne says, managing a response between her tired panting. Barret just gives you a thumbs up and looks awkwardly to Jeanne as if he’s about to say something before you head out.

The Merchant’s Guild is a simple brick building, with a counter sporting several clerks and a little area with stationery to write letters. The cost for sending one to someone else within the same region is only 3gp, and you pay the price without hesitation, specifying that it’s to go to one Trina Smith in Talmuth.

*Gold: 146*

With that, you meet your allies back at the road at around 9:30am and prepare to head out. The journey will take 9 hours, meaning you should arrive around 8:30pm as long as there are no interruptions.

>Talk to Jeanne and/or Barret during travel (About what?)
>Arrive at the cave (8:30pm)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4659927
>Talk to Jeanne and/or Barret during travel.
Tell them what we've learned from Deckard Cain’s book about goblins. What we're going against, and what to expect.

>If Jeanne seems to be still holding a grudge against Barett, remind her to leave last night behind for as long as we're in the cave. We need to work together the best we can.
>>
>>4659950
Sounds good
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
You recount what you learned about goblins from your research yesterday to your peers, including hobgoblins, goblin behemoths, and the various types of traps they tend to construct.

Jeanne seems genuinely impressed with the amount of work you put in. ”I have to be honest, Herald. For a little bit I thought you were just the muscle with some leadership qualities- I didn’t expect you to do such competent and thorough studies” she remarks.

”Heck, I didn’t even know hobgoblins were an evolved form of goblins- I just thought they were different species. I’ve never even heard of goblin behemoths either! I hope we don’t have to deal with one of those” she says, shuddering.

”Well, Herald seemed pretty confident about being able to take on an ogre back in the mountains- it shouldn’t be any different than that, right?” Barret chimes in.

”Not quite” you answer. ”Unlike ogres, goblin behemoths are incredibly intelligent. If we’re up against one of those...it’s going to be tough, I won’t lie- but I believe we’re capable of overcoming it” you say, clenching a hand into a fist and making a pumping motion. Your party members nod at you.

After a while of travelling and noticing Jeanne still not getting along well with Barret, you pull her aside for a moment to speak with her privately.

”Listen Jeanne- I understand you’re upset, but I need you to put aside what happened yesterday for the sake of the mission” you inform her.

”Don’t worry about me, I can do that much” she says, though you’re not so sure yourself.

”Barret explained the situation a little to me last night. Look, he really didn’t mean to say something like that- he feels terrible. He cares about you a lot, you know”

Hearing this, her expression softens for a moment before darkening. ”Yeah, I know he does. It’s just...you don’t know what it’s like- growing up as the kid of the most successful and well known guy in the whole kingdom, alongside five other siblings, all so much more established than you” she recounts.

”Being the youngest wasn’t easy, and dad never really gave me a lot of attention. Mom died giving birth to me, and I wouldn’t be surprised if he holds that against me. He wasn’t abusive or anything, he just...never really cared or looked my way. I’ve been trying to prove that I’m worth something, but everyone just assumes I’m a spoiled brat who gets everything she wants because she’s Sir Groff’s daughter. That’s not fun, you know?” she explains, tears starting to work their way out of her eyes.

>Comfort her (What do you say?)
>”Well, crying won’t get you anywhere. Suck it up and get moving”
>Nod silently and continue forward (Skip to 8:30pm)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4660073
>Comfort her (What do you say?)
>"You don't have to prove that to anyone but yourself--the people who count will recognize your talents and the rest? Well... Damn the rest, right? Barrett and I know who the real Jeanne is, and we're happy to have you with us."
>Do we have a HANDKERCHIEF? Now would be a good time to give her one.
>>
>>4660073
>>4660099
If we don't have a handkerchief, lend her our conquest flag for a moment.
>>
>>4660073
You are your own woman Jeanne, you don't have to justify yourself to ignorant strangers who jump to conclusions. If it bothers you that much, how about we come up with an alterego for you? Operate under a false name then reveal your true self once you have climbed the adventurer ranks?
>>
>>4660126
Holy shit this is great, too.
>>
>>4660126
Sorry I typed that in a rush, do you understand what I was trying to say? We return from the cave with some awesome mage we met along the way (secretly Jeanne) who wears a mask or whatever. Once we have achieved renown and prestige we reveal her identity to the world
>>
>>4660099
Going this route.

>>4660126
Yours is great too, but we're Hearld of Conquest. We do everything head on.
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”You don’t have to prove that to anyone but yourself- the people who count will recognize your talents. The rest? Well...damn the rest, right? Barret and I know who the real Jeanne is and we’re happy to have you with us”

You hear her sniffing a bit as she wipes the tears from her eyes, and before you know it her arms are wrapped around you in a hug. You all stop travelling for a moment as Barret awkwardly looks at the two of you, scratching the back of his head before giving you a thumbs up.

”Thanks Herald...I mean it” she says. You hesitate for a moment- flashbacks of former family and friends from when you were a child rushing through your mind. When was the last time you felt human warmth? Connected with someone? To be honest it’s both a huge relief and a little bit scary.

Tentatively, you put your arms around her for a second, giving her a pat on the back before breaking the hug.

”Now come on, let’s get moving”

She nods her head. Her eyes are a little red from the crying, but her face is full of determination. ”Yeah, let’s do it!” she says. A few minutes later as you travel, you see her make her way up to Barret and talk with him, and it looks like they manage to work things out more or less.

Eventually you arrive at the cave set into the cliff- the spot you were told to go. It’s around 8:30pm now, and only the pale moonlight gives any visibility to your surroundings, which will be lost the moment you enter the cave. What do you do?

>Enter the cave stealthily, without any lights. The goblins have darkvision, but if you’re quiet and careful, you can have the element of surprise
>Have Jeanne case ‘Light’ and enter. You’ll stick out like a sore thumb, but will be able to see and navigate better.
>You spent a long time travelling, perhaps it would be better to set up camp somewhere nearby and assault the cave first thing in the morning
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4660338
How long can we stay up without feeling fatigue? We've been up for 12 hours now.
Also
>>4659715
Congrats Jeanne! We're gonna need that third spell.
>>
>>4660338
>Have Jeanne case ‘Light’ and enter. You’ll stick out like a sore thumb, but will be able to see and navigate better.
>>
>>4660338
>Have Jeanne case ‘Light’ and enter. You’ll stick out like a sore thumb, but will be able to see and navigate better.
This is their turf--they're probably already aware of us. Light will make it easier to spot traps, too.
>>
>>4660338
>Get away from the cave enough to be safe and set up a camp. We can hit them early in the morning when some might be asleep (assuming they go out at night, since darkvision).

We're fatigued now, which puts us at a disadvantage, but trying to sleep near that cave sounds like a particularly stupid way to get our asses kicked.
>>
>>4660364
You need at minimum 6 hours a night to not be fatigued, but you can get away with 4 hours for one night as long as you get 6 or more the next.

You don't start suffering any exhaustion until you've been up for more than 24 hours. Haven't worked out the exact rules and progression for that yet, but it if comes up I'll bump it on the priorities list!

Also gonna do somet stuff tonight first so I'll update in two-ish hours or so. Apologies for the wait!
>>
>>4660443
One question - did the book mention whether goblins are active at day or night?

Since we have no fatigue, I'm changing
>>4660381
to:
If we know they are active at night,
>let's walk away from cave and rest in the safe distance till the early morning to attack when they're asleep
if we know they are active during the day or we don't know what to expect,
>let's hit them now
>>
>>4660470
The book did not explicitly mention, since it's hard to find an opportunity to study goblin sleep cycles and they're often seen both in the day and at night. That suggests they either need little sleep, have their clans shift between some staying active in day and some at night, or some combination of both!
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”Alright Super Conqueror Bros, we’re going in hot. Jeanne, get us some light”

Your mage companion nods as she takes the oaken staff out and points it forward. ”Light!” she shouts, and after a sudden and bright flash, there is a large, consistent light that stretches into a wide area, enough for you to even see into the mouth of the cave.

You make your way forward, tapping at the ground with your banner pole to check for traps. You do indeed reveal two separate pit traps, both filled with wooden stakes covered in feces, and thankfully manage to avoid them as you enter deeper inside.

Not long after you enter, you can just barely in the distance see six goblins sitting on a ledge a few feet off the ground, likely standing guard, each holding crudely constructed longbows with a quiver full of a few shitty arrows. The bright light seemed to stun them long enough so that they couldn’t fire, but their sight is starting to recover now, and you only have a small window of time to decide a course of action.

>Fight them
>Run back out of the cave and recoup
>Charge forward and try to run past them
>Other (write in)

---

Sorry for small update, this'll probably be the last one for the night since I got some stuff to do and because I'll be relatively busy this weekend.

This cave may have a number of combat encounters, and whenever a combat does start I want to keep things moving as quickly as possible so it isn't a slog, likely taking the first option posted and immediately running with it to keep things fast paced (boss battles if they happen will have 30 minute voting windows). That way it won't become too frustrating to get through the battles hopefully. Thank you all for your patience and for reading and playing thus far! I'll do my best to update as much as I can tomorrow, so stay tuned for whenever I'm available and we'll try to get through some of this cave!
>>
>>4660630
>Fight them

Thanks for keeping us in the loop. Anything you can give us is much appreciated.
>>
>>4660630
Let's try to get closer to them while they're still adjusting to the light--we don't want them to spoil the surprise for the other goblins, so maybe we close in and kill them up close?
>>
>>4660642
They're on a raised platform. They can be hit with spells or ranged weapons like daggers, or you can climb up. You have 1 free combat round should you choose to fight to take advantage of this. You could either use it to land a free hit with Jeanne's spells and one of your daggers, or you could spend it having everyone climb up the ledge and then fight with them in melee range there!
>>
>>4660641
Remember to be careful, traps exist
>>
>>4660649
I figure we take time to get up there--we might catch them flatfooted and get some hits in.
>>
>>4660649
>>4660675
I agree we should climb up. They have a range advantage but if we close the distance to melee range they will pretty much be unarmed or their bows will at least be very awkward to use
>>
>>4660670
>>4660675
>>4661227
support
>>
>>4660630
Maybe give combat 5-10 minute voting windows so it's fair in case multiple people see the update in time. Saying explicitly when you're closing the combat votes would be appreciated also.
>>
>>4661276
Yeah that's fair, ill do 10 minute windows then. I have a lot to do today but hopefully I can get the first combat and some more exploring and whatnot done for you guys later in the evening or at night.
>>
>>4661458
Just wondering what time zone you are in? Everything seems to happen around 1am my time
>>
>>4661533
Sincere apologies- I'm in CDT. When it's not a weekend, I try to post once in the morning and then every couple of hours as much as I can through the day, but Saturdays and Sundays are tough for me so there are little to no updates.
>>
>>4661542
Oh you don't need to apologize, im in GMT so makes sense as you are a fair few hours ahead of me
>>
>>4661574
No problem at all- I think that puts me six hours behind your timezone (For reference as of posting this it's around 1:25ish PM)

Also want to apologize for posting here again without it being an update- I'm afraid I won't be posting anything until tomorrow evening or night after all. I want to be able to be there consistently throughout combats and I have a big paper to write for my management class, so there won't be any updates today after all.

Please forgive and I can't wait to see you all and get this goblin cave kicked off as soon as I'm free!
>>
>>4661709
It's no problem, and thank you for updating instead of leaving us hanging.
>>
>>4661709
>>4661726
Yeah thanks for keeping us in the loop. Best of luck with your work!
>>
Thank you everyone so far for your patience! I am nearly finished with my work, just a few things left, but I have recording not long after, so I'll be starting the beginning of the fight at 8:00pm CDT, barring any extreme circumstances (that's 2:00 AM GMT). Each round will leave 10 minutes for voting, and if nobody votes after 10 minutes then whatever the first vote after that 10 minute mark is will be taken, rinse and repeat until the combat is done. Updates should come much more often starting tomorrow, so thank you for hanging in there!
>>
File: 46.jpg (11 KB, 422x298)
11 KB
11 KB JPG
>>4663381
that's 3am for me
fuck
>>
>>4663381
Give em hell lads! Don't forget to cut off their ears so we can cash in at the end and maybe their heads so we can leave them on spikes outside of the cave as a warning to others
>>
>>4663381
Sweet! Can't wait. Good luck with your work.
>>
>>4663393
>>4663518
About to record here in a second- if I can finish up early maybe I'll start early so you guys can join in and we can get a bit more done without me having to stay up super late! Just keep an eye out on the thread between 6:30-8:00pm CDT I suppose
>>
>>4663518
>>4663531
>>4663639
Cut their heads off as well, and stuff em in a bag so we can toss it at Castor's blessed altar when we gloriously return to the town. Gotta flex in the name of our current demi-patron. Can I get an amen?
>>
File: tegaki.png (28 KB, 400x400)
28 KB
28 KB PNG
While the goblins are still disoriented from the bright flash of the light spell suddenly being cast, your party climbs up the ledge to reach the platform they’re on. It’s about ten feet up, so you have just enough time to reach the top before they recover.

You and Barret placed yourselves on either side of the goblin squad, flanking them and effectively preventing escape, short of them making a ten foot leap down and trying to run afterwards. Jeanne is up as well, though she stands a little ways behind Barret for protection.

Realizing that there’s no escape and that their longbows will be futile at this range, the goblins drop their crudely made ranged weapons and take out the shoddily made spears haphazardly tucked into the back of their loincloths, preparing for a fight!

>Attack a goblin (Which weapon do you use?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give Jeanne and/or Barret commands (What?)
>Other (write in)

(As stated earlier today, combat rounds will have 10 minute voting windows. If there is no vote within 10 minutes, then the first vote chosen after that marker will be taken. Remember- there are six goblins total!)
>>
>>4663852
Are we able to throw a knife at this short distance?
>>
>>4663860
Yes, though you could also throw knives at a longer range (which would've probably been the go-to had you chosen a free hit over climbing up to melee range). Are you voting to use a knife?
>>
>>4663864
Nah
>Attack a goblin
Bash the nearest one with our buckler and cut it with longsword.
>>
>>4663876
Roll me a 1d20+10 (+4 for DEX, +6 for Goblin Slaying) to hit! These goblins seem more trained than the ones in the tribe, and are actually capable of dodging! You need a 14 to hit.

If you succeed, you or someone else please roll me a 1d10+13 for damage (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality, +6 for Goblin Slaying)

Jeanne and Barret will have their actions automated this round since there were no commands, and I will as usual do their rolls off screen to save time!
>>
Rolled 8 + 10 (1d20 + 10)

>>4663852
Wind up to knock them all off the ledge with our Banner Pole

Barret and Jeanne, try to cattle them closer to the edge of the ledge.

>>4663883
Too slow.
>>
Rolled 7 + 13 (1d10 + 13)

>>4663888
smash
>>
File: tegaki.png (35 KB, 400x400)
35 KB
35 KB PNG
Rolled 4, 10, 19, 15, 14 + 4 = 66 (5d20 + 4)

You smash your buckler into one of the goblins’ necks, slamming them up against the wall and trapping them as their spear falls helplessly to the floor. The little green shit kicks its legs, wiggling to try and get free, but it’s no use.

Without any hesitation, you plunge your sword into its skull, cleaving it in twain. You take a step back, allowing the limp body to hit the floor.

Cave Goblin 1’s Health: -20 (0/20)

Jeanne points her staff towards another one of the fellows. ”Firebolt!” she shouts as a small burst of flame shoots forward, but the nimble little bastard sees it just in time, barely dodging out of the way as it slams against the floor of the cave ledge, leaving a singed spot behind.

”Stay behind me Jeanne!” Barret shouts as he rushes forward to strike at another goblin, but he’s still getting used to the new style you’ve taught him, and the small creature’s nimble agility allows it to jump out of the way just in time.

With that, three of the remaining goblins rush towards you with their spears, while the other two strike at Barret!

Roll 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX) to dodge!

(First 3 rolls are against you, the last 2 are to hit Barret. They need a 16 to hit Barret- you roll to dodge. I’ll give 15 minutes to vote this time, 10 does seem a little short- so let’s try 15 for now)
>>
>>4663910
15 minutes to vote from now on- obviously there's no need to vote on an evasion roll lol
>>
Rolled 12 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4663910
swift dodge!
>>
Rolled 6, 4, 4 = 14 (3d6)

Rolling damage! First dice is against you, the other two are against Barret.

The one against you has -2 (+2 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -1 for Buckler)

The two against Barret have no modifier (+2 for STR, -2 for Chain Mail)
>>
File: tegaki.png (31 KB, 400x400)
31 KB
31 KB PNG
You block one goblin’s strike with your buckler and manage to kick another away with your foot, but a third manages a strike right at your thigh! Your plate armor mostly protects you, but you can actually feel the impact- the goblin must’ve hit you just right or something, and that’s gonna leave a bruise.

Herald’s Health: -4 (36/40)

Barret on the other hand tries to roll out of the way, but both of his pursuers manage to get solid hits into his side, piercing through the chainmail a little as blood starts to pour out- thankfully only in small amounts.

”Aaagghh, damn it!” he shouts in pain as he recovers from his roll, Jeanne looking worried.

Barret’s Health: -8 (22/30)

>Attack! (What weapon? If not specified, it’s assumed longsword will be used again)
>Try something fancy (What?)
>Give Jeanne and/or Barret commands (What?)
>Run, this is too much (Attempt to escape)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4663937
attack the ones on Barrett to try to get them all in one area. tell Jeanne to get ready to cast fire ball when you and Barret fall back next turn.
>>
>>4663937
>Let's tell Jeanne to save major spells for the behemoth
>Attempt to throw them off the ledge with Banner Pole
>>
>>4663947
changing to this, adding that we should try to draw aggro from Barret by insulting the Goblins.
>>
Rolling goblin damage 1d6-2 (+2 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -1 for Buckler)
>>
Rolled 4, 5, 3, 1, 2 - 2 = 13 (5d6 - 2)

If I remember to actually put the dice in fml
>>
File: tegaki.png (30 KB, 400x400)
30 KB
30 KB PNG
”Jeanne, save your Major Spells! We don’t know if there’ll be a behemoth here or not!” you shout to your companion as you fend off the goblin hordes.

”Understood, Herald!” she answers in the affirmative.

With that matter settled, you decide to revert back to the tactic you used on that tribe of goblins in the forest south of Grayshire, sheathing your longsword as you take out your banner pole and wind up for a strike. As you do, however, you taunt the goblins in an attempt to get them to focus on you.

”You little green fucks better come and get it before I wipe out your whole fucking clan!” you shout, causing the goblins to respond with snippets of something in Goblin and guttural screeching as all five turn their attention on you.

They all start charging towards you, though not before Barret manages to get a slash in at one of their backs, followed by Jeanne slamming a firebolt into another! It’s not enough to stop their rage as they continue heading towards you however.

Goblin 5’s Health: -8 (12/20)
Goblin 6’s Health: -6 (14/20)

The goblins all strike at you! Two of their attacks bounce harmlessly off your armor, but the other three find purchase on your legs, further bruising and damaging your body.

Herald’s Health: -6 (30/40)

Roll me 1d20+10 (+4 for DEX, +6 for Goblin Slaying). You need a 20 or higher to successfully hit them all and knock them off the ledge (if you fail you only hit one).

Regardless of the result, roll 1d8+12 (+6 for STR, +6 for Goblin Slaying) for your banner pole attack’s damage!
>>
Rolled 20 + 10 (1d20 + 10)

>>4663981
HERE'S THE WIND UP
>>
>>4663986
HE DONT MISS
>>
Rolled 5 + 12 (1d8 + 12)

>>4663981
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

Fall damage for gobbos
>>
>>4663992
>>4663993
we got them
>>
File: tegaki.png (35 KB, 400x400)
35 KB
35 KB PNG
Throughout the fight you’ve felt as if you were able to hit the goblins more precisely, and with more speed and dexterity- almost as if you were reading their moves and calculating where best to strike. You figured it must’ve been the influence of Castor’s blessing, but as you wind up for your swing, there’s no longer room for guessing.

Castor’s guidance is with you, and you can feel his rage meld with yours as you swing the pole wide, slashing at all five of them as blood gushes forth.

The two that Jeanne and Barret attacked die on impact, and the others breathe their last after meeting the ground below them. Jeanne and Barret stare at awe as you breathe heavily, taking a few seconds before letting your rage subside. Quietly, you pick up the six goblin longbows, as well as the spear from the goblin you killed earlier, and climb back down.

The spears of the other five goblins all broke from the fall, but that's a small price to pay for your brutal efficiency.

”Herald, that was freaking insane!” Barret says, his tone a mixture of awe and surprise.

”I must admit, you’re even better than I thought- at least when it comes to goblins anyway” Jeanne chimes in, her eyes following you as you cut the creature’s ears off one by one, making sure to have gotten the one you killed up on the ledge first before climbing down.

Still, you definitely feel beat up, and Barret’s still bleeding, though Jeanne’s already started to tie a cloth around his torso to take care of that. What will you do now?

>Press onward
>Leave, we’ll rest and return in the morning
>Use items (What?)
>Say something to Jeanne and/or Barret (Specify)
>Other (write in)

(Combat is over, so I’ll be leaving the window to vote up for a non-specified amount of time- probably an hourish or so, give myself time to get dinner. Nice job guys!)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 30/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 6 (1)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 146
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze circlet with opals enchanted to look like an Elf Circlet with ruby gemstone (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Glowing Rock x24 (in backpack)
Goblin Longbows x6 (in backpack)
Goblin Spear x1 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Health Potion x3 (in backpack)
Letter for Trina (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Pair of Goblin Ears x6 (in backpack)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 22/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 3/3
>>
>>4664016
>"Rip and Tear"
>Prod around the area to see any hidden passageways or traps
>>
>>4664016
>>Other (write in)
cut off all ears for later and put 2 of the Goblin heads on spears. i think that we should try our hand at a small Punji Pit by the exit to the cave.
>>
>>4664024
Unfortunately you do not have a shovel to dig a hole, otherwise you could use your Simple Trap Construction technique to do this

Also no worries, as mentioned last post Herald already collected the ears. I'll assume that's automatically done and include it after fights unless something immediately forces you to leave before you reasonably could collect ears
>>
>>4664016
>Say something to Jeanne and/or Barret (Specify)
Nice job. We keep this up, we'll clear the cave in no time.

>Press onward

>>4664023
This too.

>>4664024
And this with the trap, in case any are outside the cave and come back. We can have the Simple Trap Construction technique right inside the cave mouth entrance and the heads showing somewhat behind so when the goblins come up, they see the heads on the spikes, run towards them, and fall into the pit.
>>
>>4664034
good call! forgot we gave our shovel up for *things*
>>
>>4664034
>>4664038

Normally you need a shovel to dig, which you traded away among other things for the Behelit, but I can tell you guys are excited and it's a smart idea, so ill make an exception just this once with a condition.

I'll allow you to still make the trap, but you'll have to dig by hand so it'll take two hours. If you're willing to accept that time cost then I'll allow it just this once, but in the future you must have a shovel
>>
>>4664041
I'm good with that.
>>
>>4664041
Could we make some sort of rope snare instead? one that might makes a good bit of noise if set off? no need to dig with our hands if we can think a little smarter not harder!
>>
>>4664043
We traded our rope for the Behelit as well and never went back to the general store after we were unbanned to stock up on supplies.
>>
>>4664043
You don't have any rope, BUT it's likely that Jeanne or Barret do. I'd assume they could loan you some this once, and you could set up a trap around a nearby tree outside the cave and move the pike to over there.
>>
>>4664046
Head empty so sorry.
>>4664041
QM you are awesome, thank you for running and putting up with my awful memory.
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”Rip and Tear” you mutter under your breath before picking yourself up from a squatting position after cutting off the last pair of goblin ears. ”Nice job. We keep this up and we’ll clear this cave in no time!” you tell your companions.

Jeanne finishes tying the cloth around Barret, the blonde man wincing as she finishes the knot, before answering you. ”We shouldn’t get too cocky just yet. The girl back at the guild said there were at least two dozen of them, not to mention the hobgoblins and that potential behemoth you’re worried about” she points out.

Barret dusts himself off, flecking the blood from his blade before sheathing it. ”Don’t worry about me boss man, I’m good to keep going!” he says, giving you a thumbs up.

Suddenly, an idea worms its way into your brain. You set down your backpack and start looking for your shovel, only to find that strange, crimson orb instead. That’s right, you traded away your shovel, rope, and sun rod for this odd little bauble. You can’t figure out for the life of you why this seemed so important at the time.

Holding it in your hand for a moment, you almost swear you can feel it breathing. Cautiously, you place it back inside your backpack.

”Either of you got any rope?” you ask.

Barret digs around in his bag of holding for a moment before producing about ten feet of rope. ”Sure do, Herald- but only this much. Apologies” he says sheepishly, but you shake your head.

”No need to be sorry, that’s just enough” you say as you take the rope and string up a snare trap to a tree not far from the entrance of the cave. For good measure, you chop off two goblin heads and slide them onto the shitty goblin spear you looted before plunging into the ground just in front of the snare, smirking to yourself.

*Goblin Spear: 0*

*SIMPLE TRAP CONSTRUCTION USED*

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
As you make your way deeper into the cave, you prod around with your banner pole for traps. You only find one more pitfall, this one not having any spike, and manage to avoid it. From that point onward as you go deeper, they don’t seem to pop up anymore- though you never stop checking with your pole, just to be safe.

As you make your way down the winding path, lit by Jeanne’s spell, you toss a glowing rock out every now and then, using five before finding yourself at a crossroads.

*Glowing Rock: 19*

The path continues to go straight down deeper into the cave, though there are three other paths as well- two to the left and one to the right. Unlike the path forward, these ones look unnatural- likely carved by the goblins themselves, or maybe some prisoners they took as slaves.

From one of the ones on the left you can hear the faint sounds of a woman crying, as well as slapping noises. From the other one on the left, you can hear snoring sounds. Craning your ear towards the one on the right, you hear the faint sound of metal on stone.

”Where should we go?” Jeanne asks, her and Barret not having noticed the sounds yet- perhaps for the best, all things considered. You have an idea what one of them might be, and you might not want your companions charging towards it in a blind rage.

>Take them down the path with the crying and slapping sounds
>Take them down the path with snoring
>Take them down the path filled with sounds of metal on stone
>Continue pushing forward, you’re likely to find who’s running the show here soon
>Retreat for now and come back in the morning
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4664123

>Take them down the path with the crying and slapping sounds

I wanted to get the jump on the one snoring, but I can't ignore the woman crying. Hopefully, we are quick and quiet enough to help without alerting the others.
>>
>>4664129
Support
Maybe we can construct a super simple noise trap to make sure nobody sneaks up behind us? Don’t think we have any materials though
>>
Side note, just realized I forgot to remove the circlet from the inventory for statuses this whole time! Doing that for future statuses

Gonna leave this vote up until tomorrow morning. I'll be updating throughout the day tomorrow, so hopefully we can get more done. Thank you all for being so patient with my this weekend, and of course for playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
>>4664150
Glad to be a part of it. Thank you as always for running.
>>
>>4664123
>>Take them down the path with the crying and slapping sounds
This is gonna be really awkward if they're just playing a game of Slapjack.
>>
YO! If we continue going on adventures, it's imperative we find an archer and a dedicated healer. As long as we don't die in this cave, we should try to find one afterwards.
>>
>>4664173
>>Take them down the path with the crying and slapping sounds
make these sickos pay, i say bum rush them before the know whats what.
>>
>>4664173
i see alot of promise in Jeanne being a main healer with some Area Damage spells, i think that we should invest in her and her growth if this is the case, the connection that she has to Barrett already gives her the best incentive to want to heal(who wants to see a loved one die) . i was thinking that infiltrating the thieves guiled might give us a good Ranger type or Archer but then again no honor among thieves.
>>4664150
thankos for running QM!
>>
>>4664331
This. Get the jump on the little turd
>>
>>4664123
>>4664162
>>4664331
Us and Barret should enter with the bows and arrows ready to shoot. Maybe we can SWAT the motherfucker/s without alerting everyone nearby of our presence.
>>
>>4664123
>Take them down the path with snoring
I honestly think it'll be better if we stealth kill the sleeping goblins before killing the one that's awake
If we kill the one that's awake it might alert the others, and we don't know how many of them are sleeping
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
For a moment you think to arm you and Barret with the longbows, but being made for goblins, they’re much too small for your hands- and their shoddy arrows as you found while looting, mostly broke in your grip. These are not competently made weapons, and they certainly aren’t designed for Humans.

Traversing down the tunnel with the sounds of a woman crying and slapping in the distance, once you’re a little further down, your companions begin to hear it too. Jeanne’s eyes widen in horror, and Barret clenches his fists in anger- you can tell he’d just charge straight ahead if they weren’t waiting for you to check for traps along the way with your banner pole.

After a minute or two that feels like eternity, you arrive at the end of the tunnel, the light from Jeanne’s staff leaking into the room. There is a large, six foot tall orange goblin-like creature, likely the hobgoblin, doing unspeakable things to a human woman, the source of the crying.


Four other goblins gather around, chanting and jeering in their Goblin language, until the light comes in and gives your group away. They stop their noise making as they turn to give you their attention, the hobgoblin craning his head over to look.

”Humans made it this far in? But how?!” he says in surprisingly well spoken Human, and he looks as though he’s about to give orders in the Goblin tongue as he picks himself up from his previous activity.

>Attack. Kill. Rip and Tear. No mercy for these fucking monsters (Begin fight)
>Choke down your disgust and rage and attempt to negotiate with this thing (What do you say?)
>Run- that Hobgoblin is as big as you are, and he’s got a big scimitar by his side- a real one (Retreat)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4664894
>Attack. Kill. Rip and Tear.
Can we disarm him with the banner pole and then go for the balls? Big or not, castration is no joke.
>>
>>4664904
I would count specifically aiming for the testacles as a 'special move', which would have a higher than normal hit DC in exchange for a different or better effect, if you're willing to do that. I would make you choose between trying to disarm or castrate him though instead of doing both in one combat round!

Also gonna leave this vote up a bit because this decides whether a new combat (and thus a rapid series of posts) happen or not.
>>
>>4664905
How do special moves work? Like, can we disarm him this round and castrate in the next one?
>>
>>4664912
Yup!

Basically anything that's not a standard 'Attack' is going to be a special move, and there aren't concrete rules around them. I will set a DC, sometimes I will add a penalty to the roll as well, and in exchange you get a unique effect. If you were to use some special moves over and over (like a flying spin roll like tried in training or a disarm) they may become their own Techniques over time, still working out the system for that though.
>>
>>4664894
>Attack. Kill. Rip and Tear. No mercy for these fucking monsters (Begin fight)
https://youtu.be/Aqk7x_w1H98
>>
>>4664913
Alright, I don't think there's anything meaningful to learn from this naked-ass motherfucker, and I don't imagine we'd want to speak with it anyway.

>>4664894
>"Easily." Attempt to disarm him.
>>
>>4664894
>Attack. Kill. Rip and Tear. No mercy for these fucking monsters (Begin fight)
Castrate him, it should disable him for the rest of the fight if successful
>>
>"I have come to deliver an important message to a hobgoblin in this cave" then stab him in the BALLLLLSSSSS!
>>
>>4665002
We should also get Jeanne to follow up with a fireball to set him on fire or even finish him. Should buy us some time to deal with the other goblins at least
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
You feel hatred, disgust, and rage twist up inside you, melding with Castor’s at the sight of this horrid creature defiling some poor, young woman. Taking up arms, you charge forward, Barret following shortly behind as Jeanne readies herself with her staff.

The hobgoblin manages to pick up his scimitar just inside, though his genitals still hang out for all to see- as the four goblins take spears from their backs and prepare to join the fray.


>Attack (What weapon? If unspecified, assumed to use Longsword)
>Do something special (What?)
>Use ‘Right of Might’
>Use items (Which ones?)
>Give Jeanne and/or Barret commands
>Other (write in)

(Gonna give this one 20 minute voting rounds for the sake of my sanity)
>>
>>4665030
No votes after 20 minutes, so I'll be checking in every 5-10 minutes until the first vote arrives and go with that!
>>
>>4665030
>Do something special
Castration
>>
>>4665075
Roll me a 1d20+10(+4 for DEX, +6 for Goblin Slaying). You need a 25 to do a castration mid combat with multiple opponents!

If you make the dc, you or someone else roll me 1d10+13 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality, +6 for Goblin Slaying). Damage will then be doubled and effects will be applied, assuming the first DC is met.
>>
Rolled 16 + 10 (1d20 + 10)

>>4665079
I need to get a 15 or higher, please dice gods gimme this for once
>>
Rolled 6 + 13 (1d10 + 13)

>>4665079
>>4665084
Let’s fucking go
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
”Unforgivable” you mutter as you charge forward with your longsword towards the hobgoblin’s crotch. Seeing what you’re trying to do, he does his best to close up his legs and block with his scimitar, but you easily bypass him, ripping off his genitals in a single blow.

*Hobgoblin’s Health: -38 (12/50)

”RRRAAAAAAAARRRRGH!!!” he howls in pain, stumbling backwards, just barely avoiding stomping all over the poor woman he was violating a moment before.

Without hesitation, Barret runs up with his longsword as well, cutting a gash through the orange bastard’s chest. ”You’ll pay for what you’ve done to this poor woman! Die, vile beast!” he cries out.

*Hobgoblin’s Health: -8 (4/50)*

Blood sprays out from the hobgoblin’s torso as he falls back further and further, yelling something in Goblin at his underlings before attempting to negotiate with your party in Human. ”L-listen, we can work something out!” he somehow manages to grunt out through the sheer, raw pain that’s been inflicted to him.

The last of your party to step up is Jeanne, her expression cold and merciless. ”Perish, scum” she says as a firebolt whizzes out of her staff, slamming into the hobgoblin’s face and burning it as he falls backwards to the ground dead.

*Hobgoblin’s Health: -10 (-6/50)*

Having killed their leader so quickly, who was much larger and stronger than them, the four goblins immediately drop their spears and cower against the far wall, shivering. One of them attempts to speak up in broken Human.

”N-n-no kill! We no fuck human! Let live?” it begs.

What do you do?

>”None of your kind are allowed to survive” (Kill them)
>”Leave, and never dare bother humans again” (Spare them)
>Other (write in)

(Because you took out their leader so quickly, have made it this far in the cave, and there are only four of them, the goblins have surrendered- ending combat early! You guys are on a roll! Heads up, the castration thing was available because you caught this one naked- don’t think it’ll be something that can just be done to enemies with pants- don’t wanna break the game balance!)
>>
>>4665114
>”None of your kind are allowed to survive” (Kill them)
The castration meta
>>
>>4665114
>”None of your kind are allowed to survive” (Kill them)
>>
>>4665114
>>”None of your kind are allowed to survive” (Kill them)
tell Jeanne that she doesn't need to watch .
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
”None of your kind are allowed to survive” you say as you dispatch them one by one with your longsword in a matter of seconds.

”You two, make sure she’s okay while I finish up” you say, cutting the ears of the goblins and the hobgoblin, as well as collecting their weapons. The four shitty goblin spears are basically unusable, save maybe as one time use projectiles or offerings for Castor.

The scimitar that the hobgoblin had, however, actually seems to be of decent quality You could probably use it just fine as a weapon yourself- it looks to be about on par with a shortsword. Maybe you could sell it somewhere too?

There’s no more room on your belt for weapons with your two daggers and longsword there, so you tuck the scimitar into your backpack for now. You feel the pack starting to get full, but you can probably get away with a couple more items before it becomes an issue.

In the meantime, Barret pulls out a blanket from his backpack and wraps it around the woman. ”It’s okay, we’ve got you now. We’re gonna make sure you get out of here, alright?” he says in a gentle tone, trying to calm her down.

She continues to cry for a little longer before wiping her eyes, speaking in a quiet tone. ”T...thank you. I c-came here with my party a week ago. The rest are dead…” she informs you, holding back her tears.

Scouting the area, you see a bronze dog tag thrown against the wall with the name ‘Clarissa Novum’ engraved on it. You make your way over to the group and hold it out to her.

”This yours?” you ask.

She takes it from you, nodding her head. ”Yes...t-thank you again” she says, starting to pick herself up. She doesn’t look to be in the best of shape, but unlike Mary it seems she still has her wits about her. The poor woman will likely be traumatized, but she may yet still be able to save her sanity at the least.

”We should head back,” Barret starts, ”The quest isn’t as important as her safety.”

You’re surprised to see Jeanne disagree with him. ”We can take her somewhere outside the cave to rest until we finish the job. If we leave now, the goblins might just relocate and cause more problems elsewhere” she answers.

”I-I can fight” Clarissa stammers out. ”I-I’m a ranger. If you can f-find my gear, I could help. I want to get back at those bastards” she says, anger and sadness in her eyes. While you don’t doubt her claims, she’s still shaky, barely even speaking straight. It might be more trouble than it’s worth to bring her along, but then again if there is a behemoth, you may need all the help you can get.

>”Barret’s right, we’re taking her back to town straight away”
>”Jeanne’s right, we’ll get her somewhere safe nearby and finish the job”
>”Clarissa, we could use your help. Stay close behind us”
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 30/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 6 (1)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 146
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Dagger
Dagger (Great Quality)
Glowing Rock x19 (in backpack)
Goblin Longbow x6 (in backpack)
Goblin Spear x4 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Health Potion x3 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Pair of Goblin Ears x10 (in backpack)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Scimitar (Good Quality) (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 22/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 3/3
>>
>>4665202
>”Clarissa, we could use your help. Stay close behind us”
>”Any help as of now will useful, we still have two more rooms to clear and possibly more.”
Make sure she stays in the far back
>>
>>4665202
>>4665208
Supporting this. It sucks, but it's probably the best way to ensure all of the goblins are taken care of.
>>
>>4665208
Yeah let's take her with us and recon the cave. We should tell her that her friend us safe and well in town so she has something to fight for.
>>
>>4665216
As a heads up Mary's party tried the cave a month ago, Clarissa said a week. It's safe to assume she was a part of a different adventuring party
>>
>>4665208
+1
I'm sure she'll feel better after shooting at those green shitters as well.
>>
>>4665225
Ok cool, maybe we tell her there is a girl in town who survived the cave. Better stay light on the details for now...
>>
>>4665234
I don't think seeing Mary's state would make her feel better, honestly.
>>
>>4665238
I'm thinking short term, if she knows others have gotten out alive it will give her hope. Obviously we won't tell her the poor girl is a quivering wreck
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
”Clarissa, we could use your help. Stay close behind us” you say before addressing your allies. ”Any help as of now will be useful, we still have two more rooms to clear and possibly more”

Barret immediately retorts: ”She’s clearly in no state to fight, Herald! We can’t just send her back into the arms of those-those monsters!” he says, almost raising his voice to a shout before remembering that there are sleeping goblins still somewhat near.

”I have to agree with Barret, it’s risky” Jeanne chimes in.

Clarissa stands up, keeping the blanket wrapped around herself like a sort of robe. ”I-I’ll pull my weight. Let me prove I can fight- I want to make them pay! B-besides, I’ll probably need to join a new party after this...if you guys have room” she says, that last bit coming out in a dejected tone as her expression darkens.

”One step at a time, Clarissa. Can you tell us where to find your things?”

”R-right” she responds, picking herself up a bit as she focuses. ”M-my leather armor should be a bit ripped up from when they… she says, gulping as she skips past that part, ”anyways, it should be tossed in a pile somewhere near where they sleep, from what they were saying. Should still be functional” she finishes.

”Wait, you can understand what they’re saying?” Jeanne asks.

”Yeah, I know how to speak Goblin- and a bunch of other languages too. I’m great with animals as well. I wasn’t a bronze rank adventurer for nothing!” she answers with a weak grin, trying to perk herself up a little.

”As for my bow and arrows, usually any adventurer weapons they find go to the hobs or whoever their boss is. One of the orange bastards probably has my bow and quiver. My rations and other miscellaneous gear are probably long gone by now, but the armor and my weapon are all I need” she informs you.

You nod your head in response. ”Then we have a plan. Find your gear, and finish dispatching the rest of these vermin”

*Clarissa has joined the party!*

Clarissa (Ranger)
Health: 18/30
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 4
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

>Head to where there was snoring
>Head to where there were sounds of metal on stone
>Head deeper into the cave
>Other (write in)
>>
Also forgot to add in the last status update, but you also have a Pair of Hobgoblin Ears!
>>
>>4665244
>Head to where there were sounds of metal on stone
Probably where they fashion their weaponry and such
>>
>>4665244
>Take them down the path with snoring
I doubt the blacksmith would be one to have the bow, plus we should eliminate them while they sleep anyway.
>>
>>4665304
+1 slit their throats, swift silent and deadly
>>
>>4665304
>Head to where there was snoring
Better the easy enemy as opposed to fresh reinforcements.

>>4665244
We should give Clarissa our daggers just in case one gob gets a little too close. She should be able to duel wield them, right?
>>
>>4665383
And a potion to use. No sense in her dying right after saving her.
>>
>>4665383
>>4665386
And ask if she can use the goblin bows and arrows in the mean time.
>>
Rolled 4, 4 + 2 = 10 (2d4 + 2)

Rolling for Health Potion on Clarissa
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”Follow me” you say to your party as you make your way down the tunnel with snoring. On your way down however, you hand Clarissa your two daggers, as well as a health potion.

”Drink up, you’ll need your strength”

She gives you an affirmative nod and downs the potion, her wounds closing up as color and a bit of life return to her form. ”Thanks…” she says, her voice still quiet as your group makes their way forward.

*Clarissa’s Health: +10 (28/30)*

Eventually you stumble upon a large room with about a dozen goblins in shabby, cloth cots against the wall. On the other side of them is a large pile of various clothes and pieces of adventuring gear- most worse than what you have or damaged beyond repair.

Clarissa points out a set of mostly in-tact leather armor on the top of the pile. ”There- that’s my armor!” she says in a hushed whisper.

The light from Jeanne’s staff, however, is leaking into the room, and the goblins’ eyes are starting to move. You have a limited amount of time to give an order.

>Have Jeanne turn Light off. You won’t be able to see in the dark, but if you’re careful, you can probably fumble around and slit their throats
>Charge in and attack. You’ll get a free round of hits before they all wake up
>”Jeanne? Fireball time”
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4665427
>Have Jeanne turn Light off. You won’t be able to see in the dark, but if you’re careful, you can probably fumble around and slit their throats

>Other (write in)
Play our flute to keep them asleep.
>>
>>4665427
>>4665439
+1 to this--vid related.
https://youtu.be/hpjV962DLWs
>>
>>4665439
this is insane and unrealistic
lets fucking do it
>>
>>4665439
lol sure.
>>
Doing something at the moment, but I'll have you guys roll and update as soon as I can.

Roll me 1d20+6(+3 for INT, +3 for Flute). You need at least a 15 to keep them asleep despite any fumbles your teammates make while slitting throats
>>
Rolled 9 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4665659
FLUUUUUUUUTE
>>
>>4665660
badass
>>
>>4665660
Right on.
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
”Jeanne, kill the spell!” you call out in a hushed whisper, and she taps her staff against the floor, the light quickly fading out. You wait a few moments until you hear the resumed sound of snoring. Good- they didn’t wake up.

Just to be safe however…

You search your backpack in the dark, rustling your hands around until you feel the familiar silver flute and pull it out. Taking a deep breath, you begin to play a soothing melody, knowing where the right places to put your fingers are for the notes even without being able to see them.

Thankfully, it seems your teammates understand what you’re going for. ”Alright, Herald’s gonna keep them asleep while we finis-” Barret starts to say, but is quickly interrupted by Clarissa.

”Let me take them. I want to kill those fuckers myself” she says, and Jeanne and Barret don’t respond. You listen as Clarissa unsheathes the daggers you gave her and crawls along the stone floor, feeling around for each individual goblin and slitting or stabbing their throats, most of them many more times than is likely necessary. At least she’s venting her anger out!

*Success*

After about twenty minutes of this, you hear her call out. ”I...I think I got them all”

With that, Jeanne holds out her staff. ”Light!” she says, as a bright flash floods the room, blinding you and your companions for a moment before your eyes adjust. Sure enough, all twelve of the goblins are lying dead in their blood-soaked cots.

Furthermore, it seems Clarissa had already started putting on her old armor, and finishes up a few seconds after the light goes on. ”Great, now I just need my bow and quiver” she states as you make your way over to the green creatures and nab their ears.

>Go to the tunnel with the sounds of metal on stone
>Go deeper into the cave
>Retreat for now, you’ll want to rest before finishing the cave- assuming the goblins don’t relocate throughout the night
>Other (write in)
>>
Also heads up, tomorrow is pretty busy so updates will be sparse
>>
>>4665749
>>Go to the tunnel with the sounds of metal on stone
>>
>>4665800
>>Go to the tunnel with the sounds of metal on stone
was this the end of this tunnel?
>>
>>4665803
Yup! It's just their sleeping quarters basically, as well as where they store random leftover crap from Adventurers like torn armor and clothes for various uses
>>
>>4665749
>Go to the tunnel with the sounds of metal on stone
>>
>>4665819
Check for any valuables before leaving.
>>
>>4665821
And any adventurer tags in the big pile of clothes.
>>
>>4665833
this first and then
>>Go to the tunnel with the sounds of metal on stone
>>
>>4665848
+1
>>
>Go to the tunnel with the sounds of metal on stone

I have a feeling we are going to find a behemoth sharpening some kind of giant axe...
>>
>>4665806
>>4665821
support

Herald QM, can you make us a quick map of the area for the next post? My dumb ass is getting lost without visualisation.
>>
Just as a heads up, today's pretty balls to the wall for me, and especially since there's another combat likely coming up, I wanna make sure I have full time for y'all.

My plan right now is to continue tomorrow, and depending on how things go potentially finish this thread as well tomorrow, starting off the next thread the day after that.

>>4666292
I will draw the map for you next update tomorrow, though heads up in advance I suck at maps (and drawing) so bear with me that it'll be pretty simplistic.
>>
>>4666634
How DARE you keep us waiting?

Nah it's cool. Thanks for keeping us in the loop and take care of yourself!
>>
>>4666634
Thank you! You don't need to know how to draw, just grab a dot grid from google and connect the right points in paint. Attached image to show what I mean.
>>
File: tegaki.png (917 KB, 5000x5000)
917 KB
917 KB PNG
Update coming first thing in the morning tomorrow (Or I guess technically later today since it's past midnight), but here's the map!

Here's a very crude version of the map that's not necessarily to scale (probably not even close)

C is where you found Claire, S is where you heard snoring, and MoS is where you heard the sounds of Metal on Stone. The other way is what leads deeper into the cave. Hope this helps!
>>
Also quick info on DUAL WIELDING since it may come up for Clarissa here.

I was thinking about how to balance and make it work, and the conclusion I came to is to allow for the dice of both weapons to be rolled, as well as still adding damage bonuses for their quality, with the exchange being there is no damage bonus for STR like normal. So in the case of daggers for Clarissa, it's be 2d6+2 (+2 for Great Quality) for the Great Quality dagger you gave her, and she wouldn't add her Strength modifier.

Obviously with daggers and her strength, it would almost always be better to just use the one Great Quality dagger, but going forward this'll balance better with things like short swords and longswords too methinks, all things considered.
>>
>>4667628
Thanks for the map, it looks great!
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
Before moving forward, you rummage around in the pile of old adventuring gear. Most of it is broken or torn beyond repair, not worth your time really. However, the dog tags made by the Adventurer’s Guild are quite sturdy, and to you and your group’s dismay, you find more of them than you’d like…

In total, there are six bronze, three copper, and four tin tin tags. That means that at the bare minimum, 13 adventurers met their end here. You can see a solemn atmosphere envelop the group as you quietly stash them away into your backpack to bring back to the Guild later.

”This place...it’s like a nightmare that never ends” Clarissa mumbles quietly, the waterworks almost starting back up again before she fights back the urge to cry and carry onward. ”We’ll get them all for what they’ve done”

”Agreed. For now, we must keep moving forward” you respond in affirmation, leading your group down the tunnel with the sounds of metal on stone next.

Like the other offshoot tunnels, it looks unnatural, as if made by hand. The further down you go, the louder the sounds get. Hearing them more closely, Barret speaks up.

”It kinda sounds like...mining?” he adds in, and sure enough as you reach the end and the light from Jeanne’s spell leaks in, you see a much wider area than the end of the other two tunnels.

There are two separate wooden crates filled with iron ore, and three more still empty. At the end of the area is a hobgoblin wearing leather pants barking orders in Goblin at six other goblins, each holding iron pickaxes.

You vaguely recognize the tools as the kind that the dwarf back in town was selling, and you piece together these were likely stolen from adventurers or travellers. Even more alarming, especially considering the knowledge you learned about how goblins typically aren’t smart or capable enough to make complex tools, you see a small forge and anvil.

Both are crude, and thankfully it looks as though they’ve yet to be used, but having those things as well as mining iron can only spell bad news. Thankfully, it seems you invaded this cave before their little operation had fully begun.

On the downside, however, the light from Jeanne’s spell almost immediately catches their attention as the creatures whirl around to confront you. The hobgoblin narrows his eyes for a moment before speaking up in Human.

”Can’t believe humans got this far. You took our fuck meat and got its armor back too, huh? Tsk, guess I’ll have to deal with this myself” he says as he unsheathes his bow and prepares to knock an arrow.

Clarissa gives a cold glare at the orange monster before charging straight ahead without a second thought. ”GIVE ME BACK MY WEAPON!” she shouts as Barret and Jeanne panic to quickly follow behind her. You follow suit shortly after, and combat begins!

>Attack
>Special (What?)
>Orders (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
Last post was just barely over 3000 characters, so I simplified the commands and am putting the additional info here.

First round has a 30 minute voting window, after that there will be 20 minute voting windows until combat ends! If there are no votes by the end of the voting periods, then the first ones after they end will be taken immediately. Good luck everyone!
>>
>>4667976
>Special: I doubt they sweep in here, so maybe the floor is dusty--let's try to fling some dust into the hobgoblin's eyes with our flagpole so the others can merk him
>>
>>4668003
Roll me a 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX). No Goblin Slaying bonus since it's not directly related to attacking a Goblin!

You need at least a 15 to succeed!
>>
Rolled 12 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4668011
Please please please please please
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
Rolled 8, 19, 7, 11, 20, 16, 18 + 1 = 100 (7d20 + 1)

You rush forward past your allies who got a headstart on you, seeking to take to the front lines given your experience and heavier armor. Still...there’s a lot of enemies here, and just slashing at one of them may not help the situation much.

That’s when you spot a particularly large pile of dust and rubble pooled together from days of mining. Unsheathing your banner pole, you swipe as hard as you can, stopping just short of actually hitting the pile- and use the ensuing wind pressure to blow it into the eyes of your opponents in a cloud of gray mist!

*SUCCESS*

(Thanks to your efforts, none of the opponents are capable of dodging your allies’ attacks this round. They will also receive a -3 penalty to their attempts to hit this turn!)

Seeing the opportunity present itself, Jeanne holds out her staff. ”Firebolt!” she calls out as a small burst of flame rockets forward towards one of the goblins. Unfortunately it only manages to hit its knee, but it still leaves a solid mark!

Cave Goblin 1’s Health: -6 (14/20)

Barret follows up next, slicing at another goblin with his longsword! He manages to leave a sizable mark on its chest, blood gushing out as it recoils in pain!

Cave Goblin 2’s Health: -12 (8/20)

Finally, Clarissa dives headfirst towards the hobgoblin in a blind rage, slashing at him with your daggers! She manages to puncture his skin and land two clean slices on his arms, but he still seems largely unfazed.

Hobgoblin’s Health: -9 (41/50)

The Hobgoblin jumps a short distance away from Clarissa, shouting some orders in Goblin as he and his minions prepare their counterattack!

Two of the goblins go to swing their pickaxes at Barret, one tries to stab at you, and the other three charge towards Clarissa! The hobgoblin himself, noticing that the light you’re using seems to be coming from your mage in the back, takes aim and tries to fire his bow at Jeanne!

---

7d20+1 (+4 for DEX, -3 for Dust in Eyes). First two dice are against Barret, third is against you, next three against Clarissa, last one on Jeanne.

Roll to evade! 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX)
>>
>>4668052
Roll
>>
Rolled 10 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4668054
Shoot, messed up
>>
Rolled 3, 8, 7 + 2 = 20 (3d8 + 2)

Goblin pickaxe damage first!

First damage die is against Barret, next two are against Clarissa.

1d8+2 (+2 for STR) per attack

Next post I'll roll the damage against Jeanne and after that I'll write the update. (If multiple kinds of dice can be combined in a single post like d8s and then a d10 let me know, for now playing it safe though)
>>
Rolled 7 + 5 (1d10 + 5)

Hobgoblin's longbow attack against Jeanne!

1d10+5 (+5 for STR)
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
You easily dodge out of the way of the partially blinded goblin’s blow. Two more of the goblins, one going after Barret and the other Clarissa, also miss their marks and swing past them. The other three, however, find purchase.

The first one manages to land a blow on Barret, but the shoulder of his chainmail catches the pickaxe and keeps the damage relatively minimal.

*Barret’s Health: -3 (19/20)* (-2 to damage from Chainmail)

The other two swing at Clarissa, both finding purchase on her arms. Her leather armor blocks a small amount of the damage, but it does little to protect her as blood gushes out of her left and right arm both as she howls in pain.

*Clarissa’s Health: -17 (11/30)* (-1 to damage from each attack from Leather Armor)

Lastly, the hobgoblin’s arrow sails past and manages to strike Jeanne directly in the torso, the wound bleeding badly as she yelps in pain.

*Jeanne’s Health: -12 (8/20)*

”JEANNE! ARE YOU OKAY?” Barret shouts in fear, but to your surprise she toughs out the serious damage well.

”I-I’m fine. Herald, maybe I should use one of my Major Spells after all- a Fireball could turn things around here!” she advises, though it still seems like she’s willing to follow your orders regardless.

>Attack
>Right of Might
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give orders (What?)
>Use items (Which ones?)
>Sound the retreat
>Other (write in)

(Gonna give another 30 minutes for voting since things got bad pretty fast)
>>
>>4668062
Small error, Barret's Health is 19/30, not 19/20!
>>
>>4668062
We need to take out that hobgoblin quick!
>Jeanne cast fireball at the hobgoblin
>Barret flank the hobgoblin and attack his torso from the side/back
>Clarissa flank to the other side and attack torso also
>We use right of might and thrust sword up under his chin while he arms are down trying to defend the torso attacks
>>
>>4668074
support
also make sure to use our HP potions after this
>>
>>4668063
>>4668074
>>4668088
I would also like to add:
>Scream as terrifyingly as possible
>>
>>4668074
Oof, if we waste all fireballs on hobs, I don't wanna know what the final fight is gonna look like.
>>
Roll me 1d20+10 to hit (+4 for DEX, +6 for Goblin Slaying). You need a 14 or higher to hit the Hobgoblin.

Assuming you make that (and assuming you're using the Longsword), roll 1d10+13 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality, +6 for Goblin Slaying) for damage- if you hit it will be doubled afterwards and you'll have used your Right of Might for the day

Also heads up Fireball is a huge AoE, so I'm narratively assuming after everyone attacks that you all back up so you don't get hit by it and she can explode all the goblins
>>
>>4668096
retreat is possible, also we can just torture one of the goblins to get the info
>>
Rolled 12 + 10 (1d20 + 10)

>>4668097
cmon dice gods
>>
Rolled 2 + 13 (1d10 + 13)

>>4668097
>>
>>4668096
I'm thinking after this fight we leave the cave to regroup and heal etc and start a fresh tomorrow
>>
Rolled 3, 2, 3, 4 + 2 = 14 (4d4 + 2)

First 2d4+2 is for Jeanne, next 2d4+2 is for Clarissa
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”Barret and Clarissa, flank the hob! Jeanne, get your fireball ready!” you shout to your party members.

Jeanne nods her head. ”Roger that!”

Barret charges away from the goblin he was fighting previously and heads towards the hobgoblin’s left side, while Clarissa maneuvers to its right side, away from the goblins assailing her.

Barret’s arm is grabbed by the hob as the creature tosses him away before he can land an attack.

Clarissa manages to get two light slices in before she’s kicked out of the way as well.

*Hobgoblin’s Health: -5 (36/50)*

However, the window the two of them have created is enough for you to charge forward with your sword, the hobgoblin’s eyes widening in horror as he realizes he doesn’t have enough time to avoid your attack.

You feel your muscles push themselves to their utmost limit as the essence of Conquest itself flows through you, your eyes turning red as you charge forward with all of your might, unleashing a thrust that goes straight through the spot under his chin and comes out of the bridge of his curved nose!

*Hobgoblin’s Health: -30 (6/50)*

”RRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGHHHHH!” it howls in pain as you remove your blade and start running behind Jeanne, Clarissa and Barret following suit.

Unlike with her Light or Firebolt spells, you see a large, red magic circle, similar to the one the librarian created but smaller and a little less intricate, form at the tip of her oaken staff.

”FIREBALL!” she shouts with all her strength as an enormous sphere of flame forms in front of the circle- at least twenty feet in diameter and filling up a large chunk of the room. You and your companions jaws gape in awe as the sphere erupts forward, exploding into your enemies in a blazing inferno.

After a few seconds that feel like eternity, the flames eventually die down, leaving behind only piles of ash in their wake.

*Hobgoblin's Health: -32 (-26/50)*
*Cave Goblin 1's Health: -32 (-18/20)*
*Cave Goblin 2's Health: -32 (-24/20)*
*Cave Goblin 3's Health: -32 (-12/20)*
*Cave Goblin 4's Health: -32 (-12/20)*
*Cave Goblin 5's Health: -32 (-12/20)*
*Cave Goblin 6's Health: -32 (-12/20)*

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
Unfortunately, the pickaxes were all but destroyed by the attack, but by some miracle the bow and quiver managed to survive with only minor damage, likely protected by the hobgoblin’s fat and muscle.

”Holy shit…” you mutter under your breath as Clarissa runs forward and grabs her weapon, slinging the quiver on her back and holding the longbow in her hands as tears of joy begin pouring down her face.

”It’s good to have you back, old friend” she says before turning her attention towards you and your party once more. ”I cannot thank you enough for your help. Let’s finish this wretched goblin clan off once and for all!” she shouts, raising her bow high in the air.

Barret pumps his fist in the air as well, ”Yeah, let’s do it!” he shouts, though you see Jeanne looks a little fatigued.

”You alright?” you ask.

She nods her head. ”Yeah, using a Major Spell like that just takes a bit out of me. I’m fine” she states, recovering after a few more seconds pass.

The experience fighting goblins throughout this cave has only further increased your skill in battle against them!

*SKILL INCREASE! (Goblin Slaying: 7 (2))*

However, you and your friends are somewhat injured. Jeanne immediately chugs down her own health potion, while Barret gives his to Clarissa, which she gratefully takes.

*Jeanne’s Health: +7 (15/20)*
*Clarissa’s Health: +9 (20/30)*

Unfortunately, as a result of the bodies being burnt to ashes, you are not able to collect the ears of the goblins and the hobgoblin you defeated, much to your chagrin.

You and your party are injured, but it seems they’re still ready to finish the job. Of course, you could play it safe and camp out, waiting until tomorrow, but by now you’ve more than made your presence known, and the boss behind this clan may escape in the night. Do you risk it and finish going forward, or do you prioritize your parties safety and abscond?

You also look down in your bag and remember you still have two Health Potions of your own left, should you wish to distribute them amongst your party in any way.

>”Let’s finish this” (Continue down the last path)
>”We retreat for now and reconcile at dawn” (Leave and set up camp)
>Distribute Health Potions (One or both? To who?)
>Talk to someone (Who? About what?)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 30/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (Used)

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare. (Used)

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 146
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Glowing Rock x19 (in backpack)
Goblin Longbow x6 (in backpack)
Goblin Spear x4 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Health Potion x2 (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Miscellaneous dog tag x13 (in backpack)
Pair of Goblin Ears x22 (in backpack)
Pair of Hobgoblin Ears (in backpack)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Scimitar (Good Quality) (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 19/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 15/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/3

Clarissa (Ranger)
Health: 20/30
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 4
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Arrows Left: 20
>>
>>4668131
experience of fighting*
party's*

Apologies, I must've missed this while going back to proofread/edit. Pls forgive!
>>
>>4668131
>Distribute Health Potion (One to Jeanne)
>Pray to Castor to help us on this last section.
>”Let’s finish this” (Continue down the last path)
>>
>>4668147
+1 let's get em lads
>>
>>4668131
>>4668147
This seems like a good plan. NO MERCY
>>
>>4668153
Also I think Barret could do with a potion too
>>
>>4668131
add a potion for Barret to my vote
>>4668147
didn't notice his health before
>>
>>4668183
this!
>>
Rolled 4, 1, 2, 2 + 2 = 11 (4d4 + 2)

First 2d2+4 is for Jeanne, the second set for Barret
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
You take the two health potions out of your bag, handing one to Jeanne and the other to Barret.

”Take them- I need you guys at your full strength”

Barret looks up at you, his expression a mix of gratitude and worry. ”Herald...thanks man, but are you sure you’ll be okay? You got a little beat up earlier too” he asks.

”Yeah, I’m fine. That’s what the plate armor is for, right?” you respond with a chuckle.

Jeanne smiles and downs her potion.

*Jeanne’s Health: +5 (20/20)*

”Well...bottom’s up!” Barret says, following shortly after.

*Barret’s Health: +6 (25/30)*

With that all said and done, there’s just one last thing to do. There’s no altar here for you to make a proper back and forth connection with Castor, but nevertheless you get on your knees, clasping your hands together and closing your eyes.

Castor...your blessing has gotten me this far, and I’m eternally grateful for it. Just see us through to the end here, and watch over my friends and I. I shall eliminate these goblins in your name and that of my cause

You finish your prayer and get up, readying yourself to move forward. You and your allies exit the mining tunnel and head down the last path left- deeper into the darkness of the cave…

Using another five of your glowing rocks, you keep track of your path in the darkness as you descend deeper into the cliffside.

*Glowing Rocks: 14*

Eventually you run into two goblins, but you and Barret quickly dispatch one of them without issue. As the second prepares to strike at you, an arrow whizzes by and finds itself directly in its skull, downing the creature instantly.

You watch as Clarissa picks the projectile back out of its head, flicking the blood off before sheathing it in her quiver. She wasn’t kidding when she said she was a bronze rank adventurer!

*Clarissa’s Technique Discovered! Headshot*

Headshot: Once per battle, Clarissa can choose to take -10 to an attack roll to hit. If she hits, she instantly kills the enemy (Not applicable against all enemies).

”Nicely done” you say as you cut the ears off the two guards. Still, it’s strange how little protection there is back here. Perhaps they didn’t expect any adventurer’s to get this far?

”Hah, told you I was good” Clarissa answers triumphantly, flipping the curls of her shoulder length hair back a little as your party proceeds forward.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
Finally, you find the tunnel opening up into a larger cavern, where you’re greeted by the sight of two hobgoblins eating...human flesh?! You had read they sometimes eat prisoners as a food source, but seeing it in person is truly disgusting.

You watch as Jeanne holds back the urge to vomit, Barret clenching his fist in anger. Clarissa, however, has the most powerful reaction.

Eyes wide with horror, she begins speaking. ”B...B….B-Brent….They’re eating….Brent…” she mutters, apparently recognizing where the arm and leg the hobgoblins are eating came from. ”YOU FUCKING BASTARDS, I’LL KILL YOU!” she screams as she charges ahead to face them.

”Wait, don’t just charge in so recklessly!” Jeanne calls out as her and Barret follow.

You can’t help but feel uneasy about the situation. Sure, eating humans is disgusting in and of itself, but something about this just doesn’t feel right. In the back of the large room you can see a tunnel leading elsewhere, perhaps to the real leader’s main lair even, but something is off. Surely these creatures would have heard all of your screaming and fighting by now- so why were they so leisurely enjoying a meal?

Nevertheless, you don’t have time to contemplate the situation any further. Your allies have already charged ahead, and going against two hobs is going to be tough- they’ll need your help. After a moment of hesitation, you storm in after them- only to hear a loud thump behind you as you enter into the large room.

The hobgoblins drop the limbs they were eating, sporting cruel grins as you and your companions freeze up. Slowly, you turn around, greeted by the sight of an enormous figure blocking the way out, stone and rubble still raining from the ceiling of the cave where it dropped from.

”Hello, adventurers”

-END OF THREAD 1-
>>
Thank you everyone for sticking with me and reading and playing in my quest! I'll resume with part 2 either tomorrow or Friday at the latest.

You can find the article already archived waaay earlier than it should've been because I'm a noob here: http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive.html?tags=herald%27s%20journey

And you can interact with me on twitter here: https://twitter.com/HeraldQm
>>
File: mmm.gif (1.71 MB, 331x197)
1.71 MB
1.71 MB GIF
>>4668519
> you storm in after them- only to hear a loud thump behind you

Ohhhh.... chills. I could feel the doubt in his heart, knowing something was amiss and then his suspicions being confirmed.

Thank you Herald QM! This was a fantastic run! I can't wait until you start up the next thread!
>>
Dang it, why the cliffhanger?
>>
Hell yes--nice cliffhanger! Thanks for running, Herald, can't wait for the next one.
>>
Amazing cliffhanger, don't abandon us QM

Also, we should probably think of a plan to deal with this, probably use Jeanne to threaten them with a cave-in
>>
>>4668519
”Hello, adventurers. PLAAAAAAAAAYYYY MEE THE BEST FLUTE SOOLOOOO IN THE WORLD, or ill eat your SOULS. ”
>>
Actually, considering the next choice is going to be HUGE, I'm going to put the thread up now and leave it up to vote all night and for a good bit of the morning tomorrow so everyone in their respective timezones has a chance to weigh in hopefully
>>
>>4668887
Great quest qm
Don't forget to link the thread here for people lazy to search the catalog
>>
>>4669458
Good idea!

>>4668891
>>
Dear GOD/GODS and/or anyone else who can HELP ME (e.g. MEMBERS OF SUPER-INTELLIGENT ALIEN CIVILIZATIONS) :

The next time I wake up, please change my physical form to that of FINN MCMILLAN of SOUTH NEW BRIGHTON at 8 YEARS OLD and keep it that way FOREVER.

I am so sick of this chubby Asian man body!

Thank you!


- CHAUL JHIN KIM (a.k.a. A DESPERATE SOUL)
>>
File: Er3-TC4XEAAFysl.png (458 KB, 540x535)
458 KB
458 KB PNG
>>4673195



Delete Post: [File Only] Style:
[Disable Mobile View / Use Desktop Site]

[Enable Mobile View / Use Mobile Site]

All trademarks and copyrights on this page are owned by their respective parties. Images uploaded are the responsibility of the Poster. Comments are owned by the Poster.